Szótár

(Letölthető rövid segédanyag: Páli-Magyar Szójegyzék)

anta, 1957 találat.

anta →

bodhirasa

ending with, finishing with

bālāvatāra sandhi kaṇḍa

tattha akkharesu okār'antā aṭṭha sarā nāma.

bālāvatāra sarasandhi

sare pare antassa ekārassa kvaci yo ādeso hoti.

anta →

bodhirasa

end, finish, conclusion, goal

AN 4.45 rohitassasuttaṃ

yattha nu kho, bhante, na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na upapajjati, sakkā nu kho so, bhante, gamanena lokassa anto ñātuṃ vā daṭṭhuṃ vā pāpuṇituṃ vā'ti?

SNP 48 purābhedasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 10

vītataṇho purā bhedā, pubbam'antam'anissito, vemajjhe n'upasaṅkheyyo, tassa n'atthi purakkhataṃ.

anta →

bodhirasa

end, side, extreme

SNP 40 guhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 2

ubhosu antesu vineyya chandaṃ, phassaṃ pariññāya anānugiddho, yad'attagarahī tad'akubbamāno, na lippatī diṭṭhasutesu dhīro.

AN 6.61 majjhesuttaṃ

evaṃ vutte aññataro bhikkhu there bhikkhū etad'avoca, phasso kho, āvuso, eko anto, phassasamudayo dutiyo anto, phassanirodho majjhe, taṇhā sibbinī.

anta →

bodhirasa

large intestine, entrails

DN 22.5 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

atthi imasmiṃ kāye … antaṃ antaguṇaṃ udariyaṃ karīsaṃ (matthaluṅgaṃ), pittaṃ semhaṃ pubbo lohitaṃ sedo medo, assu vasā kheḷo siṅghāṇikā lasikā muttan'ti.

SN 20.10 biḷārasuttaṃ

atha kho so, bhikkhave, mudumūsi gocarāya pakkāmi. tam'enaṃ biḷāro gahetvā sahasā saṅkhāditvā ajjhohari. tassa so mudumūsi antam'pi khādi, antaguṇam'pi khādi.

anta →

ncped

…opposing principle.

anta2

mfn. last, ultimate; worst, mean, contemptible.

anta3

neuter (sg. & pl.) the bowels,…

anta →

pts

…to Sk anta or antya, see anta2.

-ānanta end & no end, or finite and endless, DN.i.22; DN-a.i.115. -ānantika

abbhantara →

bodhirasa

inside, interior, inner being

JA 138 godha jātakaṃ

kiṃ te jaṭāhi dummedha, kiṃ te ajinasāṭiyā, abbhantaraṃ te gahanaṃ, bāhiraṃ parimajjasī'ti.

abhigajjanta →

bodhirasa

roaring, thundering, making a noise

SNP 46 pasūrasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 8

sūro yathā rājakhādāya puṭṭho, abhigajjam'eti paṭisūram'icchaṃ, yen'eva so tena palehi sūra, pubb'eva n'atthi yad'idaṃ yudhāya.

abhijānanta →

bodhirasa

directly knowing, understanding experientially, knowing for oneself

AN 6.61 majjhesuttaṃ

ettāvatā kho, āvuso, bhikkhu abhiññeyyaṃ abhijānāti, pariññeyyaṃ parijānāti, abhiññeyyaṃ abhijānanto pariññeyyaṃ parijānanto diṭṭh'eva dhamme dukkhass'antakaro hotī'ti.

SNP 69 posāla māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 14

viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo sabbā, abhijānaṃ tathāgato, tiṭṭhantam'enaṃ jānāti, vimuttaṃ tapparāyaṇaṃ.

abhikkanta →

bodhirasa

superb, surpassing, excellent, lit. gone forward

SNP 70 mogharāja māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 15

evaṃ abhikkanta-dassāviṃ, atthi pañhena āgamaṃ, kathaṃ lokaṃ avekkhantaṃ, maccurājā na passati.

AN 4.100 potaliyasuttaṃ

ayaṃ me puggalo khamati imesaṃ catunnaṃ puggalānaṃ abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro ca. taṃ kissa hetu? abhikkantā h'esā, bho gotama, yad'idaṃ upekkhā'ti.

abhikkanta →

bodhirasa

gone forward

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

abhikkante paṭikkante sampajānakārī

abhikkanta →

bodhirasa

progressed, gone past

UD 45 uposathasuttaṃ

atha kho āyasmā ānando abhikkantāya rattiyā, nikkhante paṭhame yāme, uṭṭhāy'āsanā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṃ etad'avoca

abhikkantatara →

bodhirasa

more brilliant (than), more excellent (than), more wonderful (than)

AN 4.100 potaliyasuttaṃ

imesaṃ kho, potaliya, catunnaṃ puggalānaṃ katamo te puggalo khamati abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā'ti?

DN 2.20 sāmaññaphalasuttaṃ

idam'pi kho, mahārāja, sandiṭṭhikaṃ sāmaññaphalaṃ purimehi sandiṭṭhikehi sāmaññaphalehi abhikkantatarañ'ca paṇītatarañ'ca.

abhikkantaṃ →

bodhirasa

excellent! wonderful!

MN 7 vatthasuttaṃ

evaṃ vutte, sundarikabhāradvājo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etad'avoca, abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama, abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama!

abhikkantāya rattiyā →

bodhirasa

as the night progressed

UD 45 uposathasuttaṃ

atha kho āyasmā ānando abhikkantāya rattiyā, nikkhante paṭhame yāme, uṭṭhāy'āsanā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṃ etad'avoca

abhinandanta →

bodhirasa

delighting (in), being pleased (with), finding pleasure (in), looking forward (to)

SNP 68 udaya māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 13

ajjhattañ'ca bahiddhā ca, vedanaṃ na-abhinandato, evaṃ satassa carato, viññāṇaṃ uparujjhatī'ti.

abhipassanta →

bodhirasa

looking (for), striving (after)

AN 5.57 abhiṇhapaccavekkhitabbaṭhānasuttaṃ

sabbe made abhibho'smi, nekkhammaṃ daṭṭhu khemato, tassa me ahu ussāho, nibbānaṃ abhipassato.

SNP 51 mahābyūhasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 13

appañ'hi etaṃ na alaṃ samāya, duve vivādassa phalāni brūmi, etam'pi disvā na vivādayetha, khema-abhipassaṃ avivādabhūmiṃ.

abhippamodanta →

bodhirasa

gladdening, pleasing, satisfying

MN 62 mahārāhulovādasuttaṃ

abhippamodayaṃ cittaṃ assasissāmī'ti sikkhati, abhippamodayaṃ cittaṃ passasissāmī'ti sikkhati.

abhisantāpetabba →

bodhirasa

should be tortured

MN 20 vitakkasaṇṭhānasuttaṃ

tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā dante'bhidantam'ādhāya jivhāya tāluṃ āhacca cetasā cittaṃ abhiniggaṇhitabbaṃ abhinippīḷetabbaṃ abhisantāpetabbaṃ.

abhisantāpeti →

bodhirasa

tortures

MN 20 vitakkasaṇṭhānasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, balavā puriso dubbalataraṃ purisaṃ sīse vā gale vā khandhe vā gahetvā abhiniggaṇheyya abhinippīḷeyya abhisantāpeyya.

abhitosayanta →

bodhirasa

thoroughly pleasing, completely satisfying, giving total satisfaction

SNP 37 nālakasuttaṃ mahāvaggo 11

sa jhānapasuto dhīro, vanante ramito siyā, jhāyetha rukkhamūlasmiṃ, attānam'abhitosayaṃ.

abhāsanta →

bodhirasa

not speaking (about), not talking (about)

AN 4.183 sutasuttaṃ

yañ'ca khv'assa, brāhmaṇa, diṭṭhaṃ abhāsato kusalā dhammā parihāyanti, akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, evarūpaṃ diṭṭhaṃ bhāsitabban'ti vadāmi.

accanta →

bodhirasa

final, complete, absolute, lit. to the end

AN 7.61 pacalāyamānasuttaṃ

accanta-niṭṭho accanta-yogakkhemī accanta-brahmacārī accanta-pariyosāno seṭṭho devamanussānan'ti

SNP 42 suddhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 4

na kappayanti na purekkharonti, accanta-suddhī'ti na te vadanti, ādānaganthaṃ gathitaṃ visajja, āsaṃ na kubbanti kuhiñci loke.

accanta →

bodhirasa

extreme, severe

DHP 162 attavaggo

yassa accanta-dussīlyaṃ, māluvā sālam'iv'otthataṃ, karoti so tath'attānaṃ, yathā naṃ icchatī diso.

accantadussīlya →

bodhirasa

extreme bad behaviour, extreme immorality

DHP 162 attavaggo

yassa accantadussīlyaṃ, māluvā sālam'iv'otthataṃ, karoti so tath'attānaṃ, yathā naṃ icchatī diso.

acirapakkanta →

bodhirasa

recently departed, recently left

DN 16.7 mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

atha kho bhagavā acirapakkantesu pāṭaligāmikesu upāsakesu suññāgāraṃ pāvisi

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, sunakkhatta, puriso sakamhā gāmā vā nigamā vā ciravippavuttho assa. so aññataraṃ purisaṃ passeyya tamhā gāmā vā nigamā vā acirapakkantaṃ.

adadanta →

bodhirasa

not giving, not bestowing

DHPa 1.4.8 visākhā vatthu

amma, sasurakule vasantiyā nāma antoaggi bahi na nīharitabbo, bahiaggi anto na pavesetabbo, dadantass'eva dātabbaṃ, adadantassa na dātabbaṃ, dadantassā'pi adadantassā'pi dātabbaṃ

adanta →

bodhirasa

untamed, untrained, wild

THI 32 dantikā therīgāthā

disvā adantaṃ damitaṃ, manussānaṃ vasaṃ gataṃ, tato cittaṃ samādhesiṃ, khalu tāya vanaṃ gatā'ti.

adhivāsayanta →

bodhirasa

enduring, tolerating, weathering

MN 2.5 sabbāsavasuttaṃ

yañ'hi'ssa, bhikkhave, anadhivāsayato uppajjeyyuṃ āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, adhivāsayato evaṃsa te āsavā vighātapariḷāhā na honti

agaṇhanta →

bodhirasa

not taking

SNa 6.10 kokālika suttavaṇṇanā

kathaṃ hi nāma attanā agaṇhantā mayham'pi adāpetvā pakkamissantī'ti

aheṭhayanta →

bodhirasa

not harming, not hurting, not disturbing

DHP 48 pupphavaggo

yathā'pi bhamaro pupphaṃ, vaṇṇagandham'aheṭhayaṃ, paleti rasam'ādāya, evaṃ gāme munī care.

ahita →

bodhirasa

harm, damage, disadvantage, misfortune

AN 2.19 adhikaraṇavaggo

akusalañ'ca h'idaṃ, bhikkhave, pahīnaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya saṃvatteyya n'āhaṃ evaṃ vadeyyaṃ, akusalaṃ, bhikkhave, pajahathā'ti.

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

atha ca pana tvaṃ, moghapurisa, attanā duggahitena amhe c'eva abbhācikkhasi, attānañ'ca khanasi, bahuñ'ca apuññaṃ pasavasi. tañ'hi te, moghapurisa, bhavissati dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāyā'ti.

ajhāyanta →

bodhirasa

not meditating

DHP 372 bhikkhuvaggo

n'atthi jhānaṃ apaññassa, paññā n'atthi ajhāyato, yamhi jhānañ'ca paññā ca, sa ve nibbānasantike.

ajānanta →

bodhirasa

not knowing

MN 75 māgaṇḍiyasuttaṃ

evam'eva kho, māgaṇḍiya, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā andhā acakkhukā ajānantā ārogyaṃ, apassantā nibbānaṃ, atha ca pan'imaṃ gāthaṃ bhāsanti

AN 3.28 gūthabhāṇīsuttaṃ

eh'ambho purisa, yaṃ jānāsi taṃ vadehī'ti. so ajānaṃ vā āha, jānāmī'ti, jānaṃ vā āha, na jānāmī'ti, apassaṃ vā āha, passāmī'ti, passaṃ vā āha, na passāmī'ti.

akanta →

bodhirasa

unpleasant, unwelcome, disagreeable

DN 17.4 mahāsudassanasuttaṃ

dīgharattaṃ kho maṃ tvaṃ, devi, iṭṭhehi kantehi piyehi manāpehi samudācarittha, atha ca pana maṃ tvaṃ pacchime kāle aniṭṭhehi akantehi appiyehi amanāpehi samudācarasī'ti

akubbanta →

bodhirasa

not doing, not making

DHP 124 pāpavaggo

pāṇimhi ce vaṇo n'āssa, hareyya pāṇinā visaṃ, n'ābbaṇaṃ visam'anveti, natthi pāpaṃ akubbato.

SNP 51 mahābyūhasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 13

pubb'āsave hitvā nave akubbaṃ, na chandagū no'pi nivissavādī, sa vippamutto diṭṭhigatehi dhīro, na lippati loke anattagarahī.

alabhanta →

bodhirasa

not getting, not finding

VISM 1.9.2 karuṇā bhāvanā kathā

taṃ alabhantena sukhito'pi pāpakārī puggalo vajjhena upametvā karuṇāyitabbo.

APA 14 ekatthambhika therāpadānaṃ

sabbe saṅgamma mantetvā, māḷaṃ kubbanti satthuno, ekatthambhaṃ alabhantā, vicinanti brahāvane.

anabhisambhavanta →

bodhirasa

not reaching, not attaining

AN 3.89 tatiyasikkhāsuttaṃ

taṃ vā pana anabhisambhavaṃ appaṭivijjhaṃ pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā antarāparinibbāyī hoti.

anadhivāsayanta →

bodhirasa

not enduring, not tolerating, not weathering

MN 2.5 sabbāsavasuttaṃ

yañ'hi'ssa, bhikkhave, anadhivāsayato uppajjeyyuṃ āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, adhivāsayato evaṃsa te āsavā vighātapariḷāhā na honti

ananta →

bodhirasa

infinite, endless, boundless, without limit

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

nissaṭṭhena āvuso, pañcahi indriyehi parisuddhena manoviññāṇena ananto ākāso'ti ākās'ānañc'āyatanaṃ neyyaṃ, anantaṃ viññāṇan'ti viññāṇ'añc'āyatanaṃ neyyaṃ, n'atthi kiñcī'ti ākiñcaññ'āyatanaṃ neyyan'ti.

DN 11.6 kevaṭṭasuttaṃ

viññāṇaṃ anidassanaṃ, anantaṃ sabbatopabhaṃ, ettha āpo ca pathavī, tejo vāyo na gādhati.

anantara →

bodhirasa

contiguous, adjoining, immediately following, lit. no space in between

bālāvatāra sandhi kaṇḍa

saṃyogato pubbe eo rassā iv'occante kvaci, anantarā byañjanā saṃyogo.

bālāvatāra sarasandhi

anantare sare pare sarā lopaṃ papponti.

anatikkantatta →

bodhirasa

(state of) not being past, having not overcome

VISM 1.9.2 karuṇā bhāvanā kathā

yo'pi c'ettha katakusalo hoti, tam'pi ñāti-roga-bhoga-byasan'ādīnaṃ aññatarena byasanena samannāgataṃ disvā vā sutvā vā tesaṃ abhāve'pi vaṭṭadukkhaṃ anatikkantattā, dukkhito'va ayan'ti.

anibbisanta →

bodhirasa

not understanding, not penetrating, not finding, lit. not going deeply (into)

DHP 153 jarāvaggo

anekajātisaṃsāraṃ, sandhāvissaṃ anibbisaṃ, gahakārakaṃ gavesanto, dukkhā jāti punappunaṃ.

aniddhanta →

bodhirasa

not blown off, not removed, not purified

AN 3.102 paṃsudhovakasuttaṃ

taṃ hoti jātarūpaṃ dhantaṃ sandhantaṃ niddhantaṃ aniddhantaṃ anihitaṃ aninnītakasāvaṃ, na c'eva mudu hoti na ca kammaniyaṃ, na ca pabhassaraṃ pabhaṅgu ca, na ca sammā upeti kammāya.

anivattanta →

bodhirasa

not turning aside, not turning back

SNP 4 kasibhāradvājasuttaṃ uragavaggo 4

vīriyaṃ me dhuradhorayhaṃ, yogakkhemādhivāhanaṃ, gacchati anivattantaṃ, yattha gantvā na socati.

antaggāhika →

bodhirasa

holding an extreme position, lit. clinging to one end

AN 3.51 mahācorasuttaṃ

kathañ'ca, bhikkhave, pāpabhikkhu gahananissito hoti? idha, bhikkhave, pāpabhikkhu micchādiṭṭhiko hoti, antaggāhikāya diṭṭhiyā samannāgato hoti.

antaguṇa →

bodhirasa

small intestine, mesentary

DN 22.5 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

atthi imasmiṃ kāye … antaṃ antaguṇaṃ udariyaṃ karīsaṃ (matthaluṅgaṃ), pittaṃ semhaṃ pubbo lohitaṃ sedo medo, assu vasā kheḷo siṅghāṇikā lasikā muttan'ti.

SN 20.10 biḷārasuttaṃ

atha kho so, bhikkhave, mudumūsi gocarāya pakkāmi. tam'enaṃ biḷāro gahetvā sahasā saṅkhāditvā ajjhohari. tassa so mudumūsi antam'pi khādi, antaguṇam'pi khādi.

antagū →

bodhirasa

who has gone to the end, who has finished, who has concluded

AN 3.91 dutiya sikkhattayasuttaṃ

tam'āhu sekhaṃ paṭipadaṃ, atho saṃsuddhacāriyaṃ, tam'āhu loke sambuddhaṃ, dhīraṃ paṭipad'antaguṃ.

antaka →

bodhirasa

Death, lit. ender

DHP 48 pupphavaggo

pupphāni h'eva pacinantaṃ, byāsattamanasaṃ naraṃ, atittaññ'eva kāmesu, antako kurute vasaṃ.

THI 59 cālā therīgāthā

sabbattha vihatā nandī, tamokhandho padālito, evaṃ jānāhi pāpima, nihato tvam'asi antaka.

antakara →

bodhirasa

who puts an end (to), who causes the death (of)

MN 9 sammādiṭṭhisuttaṃ

so sabbaso rāg'ānusayaṃ pahāya paṭigh'ānusayaṃ paṭivinodetvā asmī'ti diṭṭhimān'ānusayaṃ samūhanitvā avijjaṃ pahāya vijjaṃ uppādetvā diṭṭh'eva dhamme dukkhass'antakaro hoti

AN 6.61 majjhesuttaṃ

ettāvatā kho, āvuso, bhikkhu abhiññeyyaṃ abhijānāti, pariññeyyaṃ parijānāti, abhiññeyyaṃ abhijānanto pariññeyyaṃ parijānanto diṭṭh'eva dhamme dukkhass'antakaro hotī'ti.

antakenādhipanna →

bodhirasa

seized by death, assailed by death, victim of death, overpowered by death

DHP 288 maggavaggo

na santi puttā tāṇāya, na pitā n'āpi bandhavā, antaken'ādhipannassa, natthi ñātīsu tāṇatā.

SN 3.4 piyasuttaṃ

antaken'ādhipannassa, jahato mānusaṃ bhavaṃ, kiñ'hi tassa sakaṃ hoti, kiñ'ca ādāya gacchati, kiñ'cassa anugaṃ hoti, chāyā'va anapāyinī.

antakiriyā →

bodhirasa

relief (from), making an end (of), ending

AN 4.45 rohitassasuttaṃ

na c'āhaṃ, āvuso, appatvā'va lokassa antaṃ dukkhassa antakiriyaṃ vadāmi.

AN 3.101 loṇakapallasuttaṃ

yo, bhikkhave, evaṃ vadeyya, yathā yath'āyaṃ puriso kammaṃ karoti tathā tathā taṃ paṭisaṃvediyatī'ti, evaṃ santaṃ, bhikkhave, brahmacariyavāso na hoti, okāso na paññāyati sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāya.

antalikkha →

bodhirasa

sky, air, lit. living between (earth and heaven)

DHP 227 kodhavaggo

na antalikkhe na samuddamajjhe, na pabbatānaṃ vivaraṃ pavissa, na vijjati so jagatippadeso, yatthaṭṭhito mucceyya pāpakammā.

VIN 4.1.1 bodhikathā

yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā, ātāpino jhāyato brāhmaṇassa, vidhūpayaṃ tiṭṭhati mārasenaṃ, sūriyo'va obhāsayam'antalikkhan'ti.

antalikkhe →

bodhirasa

in the sky, in the air

DHP 128 pāpavaggo

na antalikkhe na samuddamajjhe, na pabbatānaṃ vivaraṃ pavissa, na vijjatī so jagatippadeso, yatthaṭṭhitaṃ nappasaheyya maccu.

SNP 37 nālakasuttaṃ mahāvaggo 11

anekasākhañ'ca sahassamaṇḍalaṃ, chattaṃ marū dhārayum'antalikkhe, suvaṇṇadaṇḍā vītipatanti cāmarā, na dissare cāmara-chatta-gāhakā.

antamakāsi →

bodhirasa

made an end (of), finished (with)

MN 2.8 sabbāsavasuttaṃ

ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabb'āsavasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati, acchecchi taṇhaṃ, vivattayi saṃyojanaṃ, sammā mānābhisamayā antamakāsi dukkhassā'ti

antamaso →

bodhirasa

even so much as, even with, even down to, with as little as

AN 3.70 akusalamūlasuttaṃ

atha puriso āgaccheyya kuddālapiṭakaṃ ādāya. so taṃ māluvālataṃ mūle chindeyya, mūle chetvā palikhaṇeyya, palikhaṇitvā mūlāni uddhareyya, antamaso usīranāḷamattāni'pi.

SN 20.4 okkhāsuttaṃ

yo vā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ antamaso gadduhanamattam'pi mettacittaṃ bhāveyya … idaṃ tato mahapphalataraṃ.

antara →

bodhirasa

inside, inner, internal, within

AN 11.9 saddhasuttaṃ

so kāmarāgaṃ'y'eva antaraṃ katvā jhāyati pajjhāyati nijjhāyati avajjhāyati

APA 443 vibhītakamiñjiya therāpadānaṃ

kakusandho mahāvīro, sabbadhammāna pāragū, gaṇamhā vūpakaṭṭho so, agamāsi van'antaraṃ.

antaradhāna →

bodhirasa

disappearance, fading away, vanishing

DN 22.15 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

katamañ'ca, bhikkhave, maraṇaṃ? yaṃ tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhā tamhā sattanikāyā cuti cavanatā bhedo antaradhānaṃ maccu maraṇaṃ kālakiriyā khandhānaṃ bhedo kaḷevarassa nikkhepo jīvitindriyassupacchedo, idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, maraṇaṃ

SN 20.7 āṇisuttaṃ

evam'etesaṃ, bhikkhave, suttantānaṃ tathāgatabhāsitānaṃ gambhīrānaṃ gambhīr'atthānaṃ lok'uttarānaṃ suññatappaṭisaṃyuttānaṃ antaradhānaṃ bhavissati.

antaradhāpeti →

bodhirasa

makes disappear, causes to disappear

SN 54.9 vesālīsuttaṃ

ayam'pi kho, bhikkhave, ānāpānassatisamādhi bhāvito bahulīkato santo c'eva paṇīto ca asecanako ca sukho ca vihāro uppannuppanne ca pāpake akusale dhamme ṭhānaso antaradhāpeti vūpasameti.

SN 54.9 vesālīsuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, gimhānaṃ pacchime māse ūhataṃ rajojallaṃ, tam'enaṃ mahāakālamegho ṭhānaso antaradhāpeti vūpasameti.

antaradhāyati →

bodhirasa

disappears

SN 5.5 uppalavaṇṇāsuttaṃ

esā antaradhāyāmi, kucchiṃ vā pavisāmi te, pakhum'antarikāyam'pi, tiṭṭhantiṃ maṃ na dakkhasi.

DN 26.7 cakkavattisuttaṃ

dasavassāyukesu, bhikkhave, manussesu dasa kusalakammapathā sabbena sabbaṃ antaradhāyissanti, dasa akusalakammapathā atibyādippissanti

antaradhāyi →

bodhirasa

disappeared, vanished, went

SN 5.5 uppalavaṇṇāsuttaṃ

atha kho māro pāpimā, jānāti maṃ uppalavaṇṇā bhikkhunī'ti dukkhī dummano tatth'ev'antaradhāyī'ti.

SN 20.7 āṇisuttaṃ

ahu kho so, bhikkhave, samayo yaṃ ānakassa mudiṅgassa porāṇaṃ pokkharaphalakaṃ antaradhāyi, āṇisaṅghāṭo'va avasissi.

antarahita →

bodhirasa

disappeared

AN 8.30 anuruddha mahāvitakkasuttaṃ

bhaggesu suṃsumāra-gire bhesakaḷā-vane migadāye antarahito cetīsu pācīna-vaṃsa-dāye āyasmato anuruddhassa sammukhe pāturahosi

antarato →

bodhirasa

within, from within

SNP 1 uragasuttaṃ uragavaggo 1

yass'antarato na santi kopā, itibhavābhavatañ'ca vītivatto, so bhikkhu jahāti orapāraṃ, urago jiṇṇam'iva tacaṃ purāṇaṃ.

antare →

bodhirasa

in between, inside (of), among

AN 8.45 bojjhasuttaṃ

etasmiṃ yaṃ vijjati antare dhanaṃ, muttā maṇi veḷuriyañ'ca bhaddakaṃ.

JAa 1.N.2 avidūre nidānakathā

dvinnaṃ pana nagarānaṃ antare ubhayanagaravāsīnam'pi lumbinīvanaṃ nāma maṅgalasālavanaṃ atthi, tasmiṃ samaye mūlato paṭṭhāya yāva aggasākhā sabbaṃ ekapāliphullaṃ ahosi, sākhantarehi c'eva pupphantarehi ca pañcavaṇṇā bhamaragaṇā nānappakārā ca sakuṇasaṅghā madhurassarena vikūjantā vicaranti.

antarena →

bodhirasa

in between

UD 10 bāhiyasuttaṃ

tato tvaṃ bāhiya na tena. yato tvaṃ bāhiya na tena tato tvaṃ bāhiya na tattha. yato tvaṃ bāhiya na tattha tato tvaṃ bāhiya ne'vidha na huraṃ na ubhayam'antarena.

SN 47.20 janapadakalyāṇīsuttaṃ

tam'enaṃ evaṃ vadeyya, ayaṃ te, ambho purisa, samatittiko telapatto antarena ca mahāsamajjaṃ antarena ca janapadakalyāṇiyā pariharitabbo.

antarikā →

bodhirasa

intermediate space, interstice, space in-between

SN 5.5 uppalavaṇṇāsuttaṃ

esā antaradhāyāmi, kucchiṃ vā pavisāmi te, pakhum'antarikāyam'pi, tiṭṭhantiṃ maṃ na dakkhasi.

SN 56.46 andhakārasuttaṃ

atthi, bhikkhave, lok'antarikā aghā asaṃvutā andhakārā andhakāratimisā, yattham'imesaṃ candimasūriyānaṃ evaṃmahiddhikānaṃ evaṃ mahānubhāvānaṃ ābhāya n'ānubhontī'ti.

antarā →

bodhirasa

in between, mid-way, along the way

DN 1.1 brahmajālasuttaṃ

evaṃ me sutaṃ, ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā antarā ca rājagahaṃ antarā ca nāḷandaṃ addhānamaggappaṭipanno hoti mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi

SNP 71 piṅgiya māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 16

jiṇṇo'ham'asmi abalo vītavaṇṇo, nettā na suddhā savanaṃ na phāsu, m'āhaṃ nassaṃ momuho antarā'va, ācikkha dhammaṃ yam'ahaṃ vijaññaṃ, jātijarāya idha vippahānaṃ.

antarā →

bodhirasa

meanwhile, in the meantime

AN 4.45 rohitassasuttaṃ

so kho ahaṃ, bhante, aññatr'eva asitapītakhāyitasāyitā aññatra uccārapassāvakammā aññatra niddākilamathapaṭivinodanā vassasat'āyuko vassasatajīvī vassasataṃ gantvā appatvā'va lokassa antaṃ antarā-y'eva kālaṅkato.

antarākathā →

bodhirasa

conversation, discussion, lit. in-between talk

AN 5.143 sārandadasuttaṃ

kāya nu'ttha, licchavī, etarahi kathāya sannisinnā, kā ca pana vo antarākathā vippakatā'ti

AN 6.61 majjhesuttaṃ

tena kho pana samayena sambahulānaṃ therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantānaṃ maṇḍalamāḷe sannisinnānaṃ sannipatitānaṃ ayam'antarākathā udapādi, vuttam'idaṃ, āvuso, bhagavatā pārāyane metteyyapañhe.

antarāmagge →

bodhirasa

along the road, on the way

AN 5.76 dutiya yodhājīvasuttaṃ

so ñātakehi nīyamāno appatvā'va ñātake antarāmagge kālaṃ karoti. evarūpo'pi, bhikkhave, idh'ekacco yodhājīvo hoti. ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo yodhājīvo santo saṃvijjamāno lokasmiṃ.

antarāmaraṇa →

bodhirasa

premature death, untimely death

APA 393 pilindavaccha therāpadānaṃ

satthena vā visena vā, vihesam'pi na kubbate, antarāmaraṇaṃ n'atthi, tesaṃ nissandato mama.

antarāparinibbāyī →

bodhirasa

who is extinguished in-between

SN 46.3 sīlasuttaṃ

no ce diṭṭh'eva dhamme paṭikacca aññaṃ ārādheti, no ce maraṇakāle aññaṃ ārādheti, atha pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā antarāparinibbāyī hoti.

AN 3.89 tatiyasikkhāsuttaṃ

taṃ vā pana anabhisambhavaṃ appaṭivijjhaṃ pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā antarāparinibbāyī hoti.

antarāya →

bodhirasa

obstacle, danger, lit. coming in-between

DHP 286 maggavaggo

idha vassaṃ vasissāmi, idha hemantagimhisu, iti bālo vicinteti, antarāyaṃ na bujjhati.

DN 16.8 mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

pāṭaliputtassa kho, ānanda, tayo antarāyā bhavissanti, aggito vā udakato vā mithubhedā vā'ti.

antarāyika →

bodhirasa

obstructive (for), blocking, impeding

SN 17.3 kummasuttaṃ

dāruṇo, bhikkhave, lābhasakkārasiloko kaṭuko pharuso antarāyiko anuttarassa yogakkhemassa adhigamāya.

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

tath'āhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi yathā ye'me antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato n'ālaṃ antarāyāyā'ti.

antaṭṭha →

bodhirasa

semi-vowel, lit. standing between (vowels and consonants)

anucaṅkamanta →

bodhirasa

walking, walking up and down, going along

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

tattha cakkhumā puriso majjhe ṭhito passeyya manusse gehaṃ pavisante'pi nikkhamante'pi anucaṅkamante'pi anuvicarante'pi

anugacchanta →

bodhirasa

going along, following, travelling along

SN 12.65 nagarasuttaṃ

tam'anugacchanto passeyya purāṇaṃ nagaraṃ purāṇaṃ rājadhāniṃ pubbakehi manussehi ajjhāvuṭṭhaṃ ārāmasampannaṃ vanasampannaṃ pokkharaṇīsampannaṃ uddhāpavantaṃ ramaṇīyaṃ.

anukantati →

bodhirasa

cuts, slashes, slices, shears

DHP 311 nirayavaggo

kuso yathā duggahito, hattham'eva-anukantati, sāmaññaṃ dupparāmaṭṭhaṃ, nirayāy'upakaḍḍhati.

anumajjanta →

bodhirasa

stroking, rubbing

SN 3.13 doṇapākasuttaṃ

atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo aparena samayena susallikhitagatto pāṇinā gattāni anumajjanto tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi

anupaparikkhanta →

bodhirasa

not investigating, not inspecting, not inquiring (into), not examining

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

te taṃ dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇitvā tesaṃ dhammānaṃ paññāya atthaṃ na upaparikkhanti. tesaṃ te dhammā paññāya atthaṃ anupaparikkhataṃ na nijjhānaṃ khamanti.

anupādiyanta →

bodhirasa

not attaching (to), not taking as “mine”, not grasping (onto), not clinging (to)

SN 35.234 udāyīsuttaṃ

so evaṃ asamanupassanto na kiñci loke upādiyati, anupādiyaṃ na paritassati, aparitassaṃ paccattaññ'eva parinibbāyati.

anussaranta →

bodhirasa

remembering, recollecting, keeping in mind

TH 257 pārāpariya theragāthā

saritvā pubbake yogī, tesaṃ vattam'anussaraṃ, kiñcāpi pacchimo kālo, phuseyya amataṃ padaṃ.

AN 3.71 uposathasuttaṃ

tassa attano ca tāsañ'ca devatānaṃ saddhañ'ca sīlañ'ca sutañ'ca cāgañ'ca paññañ'ca anussarato cittaṃ pasīdati, pāmojjaṃ uppajjati, ye cittassa upakkilesā te pahīyanti

anutthunanta →

bodhirasa

moaning (about), lamenting (over), sighing (about)

DHP 156 jarāvaggo

acaritvā brahmacariyaṃ, aladdhā yobbane dhanaṃ, senti cāp'ātikhīṇā'va, purāṇāni anutthunaṃ.

anuvicaranta →

bodhirasa

walking about, wandering around

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

tattha cakkhumā puriso majjhe ṭhito passeyya manusse gehaṃ pavisante'pi nikkhamante'pi anucaṅkamante'pi anuvicarante'pi

anuvicintayanta →

bodhirasa

thining (about), pondering (over), reflecting (on), meditating (on)

DHP 364 bhikkhuvaggo

dhamm'ārāmo dhammarato, dhammaṃ anuvicintayaṃ, dhammaṃ anussaraṃ bhikkhu, saddhammā na parihāyati.

anuvicārayanta →

bodhirasa

re-looking at, re-examining, verbally thinking (about)

AN 3.113 dutiyanidānasuttaṃ

tassa atīte chandarāgaṭṭhāniye dhamme ārabbha cetasā anuvitakkayato anuvicārayato chando jāyati. chandajāto tehi dhammehi saṃyutto hoti.

anuvitakkayanta →

bodhirasa

pondering (over), reflecting (on), rethinking, reconsidering

AN 3.113 dutiyanidānasuttaṃ

tassa atīte chandarāgaṭṭhāniye dhamme ārabbha cetasā anuvitakkayato anuvicārayato chando jāyati. chandajāto tehi dhammehi saṃyutto hoti.

anuyanta →

bodhirasa

vassal, subordinate, dependent, lit. following

AN 10.15 appamādasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, ye keci kuḍḍarājāno, sabbe te rañño cakkavattissa anuyantā bhavanti, rājā tesaṃ cakkavattī aggamakkhāyati

anuyantā bhavanti →

bodhirasa

they are vassals, they are subordinate to

AN 10.15 appamādasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, ye keci kuḍḍarājāno, sabbe te rañño cakkavattissa anuyantā bhavanti, rājā tesaṃ cakkavattī aggamakkhāyati

anvesanta →

bodhirasa

seeking, searching (for)

SN 4.23 godhikasuttaṃ

uddhaṃ adho ca tiriyaṃ, disā anudisā sv'ahaṃ, anvesaṃ n'ādhigacchāmi, godhiko so kuhiṃ gato'ti.

anādīnavadassāvī →

bodhirasa

not seeing the danger in, not seeing the disadvantage of

SN 20.9 nāgasuttaṃ

tesaṃ gihī pasannākāraṃ karonti. te taṃ lābhaṃ gadhitā mucchitā ajjhopannā anādīnavadassāvino anissaraṇapaññā paribhuñjanti.

anānujānanta →

bodhirasa

not accepting, not allowing, not permitting, not agreeing

SNP 50 cūḷabyūhasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 12

parassa ce dhammam'anānujānaṃ, bālomako hoti nihīnapañño, sabb'eva bālā sunihīnapaññā, sabb'ev'ime diṭṭhiparibbasānā.

apacinanta →

bodhirasa

discarding, shedding, casting off

SN 35.95 mālukyaputtasuttaṃ

yathā'ssa passato rūpaṃ, sevato c'āpi vedanaṃ, khīyati nopacīyati, evaṃ so caratī sato, evaṃ apacinato dukkhaṃ, santike nibbānam'uccati.

apakkanta →

bodhirasa

departed (from), left, gone away (from), strayed (from), veered off course (from)

MN 70 kīṭāgirisuttaṃ

kīva dūr'ev'ime, bhikkhave, moghapurisā apakkantā imamhā dhammavinayā.

AN 3.65 sarabhasuttaṃ

aññāya ca pan'āhaṃ samaṇānaṃ sakyaputtikānaṃ dhammaṃ ev'āhaṃ tasmā dhammavinayā apakkanto'ti.

aparanta →

bodhirasa

latter end, i.e. the future

NIDD2 2.1 ajita māṇava pucchā niddesa

avijjāya nivuto loko'ti. avijjā'ti ... pubbante aññāṇaṃ aparante aññāṇaṃ pubbant'āparante aññāṇaṃ

aparitassanta →

bodhirasa

being unperturbed, being unshaken

SN 35.234 udāyīsuttaṃ

so evaṃ asamanupassanto na kiñci loke upādiyati, anupādiyaṃ na paritassati, aparitassaṃ paccattaññ'eva parinibbāyati.

aparāmasanta →

bodhirasa

not clutching, not clinging tightly, not adhering

MN 74 dīghanakhasuttaṃ

evaṃ vimuttacitto kho, aggivessana, bhikkhu na kenaci saṃvadati, na kenaci vivadati, yañ'ca loke vuttaṃ tena voharati, aparāmasan'ti.

MN 139 araṇavibhaṅgasuttaṃ

iti yathā yathā naṃ tesu tesu janapadesu sañjānanti, idaṃ kira me āyasmanto sandhāya voharantī'ti, tathā tathā voharati aparāmasaṃ.

apassanta →

bodhirasa

not seeing, not noticing, not aware

MN 75 māgaṇḍiyasuttaṃ

evam'eva kho, māgaṇḍiya, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā andhā acakkhukā ajānantā ārogyaṃ, apassantā nibbānaṃ, atha ca pan'imaṃ gāthaṃ bhāsanti

AN 10.176 cundasuttaṃ

so ajānaṃ vā āha jānāmī'ti, jānaṃ vā āha na jānāmī'ti, apassaṃ vā āha passāmī'ti, passaṃ vā āha na passāmī'ti

apaṭivijjhanta →

bodhirasa

not penetrating, not comprehending

AN 11.15 mettāsuttaṃ

tuvaṭaṃ cittaṃ samādhiyati, mukhavaṇṇo vippasīdati, asammūḷho kālaṃ karoti, uttari appaṭivijjhanto brahmalok'ūpago hoti.

AN 3.89 tatiyasikkhāsuttaṃ

taṃ vā pana anabhisambhavaṃ appaṭivijjhaṃ pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā antarāparinibbāyī hoti.

appajānanta →

bodhirasa

not knowing, not clearly understanding, not distinguishing

MN 2.2 sabbāsavasuttaṃ

so manasikaraṇīye dhamme appajānanto amanasikaraṇīye dhamme appajānanto, ye dhammā na manasikaraṇīyā, te dhamme manasi karoti, ye dhammā manasikaraṇīyā te dhamme na manasi karoti

appaṭighaṃsanta →

bodhirasa

not rubbing to pieces, not scratching, not knocking against

VIN 1.4.15 upajjhāya vatta kathā

sace yāgu hoti, bhājanaṃ dhovitvā yāgu upanāmetabbā. yāguṃ pītassa udakaṃ datvā bhājanaṃ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena dhovitvā paṭisāmetabbaṃ.

arahanta →

bodhirasa

enlightened being, 4th stage of the path, lit. worthy one

AN 1.277 aṭṭhānapāḷi, paṭhamavaggo

aṭṭhānam'etaṃ bhikkhave anavakāso yaṃ ekissā lokadhātuyā dve arahanto sammāsambuddhā apubbaṃ acarimaṃ uppajjeyyuṃ

SNP 4 kasibhāradvājasuttaṃ uragavaggo 4

aññataro ca kho pan'āyasmā bhāradvājo arahataṃ ahosī'ti.

asaddahanta →

bodhirasa

not believing (in)

DHPa 1.5.3 ānandaseṭṭhi vatthu

satthā mūlasiriṃ āmantetvā, jānāsi etan'ti pucchitvā, na jānāmī'ti vutte, pitā te ānandaseṭṭhī'ti vatvā asaddahantaṃ, ānandaseṭṭhi puttassa te pañca mahānidhiyo ācikkhāhī'ti ācikkhāpetvā saddahāpesi

asanta →

bodhirasa

untrue, false

DHP 73 bālavaggo

asantaṃ bhāvanam'iccheyya, purekkhārañ'ca bhikkhusu, āvāsesu ca issariyaṃ, pūjā parakulesu ca.

AN 9.11 sīhanādasuttaṃ

taggha taṃ, bhikkhu, accayo accagamā yathābālaṃ yathāmūḷhaṃ yathāakusalaṃ, yo tvaṃ sāriputtaṃ asatā tucchā musā abhūtena abbhācikkhi

asanta →

bodhirasa

unvirtuous, wicked, bad

ITI 76 sukhapatthanāsuttaṃ

tasmā pattapuṭass'eva, ñatvā sampākam'attano, asante n'upaseveyya, sante seveyya paṇḍito, asanto nirayaṃ nenti, santo pāpenti suggatin'ti.

SNP 6 parābhavasuttaṃ uragavaggo 6

asantassa piyā honti, sante na kurute piyaṃ, asataṃ dhammaṃ roceti, taṃ parābhavato mukhaṃ.

asanta →

bodhirasa

not still, not calm, not at peace, not tranquil

SNP 51 mahābyūhasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 13

vissajja ganthāni mun'īdha loke, vivādajātesu na vaggasārī, santo asantesu upekkhako so, anuggaho uggahaṇanti m'aññe.

asanta →

bodhirasa

non-existence, absence

SNP 48 purābhedasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 10

yassa loke sakaṃ n'atthi, asatā ca na socati, dhammesu ca na gacchati, sa ve santo'ti vuccatī'ti.

asanta →

bodhirasa

not existing, not being

DN 22.10 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ kāmacchandaṃ, atthi me ajjhattaṃ kāmacchando'ti pajānāti, asantaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ kāmacchandaṃ, n'atthi me ajjhattaṃ kāmacchando'ti pajānāti

asantāsī →

bodhirasa

fearless, unstartled, unshaken, not alarmed

DHP 351 taṇhāvaggo

niṭṭhaṅ'gato asantāsī, vītataṇho anaṅgaṇo, acchindi bhavasallāni, antimo'yaṃ samussayo.

SNP 48 purābhedasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 10

akkodhano asantāsī, avikatthī akukkuco, mantabhāṇī anuddhato, sa ve vācāyato muni.

asaṃvindanta →

bodhirasa

not finding, not obtaining, not discovering

SNP 53 attadaṇḍasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 15

yassa n'atthi idaṃ me'ti, paresaṃ vā'pi kiñcanaṃ, mamattaṃ so asaṃvindaṃ, n'atthi me'ti na socati.

assasanta →

bodhirasa

inhaling, breathing in

DN 22.2 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

dīghaṃ vā assasanto dīghaṃ assasāmī'ti pajānāti dīghaṃ vā passasanto dīghaṃ passasāmī'ti pajānāti

atikkanta →

bodhirasa

gone beyond, surpassed

VIN 0 verañjakaṇḍaṃ

so dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkanta-mānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāmi

BV 2.77 sumedha patthanā kathā

dassanaṃ me atikkante, sasaṅghe lokanāyake, sayanā vuṭṭhahitvāna, pallaṅkaṃ ābhujiṃ tadā.

atikkanta →

bodhirasa

gone past, passed by

DHPa 1.1.1 cakkhupālatthera vatthu

ath'assa majjhimayāme atikkante apubbaṃ acarimaṃ akkhīni c'eva kilesā ca bhijjiṃsu. so sukkhavipassako arahā hutvā gabbhaṃ pavisitvā nisīdi.

atikkantamānusaka →

bodhirasa

surpassing (normal) human (ability)

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

so dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāmi

attadanta →

bodhirasa

self controlled, self restrained

DHP 104-105 sahassavaggo

attadantassa posassa, niccaṃ saññatacārino, n'eva devo na gandhabbo, na māro saha brahmunā, jitaṃ apajitaṃ kayirā, tathārūpassa jantuno.

DHP 322 nāgavaggo

varam'assatarā dantā, ājānīyā ca sindhavā, kuñjarā ca mahānāgā, attadanto tato varaṃ.

atthavasa →

bodhirasa

use, reason, benefit, advantage

DHP 289 maggavaggo

etam'atthavasaṃ ñatvā, paṇḍito sīlasaṃvuto, nibbānagamanaṃ maggaṃ, khippam'eva visodhaye.

AN 5.57 abhiṇhapaccavekkhitabbaṭhānasuttaṃ

kiñ'ca, bhikkhave, atthavasaṃ paṭicca, byādhidhammomhi, byādhiṃ anatīto'ti abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ itthiyā vā purisena vā gahaṭṭhena vā pabbajitena vā?

atthika →

bodhirasa

beneficial, useful, advantageous

SN 46.53 aggisuttaṃ

satiñ'ca khv'āhaṃ, bhikkhave, sabb'atthikaṃ vadāmī'ti.

avekkhanta →

bodhirasa

seeing, regarding, viewing, considering

DHP 170 lokavaggo

yathā pubbuḷakaṃ passe, yathā passe marīcikaṃ, evaṃ lokaṃ avekkhantaṃ, maccurājā na passati.

SNP 70 mogharāja māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 15

evaṃ abhikkantadassāviṃ, atthi pañhena āgamaṃ, kathaṃ lokaṃ avekkhantaṃ, maccurājā na passati.

avijānanta →

bodhirasa

not knowing, not understanding, not comprehending

DHP 38 cittavaggo

anavaṭṭhitacittassa, saddhammaṃ avijānato, pariplavapasādassa, paññā na paripūrati.

DHP 60 bālavaggo

dīghā jāgarato ratti, dīghaṃ santassa yojanaṃ, dīgho bālānaṃ saṃsāro, saddhammaṃ avijānataṃ.

avikiranta →

bodhirasa

not scattering, not messing, not strewing around

AN 8.13 assājānīyasuttaṃ

yaṃ kho pan'assa bhojanaṃ denti, allaṃ vā sukkhaṃ vā, taṃ sakkaccaṃ'y'eva paribhuñjati avikiranto.

avinodayanta →

bodhirasa

not dispelling, not driving out, not removing

MN 2.7 sabbāsavasuttaṃ

yañ'hi'ssa, bhikkhave, avinodayato uppajjeyyuṃ āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, vinodayato evaṃsa te āsavā vighātapariḷāhā na honti. ime vuccanti, bhikkhave, āsavā vinodanā pahātabbā.

avūpasanta →

bodhirasa

not subsided, not calmed, not settled

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

yo c'āyaṃ bhikkhu saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpanno tassa'pi kāyasaṅkhārā niruddhā paṭippassaddhā, vacīsaṅkhārā niruddhā paṭippassaddhā, cittasaṅkhārā niruddhā paṭippassaddhā, āyu na parikkhīṇo, usmā avūpasantā, indriyāni vippasannāni.

ayamantarākathā →

bodhirasa

this conversation, this discussion, lit. this in-between talk

AN 6.61 majjhesuttaṃ

tena kho pana samayena sambahulānaṃ therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantānaṃ maṇḍalamāḷe sannisinnānaṃ sannipatitānaṃ ayam'antarākathā udapādi, vuttam'idaṃ, āvuso, bhagavatā pārāyane metteyyapañhe.

SN 42.10 maṇicūḷakasuttaṃ

tena kho pana samayena rāj'antepure rājaparisāya sannisinnānaṃ sannipatitānaṃ ayam'antarākathā udapādi

ayojayanta →

bodhirasa

not joining (in), not engaging (in), not participating (in)

DHP 209 piyavaggo

ayoge yuñjam'attānaṃ, yogasmiñ'ca ayojayaṃ, atthaṃ hitvā piyaggāhī, pihet'att'ānuyoginaṃ.

añchanta →

bodhirasa

turning, cutting (on a lathe), lit. drawing along

DN 22.2 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi bhikkhave dakkho bhamakāro vā bhamakār'antevāsī vā dīghaṃ vā añchanto dīghaṃ añchāmī'ti pajānāti rassaṃ vā añchanto rassaṃ añchāmī'ti pajānāti

bhadanta →

bodhirasa

venerable, reverend

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

bhadante'ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ

bhaddanta →

bodhirasa

venerable, sir, honoured person

SNP 52 tuvaṭakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 14

akittayī vivaṭacakkhu, sakkhidhammaṃ parissayavinayaṃ, paṭipadaṃ vadehi bhaddante, pātimokkhaṃ athavā'pi samādhiṃ.

JA 322 duddubha jātakaṃ

daddabhāyati bhaddante, yasmiṃ dese vasām'ahaṃ, aham'p'etaṃ na jānāmi, kim'etaṃ duddubhāyati.

bhajanta →

bodhirasa

associating (with), keeping company (with)

MN 2.6 sabbāsavasuttaṃ

yathārūpe anāsane nisinnaṃ yathārūpe agocare carantaṃ yathārūpe pāpake mitte bhajantaṃ viññū sabrahmacārī pāpakesu ṭhānesu okappeyyuṃ, so tañ'ca anāsanaṃ tañ'ca agocaraṃ te ca pāpake mitte paṭisaṅkhā yoniso parivajjeti

bhajanta →

bodhirasa

resorting (to), retiring (to), lit. associating (with)

SNP 54 sāriputtasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 16

bhikkhuno vijigucchato, bhajato rittam'āsanaṃ, rukkhamūlaṃ susānaṃ vā, pabbatānaṃ guhāsu vā.

bhanta →

bodhirasa

(of a human) staggering, swaying, spinning

BV 2.170 sumedha patthanā kathā

ubbiggā tasitā bhītā, bhantā byāthitamānasā, mahājanā samāgamma, dīpaṅkaram'upāgamuṃ.

bhanta →

bodhirasa

(of a vehicle) swerved, veered off course, out of control, lit. spun

DHP 222 kodhavaggo

yo ve uppatitaṃ kodhaṃ, rathaṃ bhantaṃ'va vāraye, tam'ahaṃ sārathiṃ brūmi, rasmiggāho itaro jano.

SNP 45 tissametteyyasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 7

eko pubbe caritvāna, methunaṃ yo nisevati, yānaṃ bhantaṃ va taṃ loke, hīnam'āhu puthujjanaṃ.

bhanta →

bodhirasa

(of water) whirling, swirling, spinning

SN 46.55 saṅgāravasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, brāhmaṇa, udapatto vāt'erito calito bhanto ūmijāto. tattha cakkhumā puriso sakaṃ mukhanimittaṃ paccavekkhamāno yathābhūtaṃ na jāneyya na passeyya.

bhavanta →

bodhirasa

master, sir, friend, you, lit. being present

DN 23.5 pāyāsisuttaṃ

labheyya nu kho so coro coraghātesu, āgamentu tāva bhavanto coraghātā, amukasmiṃ me gāme vā nigame vā mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā, yāvāhaṃ tesaṃ uddisitvā āgacchāmī'ti

bhayamantarato →

bodhirasa

danger from within

AN 7.64 kodhanasuttaṃ

anatthajanano kodho, kodho cittappakopano, bhayam'antarato jātaṃ, taṃ jano n'āvabujjhati.

bhaṇanta →

bodhirasa

telling about, preaching, proclaiming

VIN 1.3.1 paṭhamāniyata sikkhāpadaṃ

atha kho āyasmā udāyī yena sā kumārikā ten'upasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā tassā kumārikāya saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho paṭicchanne āsane alaṃkammaniye nisajjaṃ kappesi kālayuttaṃ samullapanto kālayuttaṃ dhammaṃ bhaṇanto

bhuñjanta →

bodhirasa

eating, consuming, using, enjoying

AN 4.62 ānaṇyasuttaṃ

ānaṇyasukhaṃ ñatvāna, atho atthisukhaṃ paraṃ, bhuñjaṃ bhogasukhaṃ macco, tato paññā vipassati.

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

sappāyāni c'eva bhojanāni bhuñjeyyāsi, mā te asappāyāni bhojanāni bhuñjato vaṇo assāvī assa.

bhāsanta →

bodhirasa

speaking (about), talking (about)

MN 139 araṇavibhaṅgasuttaṃ

tatra, bhikkhave, taramānassa bhāsato kāyo'pi kilamati, cittam'pi upahaññati, saro'pi upahaññati, kaṇṭho'pi āturīyati, avisaṭṭham'pi hoti aviññeyyaṃ taramānassa bhāsitaṃ.

AN 4.183 sutasuttaṃ

yañ'hi, brāhmaṇa, diṭṭhaṃ bhāsato akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyanti, evarūpaṃ diṭṭhaṃ na bhāsitabban'ti vadāmi.

bhāsitaparikkanta →

bodhirasa

spoken and done, said and done

VIN 5.4.7 tiṇavatthārakaṃ

tena kho pana samayena bhikkhūnaṃ bhaṇḍanajātānaṃ kalahajātānaṃ vivād'āpannānaṃ viharataṃ bahuṃ assāmaṇakaṃ ajjhāciṇṇaṃ hoti bhāsitaparikkantaṃ.

bhāvayanta →

bodhirasa

cultivating, developing

SN 7.6 jaṭāsuttaṃ

sīle patiṭṭhāya naro sapañño, cittaṃ paññañ'ca bhāvayaṃ, ātāpī nipako bhikkhu, so imaṃ vijaṭaye jaṭaṃ.

AN 5.57 abhiṇhapaccavekkhitabbaṭhānasuttaṃ

so taṃ maggaṃ āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti. tassa taṃ maggaṃ āsevato bhāvayato bahulīkaroto saṃyojanāni sabbaso pahīyanti anusayā byantīhonti.

brahanta →

bodhirasa

big, huge, large, enormous

AN 6.43 nāgasuttaṃ

hatthim'eva nu kho bhante mahantaṃ brahantaṃ kāy'upapannaṃ jano disvā evam'āha, nāgo vata bho nāgo'ti

byanta →

bodhirasa

end

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

so yāni ca porāṇāni iṇamūlāni tāni ca byantiṃ kareyya

caranta →

bodhirasa

walking, wandering, roaming about

DHP 61 bālavaggo

carañ'ce n'ādhigaccheyya, seyyaṃ sadisam'attano, ekacariyaṃ daḷhaṃ kayirā, n'atthi bāle sahāyatā.

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

attha cakkhumā puriso tīre ṭhito passeyya sippikasambukam'pi sakkharakathalam'pi macchagumbam'pi carantam'pi tiṭṭhantam'pi

caranta →

bodhirasa

living, leading one’s life

SNP 59 mettagū māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 4

kittayissāmi te dhammaṃ, diṭṭhe dhamme anītihaṃ, yaṃ viditvā sato caraṃ, tare loke visattikaṃ.

SNP 40 guhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 2

saññaṃ pariññā vitareyya oghaṃ, pariggahesu muni nopalitto, abbūḷhasallo caram'appamatto, nāsīsatī lokam'imaṃ parañcā'ti.

caṅkamanta →

bodhirasa

walking in meditation, walking up and down (in meditation)

TH 227 sopāka theragāthā

disvā pāsādachāyāyaṃ, caṅkamantaṃ nar'uttamaṃ, tattha naṃ upasaṅkamma, vandisaṃ puris'uttamaṃ.

JAa 1.N.1 sumedha kathā

thaddha-visama-bhūmibhāgasmiñ'hi caṅkame caṅkamantassa pādā rujjanti, phoṭā uṭṭhahanti, cittaṃ ekaggaṃ na labhati, kammaṭṭhānaṃ vipajjati.

cetovimuttiphalānisaṃsa →

bodhirasa

with liberation of mind as fruit and benefit, with emancipation of heart as result and advantage

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

katihi pan'āvuso, aṅgehi anuggahitā sammādiṭṭhi cetovimuttiphalā ca hoti cetovimuttiphal'ānisaṃsā ca, paññāvimuttiphalā ca hoti paññāvimuttiphal'ānisaṃsā cā'ti?

cintayanta →

bodhirasa

thinking, reflecting

SNP 46 pasūrasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 8

atha tvaṃ pavitakkam'āgamā, manasā diṭṭhigatāni cintayanto, dhonena yugaṃ samāgamā, na hi tvaṃ sakkhasi sampayātave'ti.

dadanta →

bodhirasa

giving, offering, bestowing

DHP 242 malavaggo

mal'itthiyā duccaritaṃ, maccheraṃ dadato malaṃ, malā ve pāpakā dhammā, asmiṃ loke paramhi ca.

DHPa 1.4.8 visākhā vatthu

amma, sasurakule vasantiyā nāma antoaggi bahi na nīharitabbo, bahiaggi anto na pavesetabbo, dadantass'eva dātabbaṃ, adadantassa na dātabbaṃ, dadantassā'pi adadantassā'pi dātabbaṃ

damayanta →

bodhirasa

taming, mastering, controlling, lit. making tame

DHP 305 pakiṇṇakavaggo

ek'āsanaṃ ekaseyyaṃ, eko caram'atandito, eko damayam'attānaṃ, vanante ramito siyā.

danta →

bodhirasa

tooth

DN 22.5 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

atthi imasmiṃ kāye kesā lomā nakhā dantā taco, maṃsaṃ nhāru aṭṭhi aṭṭhimiñjaṃ vakkaṃ, hadayaṃ yakanaṃ kilomakaṃ pihakaṃ papphāsaṃ

MN 62 mahārāhulovādasuttaṃ

yaṃ kiñci, rāhula, ajjhattaṃ paccattaṃ kakkhaḷaṃ kharigataṃ upādinnaṃ, seyyathidaṃ, kesā lomā nakhā dantā taco … ayaṃ vuccati, rāhula, ajjhattikā pathavīdhātu

danta →

bodhirasa

tusk

MN 61 ambalaṭṭhika rāhulovādasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, rāhula, rañño nāgo īsādanto urūḷhavā abhijāto saṅgāmāvacaro saṅgāmagato … dantehi'pi kammaṃ karoti, naṅguṭṭhenapi kammaṃ karoti, rakkhat'eva soṇḍaṃ.

danta →

bodhirasa

tamed, trained, mastered

DHP 35 cittavaggo

dunniggahassa lahuno, yatthakāmanipātino, cittassa damatho sādhu, cittaṃ dantaṃ sukh'āvahaṃ.

DHP 322 nāgavaggo

varam'assatarā dantā, ājānīyā ca sindhavā, kuñjarā ca mahānāgā, atta-danto tato varaṃ.

dantaja →

bodhirasa

dental, lit. produced by the teeth

bālāvatāra sandhi kaṇḍa

a kavagga hā kaṇṭhajā, i cavagga yā tālujā, u pavaggā oṭṭhajā, ṭavagga ra ḷā muddhajā, tavagga la sā dantajā, e kaṇṭhatālujo, o kaṇṭhoṭṭhajo, vo dantoṭṭhajo.

dantakaṭṭha →

bodhirasa

toothbrush, lit. tooth stick

VIN 1.4.15 upajjhāya vatta kathā

kālass'eva vuṭṭhāya upāhanā omuñcitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā dantakaṭṭhaṃ dātabbaṃ, mukhodakaṃ dātabbaṃ, āsanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ.

DHPa 2.17.3 uttarāupāsikā vatthu

puṇṇo theraṃ disvāva kasiṃ ṭhapetvā pañcapatiṭṭhitena theraṃ vanditvā, dantakaṭṭhena attho bhavissatī'ti dantakaṭṭhaṃ kappiyaṃ katvā adāsi

dantebhidantamādhāya →

bodhirasa

clenching the teeth together

MN 20 vitakkasaṇṭhānasuttaṃ

tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā dante'bhidantam'ādhāya jivhāya tāluṃ āhacca cetasā cittaṃ abhiniggaṇhitabbaṃ abhinippīḷetabbaṃ abhisantāpetabbaṃ.

dhanta →

bodhirasa

blown, fanned, kindled

AN 3.102 paṃsudhovakasuttaṃ

taṃ hoti jātarūpaṃ dhantaṃ sandhantaṃ niddhantaṃ aniddhantaṃ anihitaṃ aninnītakasāvaṃ, na c'eva mudu hoti na ca kammaniyaṃ, na ca pabhassaraṃ pabhaṅgu ca, na ca sammā upeti kammāya.

dhovanta →

bodhirasa

washing, cleaning, rinsing

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

kālena kālañ'ca vaṇaṃ dhoveyyāsi, kālena kālaṃ vaṇamukhaṃ ālimpeyyāsi, mā te na kālena kālaṃ vaṇaṃ dhovato na kālena kālaṃ vaṇamukhaṃ ālimpato pubbalohitaṃ vaṇamukhaṃ pariyonandhi.

dhāvanta →

bodhirasa

running, racing, sprinting

MN 130 devadūtasuttaṃ

tassa sīghena javena dhāvato chavim'pi ḍayhati, cammam'pi ḍayhati, maṃsam'pi ḍayhati, nhārum'pi ḍayhati, aṭṭhīni'pi sampadhūpāyanti, ubbhataṃ tādisam'eva hoti.

divasaṃsantatta →

bodhirasa

heated the whole day

MN 152 indriyabhāvanāsuttaṃ

divasaṃsantatte ayokaṭāhe dve vā tīṇi vā udakaphusitāni nipāteyya

SNP 4 kasibhāradvājasuttaṃ uragavaggo 4

seyyathā'pi nāma phālo divasasantatto udake pakkhitto cicciṭāyati ciṭiciṭāyati sandhūpāyati sampadhūpāyati. evam'eva so pāyaso udake pakkhitto cicciṭāyati ciṭiciṭāyati sandhūpāyati sampadhūpāyati.

diṭṭhikantāra →

bodhirasa

wasteland of views, desert of views

MN 2.2 sabbāsavasuttaṃ

idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, diṭṭhigataṃ diṭṭhigahanaṃ diṭṭhikantāraṃ diṭṭhivisūkaṃ diṭṭhivipphanditaṃ diṭṭhisaṃyojanaṃ

dolāyanta →

bodhirasa

swinging back and forth

JAa 278 mahiṃsarāja jātakavaṇṇanā

ath'eko lolamakkaṭo rukkhā otaritvā tassa piṭṭhiṃ abhiruhitvā uccārapassāvaṃ katvā siṅge gaṇhitvā olambanto naṅguṭṭhe gahetvā dolāyanto'va kīḷi

dosantara →

bodhirasa

bearing anger, with aversion, lit. anger inside

AN 10.44 kusinārasuttaṃ

kālena vakkhāmi no akālena, bhūtena vakkhāmi no abhūtena, saṇhena vakkhāmi no pharusena, atthasaṃhitena vakkhāmi no anatthasaṃhitena, mettacitto vakkhāmi, no dosantaro'ti, ime pañca dhammā ajjhattaṃ upaṭṭhāpetabbā

MN 21 kakacūpamasuttaṃ

tatr'āpi te, phagguna, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ, na c'eva me cittaṃ vipariṇataṃ bhavissati, na ca pāpikaṃ vācaṃ nicchāressāmi, hitānukampī ca viharissāmi mettacitto, na dosantaro'ti.

dukkhassanta →

bodhirasa

end of suffering

DHP 275 maggavaggo

etañ'hi tumhe paṭipannā, dukkhass'antaṃ karissatha, akkhāto vo mayā maggo, aññāya sallakantanaṃ.

SN 6.14 aruṇavatīsuttaṃ

yo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye, appamatto vihassati, pahāya jātisaṃsāraṃ, dukkhass'antaṃ karissatī'ti.

dukkhassantakara →

bodhirasa

who makes an end of suffering

MN 9 sammādiṭṭhisuttaṃ

so sabbaso rāg'ānusayaṃ pahāya paṭigh'ānusayaṃ paṭivinodetvā asmī'ti diṭṭhimān'ānusayaṃ samūhanitvā avijjaṃ pahāya vijjaṃ uppādetvā diṭṭh'eva dhamme dukkhass'antakaro hoti

AN 6.61 majjhesuttaṃ

ettāvatā kho, āvuso, bhikkhu abhiññeyyaṃ abhijānāti, pariññeyyaṃ parijānāti, abhiññeyyaṃ abhijānanto pariññeyyaṃ parijānanto diṭṭh'eva dhamme dukkhass'antakaro hotī'ti.

edanta →

bodhirasa

ending with the letter “e”

bālāvatāra sarasandhi

16. yam'edantass'ādeso.

ekamantaṃ →

bodhirasa

to one side, aside

SN 47.10 bhikkhunupassayasuttaṃ

upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ abhivādetvā ekam'antaṃ nisīdiṃsu

SNP 4 kasibhāradvājasuttaṃ uragavaggo 4

tena kho pana samayena kasibhāradvājassa brāhmaṇassa parivesanā vattati. atha kho bhagavā yena parivesanā ten'upasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā ekam'antaṃ aṭṭhāsi.

ekanta →

bodhirasa

absolute, total, perfect, complete, lit. one side

DN 9.6 poṭṭhapādasuttaṃ

evam'eva kho, poṭṭhapāda, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino, ekanta-sukhī attā hoti arogo paraṃ maraṇā'ti.

ekantagata →

bodhirasa

absolute, total, perfect, complete, lit. gone one side

SN 48.50 āpaṇasuttaṃ

yo so, sāriputta, ariyasāvako tathāgate ekantagato abhippasanno, na so tathāgate vā tathāgatasāsane vā kaṅkheyya vā vicikiccheyya vā'ti?

ekantasukha →

bodhirasa

completely comfortable, totally happy, perfectly at ease

DN 9.6 poṭṭhapādasuttaṃ

te ce me evaṃ puṭṭhā, āmā'ti paṭijānanti, ty'āhaṃ evaṃ vadāmi, api pana tumhe āyasmanto ekantasukhaṃ lokaṃ jānaṃ passaṃ viharathā'ti? iti puṭṭhā, no'ti vadanti.

ekantasukhī →

bodhirasa

completely comfortable, totally happy, perfectly at ease

DN 9.6 poṭṭhapādasuttaṃ

evam'eva kho, poṭṭhapāda, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino, ekantasukhī attā hoti arogo paraṃ maraṇā'ti.

ekantaṃ →

bodhirasa

completely, exclusively, solely, lit. one sidedly

DHP 228 kodhavaggo

na c'āhu na ca bhavissati, na c'etarahi vijjati, ekantaṃ nindito poso, ekantaṃ vā pasaṃsito.

evaṃ santaṃ →

bodhirasa

this being the case, this being so

AN 3.101 loṇakapallasuttaṃ

yo, bhikkhave, evaṃ vadeyya, yathā yath'āyaṃ puriso kammaṃ karoti tathā tathā taṃ paṭisaṃvediyatī'ti, evaṃ santaṃ, bhikkhave, brahmacariyavāso na hoti, okāso na paññāyati sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāya.

evaṃ santāyaṃ →

bodhirasa

in this case, this being the case

AN 3.68 kathāvatthusuttaṃ

sac'āyaṃ, bhikkhave, puggalo pañhaṃ puṭṭho samāno ekaṃsabyākaraṇīyaṃ pañhaṃ na ekaṃsena byākaroti, vibhajjabyākaraṇīyaṃ pañhaṃ na vibhajja byākaroti, paṭipucchābyākaraṇīyaṃ pañhaṃ na paṭipucchā byākaroti, ṭhapanīyaṃ pañhaṃ na ṭhapeti, evaṃ sant'āyaṃ, bhikkhave, puggalo akaccho hoti.

gacchanta →

bodhirasa

going, walking

AN 8.13 assājānīyasuttaṃ

gacchanto kho pana ujumaggen'eva gacchati, tatr'āyaṃ ujumaggo, seyyathidaṃ, sammādiṭṭhi sammāsaṅkappo sammāvācā sammākammanto sammāājīvo sammāvāyāmo sammāsati sammāsamādhi.

JAa 31 kulāvaka jātakavaṇṇanā

ath'assa ratho samuddapiṭṭhena vegena gacchanto simbalivanaṃ pakkhanto, tassa gamanamagge simbalivanaṃ naḷavanaṃ viya chijjitvā chijjitvā samuddapiṭṭhe patati.

gahāyanta →

bodhirasa

picking up, grabbing hold (of), grasping

SNP 42 suddhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 4

purimaṃ pahāya aparaṃ sitāse, ej'ānugā te na taranti saṅgaṃ, te uggahāyanti nirassajanti, kapī'va sākhaṃ pamuñcaṃ gahāyaṃ.

gantabba →

bodhirasa

should go, lit. should be gone

VIN 4.3.110 pañcannaṃ appahitepi anujānanā

ahañ'hi gilāno, āgacchantu bhikkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṃ āgatan'ti, gantabbaṃ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahite'pi, pag'eva pahite.

gavesanta →

bodhirasa

seeking, searching (for), looking (for)

DHP 153 jarāvaggo

anekajātisaṃsāraṃ, sandhāvissaṃ anibbisaṃ, gahakārakaṃ gavesanto, dukkhā jāti punappunaṃ.

gaḷagaḷāyanta →

bodhirasa

pouring, thundering, making a gala-gala sound

DN 16.26 mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

idāni, bhante, deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā dve kassakā bhātaro hatā cattāro ca balibaddā

gaḷanta →

bodhirasa

flowing, dripping, trickling

MN 86 aṅgulimālasuttaṃ

atha kho āyasmā aṅgulimālo bhinnena sīsena, lohitena gaḷantena, bhinnena pattena, vipphālitāya saṅghāṭiyā yena bhagavā ten'upasaṅkami

gaṇayanta →

bodhirasa

counting, calculating

DHP 19 yamakavaggo

bahum'pi ce sahitaṃ bhāsamāno, na takkaro hoti naro pamatto, gopo'va gāvo gaṇayaṃ paresaṃ, na bhāgavā sāmaññassa hoti.

ghaṭanta →

bodhirasa

trying, striving, making an effort

MN 13 mahā dukkhakkhandhasuttaṃ

tassa ce, bhikkhave, kulaputtassa evaṃ uṭṭhahato ghaṭato vāyamato te bhogā n'ābhinipphajjanti. so socati kilamati paridevati urattāḷiṃ kandati, sammohaṃ āpajjati, moghaṃ vata me uṭṭhānaṃ, aphalo vata me vāyāmo'ti

ghaṭṭayanta →

bodhirasa

colliding, conflicting, clashing, offending

SNP 47 māgaṇḍiyasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 9

saññāvirattassa na santi ganthā, paññāvimuttassa na santi mohā, saññañ'ca diṭṭhiñ'ca ye aggahesuṃ, te ghaṭṭayantā vicaranti loke'ti.

ghāyanta →

bodhirasa

smelling

SN 35.95 mālukyaputtasuttaṃ

yath'āssa ghāyato gandhaṃ, sevato c'āpi vedanaṃ, khīyati nopacīyati, evaṃ so caratī sato, evaṃ apacinato dukkhaṃ, santike nibbānam'uccati.

gokaṇṭaka →

bodhirasa

hoof of cattle, lit. cow thorn

VIN 4.5.158 mahākaccānassa pañcavaraparidassanā

avantidakkhiṇāpathe, bhante, kaṇhuttarā bhūmi kharā gokaṇṭaka-hatā, app'eva nāma bhagavā avantidakkhiṇāpathe guṇaṅguṇūpāhanaṃ anujāneyya

gokaṇṭakahata →

bodhirasa

trampled by the hooves of cattle, pricked by cattle thorns

VIN 4.5.158 mahākaccānassa pañcavaraparidassanā

avantidakkhiṇāpathe, bhante, kaṇhuttarā bhūmi kharā gokaṇṭakahatā, app'eva nāma bhagavā avantidakkhiṇāpathe guṇaṅguṇūpāhanaṃ anujāneyya

gāmanta →

bodhirasa

village area, edge of the village

SNP 37 nālakasuttaṃ mahāvaggo 11

tato ratyā vivasāne, gāmantam'abhihāraye, avhānaṃ n'ābhinandeyya, abhihārañ'ca gāmato.

hemanta →

bodhirasa

winter, cold season, lit. cold end

DHP 286 maggavaggo

idha vassaṃ vasissāmi, idha hemanta-gimhisu, iti bālo vicinteti, antarāyaṃ na bujjhati.

VIN PAT PK saṅghuposatha pubbakaraṇādi vidhi

utukkhānaṃ: hemant'ādīnaṃ tiṇṇaṃ utūnaṃ, ettakaṃ atikkantaṃ, ettakaṃ avasiṭṭhan'ti. evaṃ utu-ācikkhanaṃ kataṃ kiṃ?

hita →

bodhirasa

beneficial, good, advantageous

DHP 163 attavaggo

sukarāni asādhūni, attano ahitāni ca, yaṃ ve hitañ'ca sādhuñ'ca, taṃ ve paramadukkaraṃ.

icchanta →

bodhirasa

wishing, wanting, desiring

DHP 334 taṇhāvaggo

manujassa pamattacārino, taṇhā vaḍḍhati māluvā viya, so plavatī hurā huraṃ, phalam'icchaṃ'va vanasmi vānaro.

SNP 53 attadaṇḍasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 15

samantam'asāro loko, disā sabbā sameritā, icchaṃ bhavanam'attano, n'āddasāsiṃ anositaṃ.

idhūpasaṅkanta →

bodhirasa

who have come here, who have arrived here

VIN 4.5.147 soṇakoḷivisa vatthu

imāni, bhante, asīti gāmikasahassāni idh'ūpasaṅkantāni bhagavantaṃ dassanāya. sādhu mayaṃ, bhante, labheyyāma bhagavantaṃ dassanāyā'ti.

jahanta →

bodhirasa

giving up, leaving, abandoning, renouncing

SN 3.4 piyasuttaṃ

antaken'ādhipannassa, jahato mānusaṃ bhavaṃ, kiñ'hi tassa sakaṃ hoti, kiñ'ca ādāya gacchati, kiñ'cassa anugaṃ hoti, chāyāva anapāyinī.

jappanta →

bodhirasa

desiring, wanting, greedy (for), hungering (for), lit. praying (for)

SNP 40 guhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 2

icchānidānā bhavasātabaddhā, te duppamuñcā na hi aññamokkhā, pacchā pure vā'pi apekkhamānā, ime'va kāme purime'va jappaṃ.

jaṅghāvihāranta →

bodhirasa

walking, strolling, lit. living in the lower leg

MN 18 madhupiṇḍikasuttaṃ

daṇḍapāṇipi kho sakko jaṅghāvihāraṃ anucaṅkamamāno anuvicaramāno yena mahāvanaṃ ten'upasaṅkami

jhāyanta →

bodhirasa

meditating, contemplating

DHP 27 appamādavaggo

mā pamādam'anuyuñjetha, mā kāmaratisanthavaṃ, appamatto hi jhāyanto, pappoti vipulaṃ sukhaṃ.

VIN 4.1.1 bodhikathā

yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā, ātāpino jhāyato brāhmaṇassa, vidhūpayaṃ tiṭṭhati mārasenaṃ, sūriyo'va obhāsayam'antalikkhan'ti.

jhāyanta →

bodhirasa

burning, blazing

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, āvuso, telappadīpassa jhāyato acciṃ paṭicca ābhā paññāyati, ābhaṃ paṭicca acci paññāyati, evam'eva kho, āvuso, āyu usmaṃ paṭicca tiṭṭhati, usmā āyuṃ paṭicca tiṭṭhatī'ti.

jigiṃsanta →

bodhirasa

desiring, wanting, lit. wishing to conquer

JA 546 vidhura jātakaṃ

so puṇṇako kāmavegena giddho, irandhatiṃ nāgakaññaṃ jigiṃsaṃ, gantvāna taṃ bhūtapatiṃ yasassiṃ, iccabravī vessavaṇaṃ kuveraṃ.

jigīsanta →

bodhirasa

desiring, wanting, lit. wishing to conquer

SNP 37 nālakasuttaṃ mahāvaggo 11

anagāriy'upetassa, bhikkhācariyaṃ jigīsato, muni pabrūhi me puṭṭho, moneyyaṃ uttamaṃ padaṃ.

jotayanta →

bodhirasa

radiating, shining, beaming, glowing

JAa 1.N.2 avidūre nidānakathā

ṭhitako'va mātukucchisambhavena kenaci asucinā amakkhito suddho visado kāsikavatthe nikkhittamaṇiratanaṃ viya jotayanto mātukucchito nikkhami.

jāgaranta →

bodhirasa

awake, alert, watchful, lit. being awake

DHP 39 cittavaggo

anavassutacittassa, ananvāhatacetaso, puññapāpapahīnassa, n'atthi jāgarato bhayaṃ.

DHP 60 bālavaggo

dīghā jāgarato ratti, dīghaṃ santassa yojanaṃ, dīgho bālānaṃ saṃsāro, saddhammaṃ avijānataṃ.

jānanta →

bodhirasa

knowing

MN 7 vatthasuttaṃ

tassa evaṃ jānato evaṃ passato kāmāsavā'pi cittaṃ vimuccati, bhavāsavā'pi cittaṃ vimuccati, avijjāsavā'pi cittaṃ vimuccati.

DN 9.6 poṭṭhapādasuttaṃ

te ce me evaṃ puṭṭhā, āmā'ti paṭijānanti, ty'āhaṃ evaṃ vadāmi, api pana tumhe āyasmanto ekantasukhaṃ lokaṃ jānaṃ passaṃ viharathā'ti? iti puṭṭhā, no'ti vadanti.

jīvanta →

bodhirasa

living, surviving

DHPa 2.18.10 meṇḍakaseṭṭhi vatthu

gacchatha, tātā, pabbatapādaṃ pavisitvā jīvantā subhikkhakāle mama santikaṃ āgantu'kāmā āgacchatha, anāgantu'kāmā tattha tatth'eva jīvathā'ti.

kadali →

bodhirasa

plantain tree, banana tree

SN 22.95 pheṇapiṇḍūpamasuttaṃ

pheṇapiṇḍ'ūpamaṃ rūpaṃ, vedanā bubbuḷ'ūpamā, marīcik'ūpamā saññā, saṅkhārā kadal'ūpamā, māy'ūpamañ'ca viññāṇaṃ, desit'ādiccabandhunā.

kammanta →

bodhirasa

work, business, commercial activity

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi bhikkhave puriso iṇaṃ ādāya kammante payojeyya

SNP 4 kasibhāradvājasuttaṃ uragavaggo 4

atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaram'ādāya yena kasibhāradvājassa brāhmaṇassa kammanto ten'upasaṅkami.

kandanta →

bodhirasa

crying, weeping, wailing

DHPa 1.1.1 cakkhupālatthera vatthu

taṃ sutvā itaro saṃvegajāto, bhāriyaṃ vata me sāhasikaṃ ananucchavikaṃ kammaṃ katan'ti bāhā paggayha kandanto vanasaṇḍaṃ pakkhanditvā tathā pakkanto'va ahosi.

kanta →

bodhirasa

charming, pleasant, desirable

AN 10.176 cundasuttaṃ

yā sā vācā nelā kaṇṇasukhā pemanīyā hadayaṅgamā porī bahujana-kantā bahujana-manāpā tathārūpiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti.

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

pañca kho ime, sunakkhatta, kāmaguṇā. katame pañca? cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kām'ūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā

kantana →

bodhirasa

(act of) cutting out, excision, surgical removal

DHP 275 maggavaggo

etañ'hi tumhe paṭipannā, dukkhass'antaṃ karissatha, akkhāto vo mayā maggo, aññāya salla-kantanaṃ.

kantāra →

bodhirasa

desert, waste land, lit. difficult to cross

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

puriso sadhano sabhogo kantāra-addhāna-maggaṃ paṭipajjeyya

kantāraddhānamagga →

bodhirasa

long journey on a desert road

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

puriso sadhano sabhogo kantārāddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjeyya

kasanta →

bodhirasa

ploughing, tilling, turning the soil

SN 22.102 aniccasaññāsuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, saradasamaye kassako mahānaṅgalena kasanto sabbāni mūlasantānakāni sampadālento kasati

kaṇṭaka →

bodhirasa

thorn, anything sharp

SN 35.247 chappāṇakasuttaṃ

ayañ'ca kho āyasmā evaṃkārī evaṃsamācāro asuci-gāma-kaṇṭako'ti. taṃ kaṇṭako'ti iti viditvā saṃvaro ca asaṃvaro ca veditabbo.

kaṇṭakaṭṭhāna →

bodhirasa

thorny place

MN 2.6 sabbāsavasuttaṃ

caṇḍaṃ kukkuraṃ parivajjeti, ahiṃ khāṇuṃ kaṇṭakaṭṭhānaṃ sobbhaṃ papātaṃ candanikaṃ oḷigallaṃ

khemantabhūmī →

bodhirasa

place of rest, safe place, peaceful land, sanctuary

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi … āṇaṇyaṃ yathā ārogyaṃ yathā bandhanāmokkhaṃ yathā bhujissaṃ yathā khemantabhūmiṃ

khipanta →

bodhirasa

sneezing

JAa 126 asilakkhaṇa jātakavaṇṇanā

brāhmaṇassa asiṃ ākaḍḍhitvā upasiṅghantassa maricacuṇṇāni nāsaṃ pavisitvā khipitu'kāmataṃ uppādesuṃ. tassa khipantassa nāsikā asidhārāya paṭihatā dvidhā chijji.

khādanta →

bodhirasa

eating, chewing, devouring

JAa 77 mahāsupina jātakavaṇṇanā

bhante pubbe dīpino eḷake khādanti ahaṃ pana eḷake dīpino anubandhitvā murumurū'ti khādante addasaṃ

VISM 1.9.2 karuṇā bhāvanā kathā

kiñcā'pi so tāni khādanto c'eva paribhuñjanto ca sukhito bhogasamappito viya gacchati, atha kho taṃ n'eva koci, sukhito ayaṃ mahābhogo'ti maññati

kilanta →

bodhirasa

worn out, tired, exhausted

SN 35.247 chappāṇakasuttaṃ

yadā kho te, bhikkhave, chappāṇakā jhattā assu kilantā, atha kho yo nesaṃ pāṇakānaṃ balavataro assa tassa te anuvatteyyuṃ, anuvidhāyeyyuṃ vasaṃ gaccheyyuṃ.

MN 40 cūḷāssapurasuttaṃ

puratthimāya ce'pi disāya puriso āgaccheyya ghammābhitatto ghammapareto kilanto tasito pipāsito.

kubbanta →

bodhirasa

doing, making, performing

SN 1.32 maccharisuttaṃ

duddadaṃ dadamānānaṃ, dukkaraṃ kamma kubbataṃ, asanto n'ānukubbanti, sataṃ dhammo duranvayo.

kukkuccavūpasanta →

bodhirasa

who has stilled restlessness, who has settled agitation

SNP 4 kasibhāradvājasuttaṃ uragavaggo 4

aññena ca kevalinaṃ mahesiṃ, khīṇ'āsavaṃ kukkuccavūpasantaṃ, annena pānena upaṭṭhahassu, khettaṃ hi taṃ puññapekkhassa hotī'ti.

kusakaṇṭaka →

bodhirasa

Kusa thorn, sharp blade of grass

SN 35.247 chappāṇakasuttaṃ

tassa kusakaṇṭakā c'eva pāde vijjheyyuṃ, sarapattāni ca gattāni vilekheyyuṃ.

kānanantara →

bodhirasa

inside the grove, wood, glade

THI 71 vacchapāla theragāthā

ahaṃ tava vasānugo siyaṃ, yadi viharemase kānanantare, na hi matthi tayā piyattaro, pāṇo kinnarimandalocane.

lokanta →

bodhirasa

end of the world

SN 2.26 rohitassasuttaṃ

gamanena na pattabbo, lokassanto kudācanaṃ, na ca appatvā lokantaṃ, dukkhā atthi pamocanaṃ.

lokantagū →

bodhirasa

who has gone to the end of the world

AN 4.45 rohitassasuttaṃ

tasmā have lokavidū sumedho, lokantagū vusitabrahmacariyo, lokassa antaṃ samitāvi ñatvā, nāsīsatī lokam'imaṃ parañcā'ti.

maddanta →

bodhirasa

crushing, trampling

SNP 39 kāmasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 1

abalā naṃ balīyanti, maddant'enaṃ parissayā, tato naṃ dukkham'anveti, nāvaṃ bhinnam'iv'odakaṃ.

mahanta →

bodhirasa

great, large, powerful, grand, mighty, vast, extensive

SNP 61 upasīva māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 6

eko ahaṃ sakka mahantam'oghaṃ, anissito no visahāmi tārituṃ, ārammaṇaṃ brūhi samantacakkhu, yaṃ nissito ogham'imaṃ tareyyaṃ.

AN 5.159 udāyīsuttaṃ

tena kho pana samayena āyasmā udāyī mahatiyā gihiparisāya parivuto dhammaṃ desento nisinno hoti.

mahantatara →

bodhirasa

bigger, greater

AN 4.3 paṭhamakhatasuttaṃ

appamatto ayaṃ kali, yo akkhesu dhanaparājayo, sabbassāpi sahāpi attanā, ayam'eva mahantataro kali.

mahantatta →

bodhirasa

(of size) largeness, greatness

AN 10.15 appamādasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, yāni kānici jaṅgalānaṃ pāṇānaṃ padajātāni, sabbāni tāni hatthipade samodhānaṃ gacchanti, hatthipadaṃ tesaṃ aggamakkhāyati, yad'idaṃ mahantattena

makāranta →

bodhirasa

ending with the letter “m”

bālāvatāra sandhi kaṇḍa

byañjanānaṃ k'ādayo makār'antā pañcapañcaso akkharavanto vaggā.

manta →

bodhirasa

mantra, scripture, sacred hymn, Veda

DHP 241 malavaggo

asajjhāyamalā mantā, anuṭṭhānamalā gharā, malaṃ vaṇṇassa kosajjaṃ, pamādo rakkhato malaṃ.

SN 46.55 saṅgāravasuttaṃ

ko nu kho, bho gotama, hetu, ko paccayo yen'ekadā dīgharattaṃ sajjhāyakatā'pi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pag'eva asajjhāyakatā?

manta →

bodhirasa

ending with the letter “m”

bālāvatāra sandhi kaṇḍa

7. vaggā pañcapañcaso m'antā.

mantabandhava →

bodhirasa

who specialize in the Vedas, lit. kinsman of the mantras

SNP 7 vasalasuttaṃ uragavaggo 7

ajjhāyakakule jātā, brāhmaṇā mantabandhavā, te ca pāpesu kammesu, abhiṇham'upadissare.

mantabhāṇī →

bodhirasa

wise speaker, sage counsellor, lit. who recites the Vedas

TH 2 mahākoṭṭhika theragāthā

upasanto uparato, mantabhāṇī anuddhato, dhunāti pāpake dhamme, dumapattaṃ'va māluto'ti.

SNP 48 purābhedasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 10

akkodhano asantāsī, avikatthī akukkuco, mantabhāṇī anuddhato, sa ve vācāyato muni.

mantadhara →

bodhirasa

counsellor, advisor, bearer of the Vedas

APA 8 upāli therāpadānaṃ

uppātesu nimittesu, lakkhaṇesu ca kovidaṃ, ajjhāyakaṃ mantadharaṃ, porohicce ṭhapeti so.

mantajjhāyaka →

bodhirasa

who masters the Vedas, reciter of the Vedas

MN 40 cūḷāssapurasuttaṃ

n'āhaṃ, bhikkhave, mantajjhāyakassa mantajjhāyaka-mattena sāmaññaṃ vadāmi.

mantanā →

bodhirasa

discussion, counsel, consultation

AN 3.68 kathāvatthusuttaṃ

etad'atthā, bhikkhave, kathā, etad'atthā mantanā, etad'atthā upanisā, etad'atthaṃ sot'āvadhānaṃ, yad'idaṃ anupādā cittassa vimokkhoti.

AN 3.68 kathāvatthusuttaṃ

aññāt'atthaṃ pasād'atthaṃ, sataṃ ve hoti mantanā, evaṃ kho ariyā mantenti, esā ariyāna mantanā, etad'aññāya medhāvī, na samusseyya mantaye'ti.

mantayamāna →

bodhirasa

discussing, consulting

MN 31 cūḷagosiṅgasuttaṃ

assosi kho āyasmā anuruddho dāyapālassa bhagavatā saddhiṃ mantayamānassa

mantayati →

bodhirasa

consults, discusses, takes counsel

AN 3.68 kathāvatthusuttaṃ

aññāt'atthaṃ pasād'atthaṃ, sataṃ ve hoti mantanā, evaṃ kho ariyā mantenti, esā ariyāna mantanā, etad'aññāya medhāvī, na samusseyya mantaye'ti.

VV 53 chattamāṇavaka vimānavatthu

kim'idaṃ kusalaṃ kim'ācarema, icc'eke hi samecca mantayanti, te mayaṃ puna'r'eva laddha mānusattaṃ, paṭipannā viharemu sīlavanto.

mantayi →

bodhirasa

consulted, discussed, took counsel

DHPa 2.22.1 sundarī paribbājikā vatthu

ayaṃ pan'ettha saṅkhepo, bhagavato kira bhikkhusaṅghassa ca pañcannaṃ mahānadīnaṃ mahoghasadise lābhasakkāre uppanne hatalābhasakkārā aññatitthiyā sūriy'uggamanakāle khajjopanakā viya nippabhā hutvā ekato sannipatitvā mantayiṃsu.

mantaṃ →

bodhirasa

that to me

DHP 121 pāpavaggo

m'āvamaññetha pāpassa, na man'taṃ āgamissati, udabindunipātena, udakumbho'pi pūrati, bālo pūrati pāpassa, thokaṃ thokam'pi ācinaṃ.

DHP 122 pāpavaggo

m'āvamaññetha puññassa, na man'taṃ āgamissati, udabindunipātena, udakumbho'pi pūrati, dhīro pūrati puññassa, thokaṃ thokam'pi ācinaṃ.

maraṇanta →

bodhirasa

ending in death, culminating in death

DHP 148 jarāvaggo

parijiṇṇam'idaṃ rūpaṃ, roganīḷaṃ pabhaṅguraṃ, bhijjati pūtisandeho, maraṇ'antañ'hi jīvitaṃ.

maraṇavaṇṇa →

bodhirasa

beauty of death, praise of death, advantage of death

VIN 1.1.3 tatiya pārājikaṃ

yo pana bhikkhu sañcicca manussaviggahaṃ jīvitā voropeyya satthahārakaṃ v'āssa pariyeseyya maraṇavaṇṇaṃ vā saṃvaṇṇeyya maraṇāya vā samādapeyya

micchākammanta →

bodhirasa

wrong action, wrong behaviour

MN 117 mahācattārīsakasuttaṃ

katamo ca, bhikkhave, micchākammanto? pāṇātipāto, adinnādānaṃ, kāmesumicchācāro, ayaṃ, bhikkhave, micchākammanto.

mūlasantānaka →

bodhirasa

root network, tangle of roots, lit. spread of roots

SN 22.102 aniccasaññāsuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, saradasamaye kassako mahānaṅgalena kasanto sabbāni mūlasantānakāni sampadālento kasati

nadanta →

bodhirasa

roaring, shouting

API 17 mahāpajāpatigotamī therīapadānaṃ

nadato parisāyaṃ te, vādī-dappā-pahārino, ye te dakkhanti vadanaṃ, dhaññā te narapuṅgava.

nagantara →

bodhirasa

valley, lit. between mountains

TH 262 tālapuṭa theragāthā

vuṭṭhamhi deve caturaṅgule tiṇe, saṃpupphite meghanibhamhi kānane, nagantare viṭapisamo sayissaṃ, taṃ me mudū hehiti tūla-sannibhaṃ.

namassanta →

bodhirasa

worshipping, venerating, honouring

SNP 52 tuvaṭakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 14

abhibhū hi so anabhibhūto, sakkhidhammam'anītiham'adassī, tasmā hi tassa bhagavato sāsane, appamatto sadā namassam'anusikkhe'ti.

nhāyanta →

bodhirasa

bathing, taking a bath

DHPa 1.1.7 devadatta vatthu

ekassa paccekabuddhassa jātassaraṃ oruyha nhāyantassa tīre ṭhapitesu kāsāvesu cīvaraṃ thenetvā tesaṃ hatthīnaṃ gaman'āgamanamagge sattiṃ gahetvā sasīsaṃ pārupitvā nisīdati

nibbindanta →

bodhirasa

being disenchanted (by), being disinterested (in), being disillusioned (by), losing interest (in)

SN 12.61 assutavāsuttaṃ

nibbindaṃ virajjati, virāgā vimuccati, vimuttasmiṃ vimuttam'iti ñāṇaṃ hoti

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

evaṃ passaṃ, bhikkhave, sutavā ariyasāvako ... viññāṇasmiṃ nibbindati, nibbindaṃ virajjati, virāgā vimuccati, vimuttasmiṃ vimuttam'iti ñāṇaṃ hoti.

niccharanta →

bodhirasa

sending out, flashing down (of lightning)

DN 16.26 mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

idāni, bhante, deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā dve kassakā bhātaro hatā cattāro ca balibaddā

niddhanta →

bodhirasa

blown off, removed, purified

DHP 236 malavaggo

so karohi dīpam'attano, khippaṃ vāyama paṇḍito bhava, niddhanta-malo anaṅgaṇo, dibbaṃ ariyabhūmiṃ upehisi.

AN 3.102 paṃsudhovakasuttaṃ

taṃ hoti jātarūpaṃ dhantaṃ sandhantaṃ niddhantaṃ aniddhantaṃ anihitaṃ aninnītakasāvaṃ, na c'eva mudu hoti na ca kammaniyaṃ, na ca pabhassaraṃ pabhaṅgu ca, na ca sammā upeti kammāya.

niggahītanta →

bodhirasa

ending with “ṃ”

bālāvatāra sandhi kaṇḍa

sare ṭhapetvā sesā k'ādayo niggahīt'antā byañjanā.

nijjhāyanta →

bodhirasa

meditating, reflecting, considering, pondering (over)

SN 22.95 pheṇapiṇḍūpamasuttaṃ

tassa taṃ passato nijjhāyato yoniso upaparikkhato rittakaññ'eva khāyeyya, tucchakaññ'eva khāyeyya, asārakaññ'eva khāyeyya.

nikkhamanta →

bodhirasa

exiting, going out, leaving

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

tattha cakkhumā puriso majjhe ṭhito passeyya manusse gehaṃ pavisante'pi nikkhamante'pi

JAa 1.N.2 avidūre nidānakathā

yathā pana aññe sattā mātukucchito nikkhamantā paṭikūlena asucinā makkhitā nikkhamanti, na evaṃ bodhisatto.

nikkhanta →

bodhirasa

exited, escaped, went out, got out

DHPa 1.4.8 visākhā vatthu

manussānaṃ vārentānaṃ vārentānam'eva saṭṭhisahassā balavagāvo ca saṭṭhisahassā dhenuyo ca nikkhantā

nikkhanta →

bodhirasa

elapsed, passed, finished, was over

UD 45 uposathasuttaṃ

atha kho āyasmā ānando abhikkantāya rattiyā, nikkhante paṭhame yāme, uṭṭhāy'āsanā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṃ etad'avoca

nirantaraṃ →

bodhirasa

endlessly, immediately, continuously

VINa 1.2.3 tatiyasaṅgīti kathā

rañño imaṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ passantassa pītiyā nirantaraṃ phuṭasarīrassa añjaliṃ paggahetvā ṭhitasseva mahābodhi mūlasatena suvaṇṇakaṭāhe patiṭṭhāsi

nissayanta →

bodhirasa

depending (on), trusting (in), relying (on)

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

passatha no tumhe, bhikkhave, taṃ diṭṭhinissayaṃ yaṃsa diṭṭhinissayaṃ nissayato na uppajjeyyuṃ soka-parideva-dukkha-domanass'upāyāsā'ti? no h'etaṃ, bhante.

nābhinandanta →

bodhirasa

not delighting (in), not being pleased (with), not finding pleasure (in)

SNP 68 udaya māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 13

ajjhattañ'ca bahiddhā ca, vedanaṃ n'ābhinandato, evaṃ satassa carato, viññāṇaṃ uparujjhatī'ti.

obhāsayanta →

bodhirasa

shining, radiating, illuminating

VIN 4.1.1 bodhikathā

yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā, ātāpino jhāyato brāhmaṇassa, vidhūpayaṃ tiṭṭhati mārasenaṃ, sūriyo'va obhāsayam'antalikkhan'ti.

odanta →

bodhirasa

ending with the letter “o”

bālāvatāra sandhi kaṇḍa

3. tatth'o'd'antā-sarā aṭṭha.

okkanta →

bodhirasa

entered, gone (into), lit. gone down

SN 25.1 cakkhusuttaṃ

yo, bhikkhave, ime dhamme evaṃ saddahati adhimuccati, ayaṃ vuccati saddh'ānusārī, okkanto sammattaniyāmaṃ, sappurisabhūmiṃ okkanto, vītivatto puthujjanabhūmiṃ.

okāranta →

bodhirasa

ending with the letter “o”

bālāvatāra sandhi kaṇḍa

tattha akkharesu okār'antā aṭṭha sarā nāma.

olambanta →

bodhirasa

hanging down

JAa 278 mahiṃsarāja jātakavaṇṇanā

ath'eko lolamakkaṭo rukkhā otaritvā tassa piṭṭhiṃ abhiruhitvā uccārapassāvaṃ katvā siṅge gaṇhitvā olambanto naṅguṭṭhe gahetvā dolāyanto'va kīḷi

orohanta →

bodhirasa

descending (into), going down (into)

AN 4.122 ūmibhayasuttaṃ

cattār'imāni, bhikkhave, bhayāni udaka-orohantassa pāṭikaṅkhitabbāni. katamāni cattāri? ūmibhayaṃ, kumbhīlabhayaṃ, āvaṭṭabhayaṃ, susukābhayaṃ

otaranta →

bodhirasa

descending (from), coming down (from)

JAa 1.N.2 avidūre nidānakathā

so pana dhammāsanato otaranto dhammakathiko viya, nisseṇito otaranto puriso viya, ca dve ca hatthe dve ca pāde pasāretvā

pabbajanta →

bodhirasa

ordaining, renouncing (the household life)

DHPa 1.1.8 sāriputtatthera vatthu

imehi lakkhaṇehi samannāgato nāma agāramajjhe vasanto rājā hoti cakkavattī, pabbajanto loke vivaṭṭacchado sabbaññubuddho hoti

paccanta →

bodhirasa

border, frontier, outlying

DHP 315 nirayavaggo

nagaraṃ yathā paccantaṃ, guttaṃ santarabāhiraṃ, evaṃ gopetha attānaṃ, khaṇo vo mā upaccagā, khaṇ'ātītā hi socanti, nirayamhi samappitā.

paccatthika →

bodhirasa

hostile, opposing, antagonistic, lit. against the good

DNa 2.4.2 mahāsudassanasutta vaṇṇanā

cakkaratanassa hi uppattisamanantarameva n'atthi so satto nāma, yo paccatthika-saññāya taṃ rājānaṃ ārabbha āvudhaṃ ukkhipituṃ visaheyya

paccavekkhanta →

bodhirasa

reviewing, reflecting (on), contemplating, thinking (about)

AN 5.57 abhiṇhapaccavekkhitabbaṭhānasuttaṃ

tassa taṃ ṭhānaṃ abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhato yo yobbane yobbanamado so sabbaso vā pahīyati tanu vā pana hoti.

pacinanta →

bodhirasa

picking, plucking, collecting

DHP 47 pupphavaggo

pupphāni h'eva pacinantaṃ, byāsattamanasaṃ naraṃ, suttaṃ gāmaṃ mahogho'va, maccu ādāya gacchati.

pacinanta →

bodhirasa

discerning, distinguishing, recognizing, lit. picking

SNP 47 māgaṇḍiyasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 9

idaṃ vadāmī'ti na tassa hoti, dhammesu niccheyya samuggahītaṃ, passañ'ca diṭṭhīsu anuggahāya, ajjhattasantiṃ pacinaṃ adassaṃ.

padahanta →

bodhirasa

exerting oneself, striving, applying oneself, lit. putting forward

ITI 16 paṭhamasekhasuttaṃ

yoniso manasikāro, dhammo sekhassa bhikkhuno, natth'añño evaṃ bahukāro, uttam'atthassa pattiyā, yoniso padahaṃ bhikkhu, khayaṃ dukkhassa pāpuṇe'ti.

paggharanta →

bodhirasa

dripping, trickling, oozing

DHPa 1.1.9 nandatthera vatthu

sā udakabindūhi paggharantehi-eva aḍḍhullikhitehi kesehi vegena gantvā, tuvaṭaṃ kho, ayyaputta, āgaccheyyāsī'ti āha

VISM 1.9.2 karuṇā bhāvanā kathā

sabbapaṭhamaṃ tāva kiñcid'eva karuṇāyitabbarūpaṃ … hatthapādehi paggharanta-kimi-gaṇaṃ aṭṭassaraṃ karontaṃ disvā, kicchaṃ vat'āyaṃ satto āpanno, app'eva nāma imamhā dukkhā mucceyyā'ti karuṇā pavattetabbā.

pajahanta →

bodhirasa

giving up, abandoning, letting go

AN 3.68 kathāvatthusuttaṃ

so abhijānanto ekaṃ dhammaṃ, parijānanto ekaṃ dhammaṃ, pajahanto ekaṃ dhammaṃ, sacchikaronto ekaṃ dhammaṃ sammāvimuttiṃ phusati.

pajjhāyanta →

bodhirasa

being downcast, brooding, being sullen, being morose, being depressed

MN 152 indriyabhāvanāsuttaṃ

evaṃ vutte, uttaro māṇavo pārāsiviy'antevāsī tuṇhībhūto maṅkubhūto pattakkhandho adhomukho pajjhāyanto appaṭibhāno nisīdi.

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

evaṃ vutte, ariṭṭho bhikkhu gaddhabādhipubbo tuṇhībhūto maṅkubhūto pattakkhandho adhomukho pajjhāyanto appaṭibhāno nisīdi.

pajānanta →

bodhirasa

knowing, clearly understanding, comprehending

SNP 59 mettagū māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 4

yo ve avidvā upadhiṃ karoti, punappunaṃ dukkham'upeti mando, tasmā pajānaṃ upadhiṃ na kayirā, dukkhassa jātippabhav'ānupassī.

SNP 67 bhadrāvudha māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 12

tasmā pajānaṃ na upādiyetha, bhikkhu sato kiñcanaṃ sabbaloke, ādānasatte iti pekkhamāno, pajaṃ imaṃ maccudheyye visattan'ti.

pakkanta →

bodhirasa

left, set out, departed, gone away, disappeared

DN 16.7 mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

atha kho bhagavā acira-pakkantesu pāṭaligāmikesu upāsakesu suññāgāraṃ pāvisi

DHPa 1.1.1 cakkhupālatthera vatthu

taṃ sutvā itaro saṃvegajāto, bhāriyaṃ vata me sāhasikaṃ ananucchavikaṃ kammaṃ katan'ti bāhā paggayha kandanto vanasaṇḍaṃ pakkhanditvā tathā pakkanto'va ahosi.

pakkhanta →

bodhirasa

appeared, sprung forward, jumped forward

JAa 31 kulāvaka jātakavaṇṇanā

ath'assa ratho samuddapiṭṭhena vegena gacchanto simbalivanaṃ pakkhanto, tassa gamanamagge simbalivanaṃ naḷavanaṃ viya chijjitvā chijjitvā samuddapiṭṭhe patati.

pamuñcanta →

bodhirasa

letting go (of), releasing

SNP 42 suddhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 4

purimaṃ pahāya aparaṃ sitāse, ej'ānugā te na taranti saṅgaṃ, te uggahāyanti nirassajanti, kapī'va sākhaṃ pamuñcaṃ gahāyaṃ.

panta →

bodhirasa

distant, remote

AN 5.114 andhakavindasuttaṃ

etha tumhe, āvuso, āraññikā hotha, araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevathā'ti, iti kāyavūpakāse samādapetabbā nivesetabbā patiṭṭhāpetabbā

SNP 54 sāriputtasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 16

katī parissayā loke, gacchato agataṃ disaṃ, ye bhikkhu abhisambhave, pantamhi sayanāsane.

panta →

bodhirasa

secluded, isolated, solitary

DHP 185 buddhavaggo

anūpavādo anūpaghāto, pātimokkhe ca saṃvaro, mattaññutā ca bhattasmiṃ, pantañ'ca sayanāsanaṃ, adhicitte ca āyogo, etaṃ buddhāna sāsanaṃ.

SNP 54 sāriputtasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 16

paññaṃ purakkhatvā kalyāṇapīti, vikkhambhaye tāni parissayāni, aratiṃ sahetha sayanamhi pante, caturo sahetha paridevadhamme.

pantasenāsana →

bodhirasa

secluded dwelling, remote lodging

AN 5.114 andhakavindasuttaṃ

etha tumhe, āvuso, āraññikā hotha, araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevathā'ti, iti kāyavūpakāse samādapetabbā nivesetabbā patiṭṭhāpetabbā

AN 10.8 jhānasuttaṃ

yato ca kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saddho ca hoti, sīlavā ca, bahussuto ca, dhammakathiko ca, parisāvacaro ca, visārado ca parisāya dhammaṃ deseti, vinayadharo ca, āraññiko ca pantasenāsano … evaṃ so ten'aṅgena paripūro hoti.

paribhuñjanta →

bodhirasa

eating, using, consuming, enjoying

DHPa 2.18.10 meṇḍakaseṭṭhi vatthu

so aparena samayena chātakabhaye sampatte yathānikkhittaṃ dhaññaṃ paribhuñjanto koṭṭhesu ca cāṭiādīsu ca nikkhittadhaññe parikkhīṇe parijane pakkosāpetvā āha.

VISM 1.9.2 karuṇā bhāvanā kathā

kiñcā'pi so tāni khādanto c'eva paribhuñjanto ca sukhito bhogasamappito viya gacchati, atha kho taṃ n'eva koci, sukhito ayaṃ mahābhogo'ti maññati

pariharanta →

bodhirasa

taking care (of), looking after, nurturing, lit. carrying around

SN 22.1 nakulapitusuttaṃ

yo hi, gahapati, imaṃ kāyaṃ pariharanto muhuttam'pi ārogyaṃ paṭijāneyya, kimaññatra bālyā?

parijānanta →

bodhirasa

completely comprehending, totally understanding

AN 6.61 majjhesuttaṃ

ettāvatā kho, āvuso, bhikkhu abhiññeyyaṃ abhijānāti, pariññeyyaṃ parijānāti, abhiññeyyaṃ abhijānanto pariññeyyaṃ parijānanto diṭṭh'eva dhamme dukkhass'antakaro hotī'ti.

AN 3.68 kathāvatthusuttaṃ

so abhijānanto ekaṃ dhammaṃ, parijānanto ekaṃ dhammaṃ, pajahanto ekaṃ dhammaṃ, sacchikaronto ekaṃ dhammaṃ sammāvimuttiṃ phusati.

parikantati →

bodhirasa

cuts around, cuts open

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

tassa so bhisakko sallakatto satthena vaṇamukhaṃ parikanteyya. satthena vaṇamukhaṃ parikantitvā esaniyā sallaṃ eseyya.

parikkanta →

bodhirasa

done, perpetrated, lit. stepped around

VIN 5.4.7 tiṇavatthārakaṃ

tena kho pana samayena bhikkhūnaṃ bhaṇḍanajātānaṃ kalahajātānaṃ vivād'āpannānaṃ viharataṃ bahuṃ assāmaṇakaṃ ajjhāciṇṇaṃ hoti bhāsita-parikkantaṃ.

parivajjayanta →

bodhirasa

completely avoiding, shunning, keeping away

MN 2.6 sabbāsavasuttaṃ

yañ'hi'ssa, bhikkhave, aparivajjayato uppajjeyyuṃ āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, parivajjayato evaṃsa te āsavā vighātapariḷāhā na honti. ime vuccanti, bhikkhave, āsavā parivajjanā pahātabbā.

pariyanta →

bodhirasa

enclosed with, surrounded by, encircled by

DN 22.5 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ bhikkhave bhikkhu imam'eva kāyaṃ uddhaṃ pādatalā adho kesamatthakā taca-pariyantaṃ pūraṃ nānappakārassa asucino paccavekkhati

pariyanta →

bodhirasa

end, limit

VIN 0 verañjakaṇḍaṃ

evam'āhāro evaṃ sukha-dukkha-ppaṭisaṃvedī evam'āyu-pariyanto

SN 48.42 uṇṇābha brāhmaṇasuttaṃ

accayāsi, brāhmaṇa, pañhaṃ, n'āsakkhi pañhassa pariyantaṃ gahetuṃ. nibbānogadhañ'hi, brāhmaṇa, brahmacariyaṃ vussati nibbānaparāyaṇaṃ nibbānapariyosānan'ti.

pariyantakārī →

bodhirasa

who limits, who restricts, lit. limit-maker

AN 5.114 andhakavindasuttaṃ

etha tumhe, āvuso, appabhassā hotha, bhasse pariyantakārino'ti, iti bhassapariyante samādapetabbā nivesetabbā patiṭṭhāpetabbā.

pariyantavantu →

bodhirasa

restricted, within limits, with defined purpose

AN 10.176 cundasuttaṃ

kālavādī bhūtavādī atthavādī dhammavādī vinayavādī nidhānavatiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti kālena sāpadesaṃ pariyantavatiṃ atthasaṃhitaṃ

parābhavanta →

bodhirasa

going to ruin, falling down

SNP 6 parābhavasuttaṃ uragavaggo 6

parābhavantaṃ purisaṃ, mayaṃ pucchāma gotama, bhagavantaṃ puṭṭhum'āgamma, kiṃ parābhavato mukhaṃ.

passambhayanta →

bodhirasa

calming, stilling, settling, lit. causing to be calm

DN 22.2 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ assasissāmī'ti sikkhati, passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ passasissāmī'ti sikkhati.

MN 62 mahārāhulovādasuttaṃ

passambhayaṃ cittasaṅkhāraṃ assasissāmī'ti sikkhati, passambhayaṃ cittasaṅkhāraṃ passasissāmī'ti sikkhati.

passanta →

bodhirasa

seeing

AN 10.176 cundasuttaṃ

so ajānaṃ vā āha jānāmī'ti, jānaṃ vā āha na jānāmī'ti, apassaṃ vā āha passāmī'ti, passaṃ vā āha na passāmī'ti

SNP 69 posāla māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 14

vibhūtarūpasaññissa, sabbakāyappahāyino, ajjhattañ'ca bahiddhā ca, n'atthi kiñcī'ti passato, ñāṇaṃ sakk'ānupucchāmi, kathaṃ neyyo tathāvidho.

passasanta →

bodhirasa

exhaling, breathing out

DN 22.2 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

dīghaṃ vā assasanto dīghaṃ assasāmī'ti pajānāti dīghaṃ vā passasanto dīghaṃ passasāmī'ti pajānāti

patthayanta →

bodhirasa

wishing (for), aspiring (for), craving (for)

SN 22.95 pheṇapiṇḍūpamasuttaṃ

jaheyya sabbasaṃyogaṃ, kareyya saraṇ'attano, careyy'ādittasīso'va, patthayaṃ accutaṃ padan'ti.

pavasanta →

bodhirasa

going away (from), going abroad (from), travelling away (from)

SNP 51 mahābyūhasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 13

sace cuto sīlavatato hoti, pavedhatī kamma virādhayitvā, pajappatī patthayatī ca suddhiṃ, satthā'va hīno pavasaṃ gharamhā.

pavisanta →

bodhirasa

entering, going (into)

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

tattha cakkhumā puriso majjhe ṭhito passeyya manusse gehaṃ pavisante'pi nikkhamante'pi

pavāyanta →

bodhirasa

(of scent) wafting, diffusing, radiating, lit. blowing forth

APA 52 cunda therāpadānaṃ

dibbagandhaṃ pavāyantaṃ, yo me pupphagghiyaṃ adā, tam'ahaṃ kittayissāmi, suṇātha mama bhāsato.

paññāvimuttiphalānisaṃsa →

bodhirasa

with liberation by understanding as fruit and benefit, with emancipation by insight as result and advantage

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

katihi pan'āvuso, aṅgehi anuggahitā sammādiṭṭhi cetovimuttiphalā ca hoti cetovimuttiphal'ānisaṃsā ca, paññāvimuttiphalā ca hoti paññāvimuttiphal'ānisaṃsā cā'ti?

paṇidahanta →

bodhirasa

guiding, directing, determining, intending

SN 47.10 bhikkhunupassayasuttaṃ

tassa kismiñcid'eva pasādanīye nimitte cittaṃ paṇidahato pāmojjaṃ jāyati

paṭicchannakammanta →

bodhirasa

underhanded in business, furtive in action, with concealed deed

SNP 7 vasalasuttaṃ uragavaggo 7

yo katvā pāpakaṃ kammaṃ, mā maṃ jaññā'ti icchati, yo paṭicchannakammanto, taṃ jaññā vasalo iti.

AN 3.27 jigucchitabbasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo dussīlo hoti pāpadhammo asuci saṅkassarasamācāro paṭicchannakammanto, assamaṇo samaṇapaṭiñño, abrahmacārī brahmacāripaṭiñño, antopūti avassuto kasambujāto.

paṭikkanta →

bodhirasa

returned (from), come back (from)

SN 8.2 aratisuttaṃ

tena kho pana samayena āyasmā nigrodhakappo pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapāta-paṭikkanto vihāraṃ pavisati, sāyaṃ vā nikkhamati aparajju vā kāle

paṭikkosanta →

bodhirasa

rejecting, refusing to accept, dissing, disdaining

SNP 50 cūḷabyūhasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 12

sakaṃ sakaṃ diṭṭhiparibbasānā, viggayha nānā kusalā vadanti, yo evaṃ jānāti sa vedi dhammaṃ, idaṃ paṭikkosam'akevalī so.

paṭisevanta →

bodhirasa

practising, indulging (in), engaging (in)

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

tath'āhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi yathā ye'me antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato n'ālaṃ antarāyāyā'ti.

paṭisevanta →

bodhirasa

using, making use (of)

MN 2 sabbāsavasuttaṃ

yañ'hi'ssa, bhikkhave, appaṭisevato uppajjeyyuṃ āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, paṭisevato evaṃsa te āsavā vighātapariḷāhā na honti. ime vuccanti, bhikkhave, āsavā paṭisevanā pahātabbā

phalanta →

bodhirasa

splitting open, busting open, breaking open

DN 16.26 mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

idāni, bhante, deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā dve kassakā bhātaro hatā cattāro ca balibaddā

phusanta →

bodhirasa

touching, feeling, sensing

SN 35.95 mālukyaputtasuttaṃ

yath'āssa phusato phassaṃ, sevato c'āpi vedanaṃ, khīyati nopacīyati, evaṃ so caratī sato, evaṃ apacinato dukkhaṃ, santike nibbānam'uccati.

pivanta →

bodhirasa

drinking, sipping

DHP 205 sukhavaggo

pavivekarasaṃ pitvā, rasaṃ upasamassa ca, niddaro hoti nippāpo, dhammapītirasaṃ pivaṃ.

piṇḍapātapaṭikkanta →

bodhirasa

after returning from alms-round

AN 6.61 majjhesuttaṃ

tena kho pana samayena sambahulānaṃ therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantānaṃ maṇḍalamāḷe sannisinnānaṃ sannipatitānaṃ ayam'antarākathā udapādi, vuttam'idaṃ, āvuso, bhagavatā pārāyane metteyyapañhe.

SN 22.81 pālileyyasuttaṃ

kosambiyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto sāmaṃ senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā pattacīvaram'ādāya anāmantetvā upaṭṭhāke anapaloketvā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ eko adutiyo cārikaṃ pakkāmi

pubbanta →

bodhirasa

one side, former end, i.e. the past

NIDD2 2.1 ajita māṇava pucchā niddesa

avijjāya nivuto loko'ti. avijjā'ti ... pubbante aññāṇaṃ aparante aññāṇaṃ pubbant'āparante aññāṇaṃ

pucchanta →

bodhirasa

asking, enquiring, questioning

VIN 4.1.63 upasampadā vidhi

yaṃ jātaṃ taṃ saṅghamajjhe pucchante santaṃ atthī'ti vattabbaṃ asantaṃ natthī'ti vattabbaṃ

TH 250 telakāni theragāthā

cirarattaṃ vatātāpī, dhammaṃ anuvicintayaṃ, samaṃ cittassa nālatthaṃ, pucchaṃ samaṇabrāhmaṇe.

pupphantara →

bodhirasa

between flowers, among blossoms

JAa 1.N.2 avidūre nidānakathā

tasmiṃ samaye mūlato paṭṭhāya yāva aggasākhā sabbaṃ ekapāliphullaṃ ahosi, sākhantarehi c'eva pupphantarehi ca pañcavaṇṇā bhamaragaṇā nānappakārā ca sakuṇasaṅghā madhurassarena vikūjantā vicaranti.

pālayanta →

bodhirasa

protecting, taking care (of)

SN 3.13 doṇapākasuttaṃ

manujassa sadā satīmato, mattaṃ jānato laddhabhojane, tanu tassa bhavanti vedanā, saṇikaṃ jīrati āyu-pālayan'ti.

pūjayanta →

bodhirasa

devotedly offering, worshipping (with), honouring (with)

DHP 195 buddhavaggo

pūj'ārahe pūjayato, buddhe yadi va sāvake, papañcasamatikkante, tiṇṇasokapariddave.

DHP 196 buddhavaggo

te tādise pūjayato, nibbute akutobhaye, na sakkā puññaṃ saṅkhātuṃ, im'ettam'api kenaci.

rajanīya →

bodhirasa

desirable, arousing, enticing, tantalizing, lit. what could be desired

SN 35.246 vīṇopamasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, rañño vā rājamahāmattassa vā vīṇāya saddo assutapubbo assa. so vīṇāsaddaṃ suṇeyya. so evaṃ vadeyya, ambho, kassa nu kho eso saddo evaṃ-rajanīyo evaṃkamanīyo evaṃmadanīyo evaṃmucchanīyo evaṃbandhanīyo'ti?

AN 5.81 rajanīyasuttaṃ

rajanīye na rajjati, dussanīye na dussati, mohanīye na muyhati, kuppanīye na kuppati, madanīye na majjati.

rakkhanta →

bodhirasa

protecting, guarding, watching

DHP 241 malavaggo

asajjhāyamalā mantā, anuṭṭhānamalā gharā, malaṃ vaṇṇassa kosajjaṃ, pamādo rakkhato malaṃ.

SN 48.56 patiṭṭhitasuttaṃ

tassa cittaṃ rakkhato āsavesu ca sāsavesu ca dhammesu saddhindriyam'pi bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchati. vīriyindriyam'pi bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchati.

rodanta →

bodhirasa

crying, weeping, wailing

DHP 67 bālavaggo

na taṃ kammaṃ kataṃ sādhu, yaṃ katvā anutappati, yassa assumukho rodaṃ, vipākaṃ paṭisevati.

rudanta →

bodhirasa

crying, grieving, weeping, wailing

DN 4.3 soṇadaṇḍasuttaṃ

samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo akāmakānaṃ mātāpitūnaṃ assumukhānaṃ rudantānaṃ kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito

ruppanta →

bodhirasa

being hurt, being oppressed, suffering

SNP 22 uṭṭhānasuttaṃ cūḷavaggo 10

uṭṭhahatha nisīdatha, ko attho supitena vo, āturānañ'hi kā niddā, sallaviddhāna ruppataṃ.

saddahanta →

bodhirasa

believing (in), having faith (in)

DHPa 1.5.3 ānandaseṭṭhi vatthu

satthā mūlasiriṃ āmantetvā, jānāsi etan'ti pucchitvā, na jānāmī'ti vutte, pitā te ānandaseṭṭhī'ti vatvā a-saddahantaṃ, ānandaseṭṭhi puttassa te pañca mahānidhiyo ācikkhāhī'ti ācikkhāpetvā saddahāpesi

sakaṇṭaka →

bodhirasa

thorny, full of thorns, troublesome

SN 35.246 vīṇopamasuttaṃ

sabhayo c'eso maggo sappaṭibhayo ca sakaṇṭako ca sagahano ca ummaggo ca kummaggo ca duhitiko ca. asappurisasevito c'eso maggo, na c'eso maggo sappurisehi sevito.

sallakantana →

bodhirasa

cutting out the arrow, surgical removal of the dart, excision of the barb

DHP 275 maggavaggo

etañ'hi tumhe paṭipannā, dukkhass'antaṃ karissatha, akkhāto vo mayā maggo, aññāya sallakantanaṃ.

samanantaraṃ →

bodhirasa

immediately after, from the moment, from the time (of)

DNa 2.4.2 mahāsudassanasutta vaṇṇanā

cakkaratanassa hi uppatti-samanantaram'eva n'atthi so satto nāma, yo paccatthikasaññāya taṃ rājānaṃ ārabbha āvudhaṃ ukkhipituṃ visaheyya

samanta →

bodhirasa

all, every

AN 4.33 sīhasuttaṃ

vijambhitvā samantā catuddisā anuviloketi

samantacakkhu →

bodhirasa

all seeing, lit. all around eye

SNP 61 upasīva māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 6

eko ahaṃ sakka mahantam'oghaṃ, anissito no visahāmi tārituṃ, ārammaṇaṃ brūhi samantacakkhu, yaṃ nissito ogham'imaṃ tareyyaṃ.

SNP 60 dhotaka māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 5

passām'ahaṃ devamanussaloke, akiñcanaṃ brāhmaṇam'iriyamānaṃ, taṃ taṃ namassāmi samantacakkhu, pamuñca maṃ sakka kathaṃkathāhi.

samantapāsādika →

bodhirasa

who inspires confidence in every way, totally awe-inspiring

AN 10.8 jhānasuttaṃ

imehi kho, bhikkhave, dasahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu samantapāsādiko ca hoti sabb'ākāraparipūro cā'ti.

samantato →

bodhirasa

all around, on all sides, everywhere, lit. from all sides

VIN 2.5.9.7 nisīdana sikkhāpadaṃ

kissa tvaṃ, udāyi, nisīdanaṃ samantato samañchasi, seyyathā'pi purāṇāsikoṭṭho'ti?

samantaṃ →

bodhirasa

completely, totally, entirely

SNP 53 attadaṇḍasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 15

samantam'asāro loko, disā sabbā sameritā, icchaṃ bhavanam'attano, n'āddasāsiṃ anositaṃ.

samantā →

bodhirasa

all around, lit. from every side

AN 4.65 rūpasuttaṃ

ajjhattañ'ca na jānāti, bahiddhā ca na passati, samant'āvaraṇo bālo, sa ve ghosena vuyhati.

AN 4.33 sīhasuttaṃ

vijambhitvā samantā catuddisā anuviloketi

samanupassanta →

bodhirasa

seeing, perceiving

MN 40 cūḷāssapurasuttaṃ

tassa sabbehi imehi pāpakehi akusalehi dhammehi visuddham'attānaṃ samanupassato, vimuttam'attānaṃ samanupassato, pāmojjaṃ jāyati, pamuditassa pīti jāyati, pītimanassa kāyo passambhati, passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vedeti, sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati.

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

so evaṃ samanupassanto asati na paritassatī'ti.

samanussaranta →

bodhirasa

remembering, recalling, recollecting

SN 35.246 vīṇopamasuttaṃ

evañ'hi so, bhikkhave, goṇo kiṭṭh'ādo gāmagato vā araññagato vā, ṭhānabahulo vā assa nisajjabahulo vā na taṃ kiṭṭhaṃ puna otareyya, tam'eva purimaṃ daṇḍasamphassaṃ samanussaranto.

samanvesanta →

bodhirasa

looking through, searching through, investigating, examining

SN 35.246 vīṇopamasuttaṃ

tassa rūpaṃ ... vedanaṃ ... saññaṃ ... saṅkhāre ... viññāṇaṃ samanvesato yāvatā viññāṇassa gati, yam'pi'ssa taṃ hoti ahan'ti vā maman'ti vā asmī'ti vā tam'pi tassa na hotī'ti.

samatikkanta →

bodhirasa

surpassed, surmounted, transcended

DHP 195 buddhavaggo

pūj'ārahe pūjayato, buddhe yadi va sāvake, papañca-samatikkante, tiṇṇasokapariddave.

sammākammanta →

bodhirasa

correct behaviour, wholesome conduct

MN 9 sammādiṭṭhisuttaṃ

sammādiṭṭhi sammāsaṅkappo sammāvācā sammākammanto sammāājīvo sammāvāyāmo sammāsati sammāsamādhi

SN 22.57 sattaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

ayam'eva ariyo aṭṭh'aṅgiko maggo rūpanirodhagāminī paṭipadā, seyyathidaṃ sammādiṭṭhi sammāsaṅkappo sammāvācā sammākammanto sammāājīvo sammāvāyāmo sammāsati sammāsamādhi.

samodahanta →

bodhirasa

drawing (in), pulling (in), lit. putting together

SN 35.240 kummopamasuttaṃ

kummo aṅgāni sake kapāle, samodahaṃ bhikkhu manovitakke, anissito aññam'aheṭhayāno, parinibbuto nūpavadeyya kañcī'ti.

sampassanta →

bodhirasa

seeing, looking at, regarding, considering

DHP 290 pakiṇṇakavaggo

mattāsukhapariccāgā, passe ce vipulaṃ sukhaṃ, caje mattāsukhaṃ dhīro, sampassaṃ vipulaṃ sukhaṃ.

MN 31 cūḷagosiṅgasuttaṃ

kacci pana vo, anuruddhā, samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā khīrodakībhūtā aññamaññaṃ piyacakkhūhi sampassantā viharathā'ti?

sampassanta →

bodhirasa

those who see

SNP 4 kasibhāradvājasuttaṃ uragavaggo 4

gāth'ābhigītaṃ me abhojaneyyaṃ, sampassataṃ brāhmaṇa n'esa dhammo, gāth'ābhigītaṃ panudanti buddhā, dhamme satī brāhmaṇa vutti'r'esā.

samphusanta →

bodhirasa

touching, contacting, associating, having a close relationship with

ITI 76 sukhapatthanāsuttaṃ

sevamāno sevamānaṃ, samphuṭṭho samphusaṃ paraṃ, saro diddho kalāpaṃ'va, alittam'upalimpati. upalepabhayā dhīro, n'eva pāpasakhā siyā.

samullapanta →

bodhirasa

friendly talking, chatting

VIN 1.3.1 paṭhamāniyata sikkhāpadaṃ

atha kho āyasmā udāyī yena sā kumārikā ten'upasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā tassā kumārikāya saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho paṭicchanne āsane alaṃkammaniye nisajjaṃ kappesi kālayuttaṃ samullapanto kālayuttaṃ dhammaṃ bhaṇanto

samādahanta →

bodhirasa

composing, stabilising, collecting (the mind), lit. putting together

MN 62 mahārāhulovādasuttaṃ

samādahaṃ cittaṃ assasissāmī'ti sikkhati, samādahaṃ cittaṃ passasissāmī'ti sikkhati.

sanantana →

bodhirasa

eternal, perpetual, everlasting, ancient

DHP 5 yamakavaggo

na hi verena verāni, sammant'īdha kudācanaṃ, averena ca sammanti, esa dhammo sanantano.

sandhanta →

bodhirasa

(of gold) smelted, melted

AN 3.102 paṃsudhovakasuttaṃ

taṃ hoti jātarūpaṃ dhantaṃ sandhantaṃ niddhantaṃ aniddhantaṃ anihitaṃ aninnītakasāvaṃ, na c'eva mudu hoti na ca kammaniyaṃ, na ca pabhassaraṃ pabhaṅgu ca, na ca sammā upeti kammāya.

sandhāvanta →

bodhirasa

transmigrating, drifting, lit. running along

SN 48.50 āpaṇasuttaṃ

pubbā koṭi na paññāyati avijjānīvaraṇānaṃ sattānaṃ taṇhāsaṃyojanānaṃ sandhāvataṃ saṃsarataṃ.

sannipatanta →

bodhirasa

gathering together, assembling

VIN PAT PK saṅghuposatha pubbakaraṇādi vidhi

ettāni cattāri vattāni sammajjanakaraṇādīni saṅgha-sannipatato paṭhamaṃ kattabbatā, uposathassa uposathakammassa pubba-karaṇan'ti vuccati. pubba-karaṇānī'ti akkhātāni.

santa →

bodhirasa

existing, being, there is

SNP 44 jarāsuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 6

socanti janā mamāyite, na hi santi niccā pariggahā, vinābhāva'santam'ev'idaṃ, iti disvā n'āgāram'āvase.

AN 5.76 dutiya yodhājīvasuttaṃ

so ñātakehi nīyamāno appatvā'va ñātake antarāmagge kālaṃ karoti. evarūpo'pi, bhikkhave, idh'ekacco yodhājīvo hoti. ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo yodhājīvo santo saṃvijjamāno lokasmiṃ.

santa →

bodhirasa

virtuous man, good person, wise person, sage

ITI 76 sukhapatthanāsuttaṃ

tasmā pattapuṭass'eva, ñatvā sampākam'attano, asante n'upaseveyya, sante seveyya paṇḍito, asanto nirayaṃ nenti, santo pāpenti suggatin'ti.

SNP 52 tuvaṭakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 14

yaṃ kiñci dhammam'abhijaññā, ajjhattaṃ athavā'pi bahiddhā, na tena thāmaṃ kubbetha, na hi sā nibbuti sataṃ vuttā.

santa →

bodhirasa

still, calm, at peace, tranquil

DHP 96 arahantavaggo

santaṃ tassa manaṃ hoti, santā vācā ca kamma ca, samma'd'aññā vimuttassa, upasantassa tādino.

MN 152 indriyabhāvanāsuttaṃ

etaṃ santaṃ etaṃ paṇītaṃ yad'idaṃ upekkhā'ti

santa →

bodhirasa

tired, weary, fatigued

DHP 60 bālavaggo

dīghā jāgarato ratti, dīghaṃ santassa yojanaṃ, dīgho bālānaṃ saṃsāro, saddhammaṃ avijānataṃ.

santadassāvī →

bodhirasa

who sees peace (in)

AN 6.103 ukkhittāsikasuttaṃ

nibbāne ca santadassāvī bhavissāmi, anusayā ca me samugghātaṃ gacchissanti, kiccakārī ca bhavissāmi, satthā ca me pariciṇṇo bhavissati mettāvatāyā'ti.

santajjenta →

bodhirasa

frightening, threatening, menacing

DHPa 2.17.3 uttarāupāsikā vatthu

apehi dubbinīte, na tvaṃ amhākaṃ ayyāya pakkuthitaṃ sappiṃ āsiñcituṃ anucchavikā'ti, santajjentiyo ito cito ca uṭṭhāya hatthehi ca pādehi ca pothetvā bhūmiyaṃ pātesuṃ.

santaka →

bodhirasa

property, possession, belonging, lit. one’s own stuff

DHPa 2.26.33 jaṭilatthera vatthu

so satthārā dinnanaye ṭhatvā satthāraṃ vanditvā, ajja ādiṃ katvā mama santakaṃ dasikasuttamattam'pi maṃ abhibhavitvā anekasatā'pi rājāno vā corā vā gaṇhituṃ samatthā nāma mā hontu, aggināpi mama santakaṃ mā ḍayhatu, udakenapi mā vuyhatū'ti patthanaṃ akāsi.

santametaṃ →

bodhirasa

this is peaceful

SN 48.50 āpaṇasuttaṃ

avijjāya tv'eva tamokāyassa asesavirāganirodho, santam'etaṃ padaṃ paṇītam'etaṃ padaṃ, yad'idaṃ, sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabb'ūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ.

santappati →

bodhirasa

is heated, is warmed

MN 62 mahārāhulovādasuttaṃ

yaṃ ajjhattaṃ paccattaṃ tejo tejogataṃ upādinnaṃ, seyyathidaṃ, yena ca santappati yena ca jīrīyati yena ca pariḍayhati yena ca asitapītakhāyitasāyitaṃ sammā pariṇāmaṃ gacchati, yaṃ vā pan'aññam'pi kiñci ajjhattaṃ paccattaṃ tejo tejogataṃ upādinnaṃ, ayaṃ vuccati, rāhula, ajjhattikā tejodhātu.

santara →

bodhirasa

inside

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

sāyaṃ nhānīyapiṇḍi snehānugatā snehaparetā santara-bāhirā phuṭā snehena na ca pagghariṇī

santarabāhira →

bodhirasa

inside and outside

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

sāyaṃ nhānīyapiṇḍi snehānugatā snehaparetā santarabāhirā phuṭā snehena na ca pagghariṇī

santarabāhiraṃ →

bodhirasa

internally and externally, within and without

DHP 315 nirayavaggo

nagaraṃ yathā paccantaṃ, guttaṃ santarabāhiraṃ, evaṃ gopetha attānaṃ, khaṇo vo mā upaccagā, khaṇ'ātītā hi socanti, nirayamhi samappitā.

santasati →

bodhirasa

is terrified (of), is frightened (of), is disturbed (by)

SN 5.5 uppalavaṇṇāsuttaṃ

sataṃ sahassāni'pi dhuttakānaṃ, idh'āgatā tādisakā bhaveyyuṃ, lomaṃ na iñjāmi na santasāmi, na māra bhāyāmi tam'ekikā'pi.

SNP 54 sāriputtasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 16

paradhammikānam'pi na santaseyya, disvā'pi tesaṃ bahubheravāni, ath'āparāni abhisambhaveyya, parissayāni kusal'ānuesī.

santatta →

bodhirasa

heated, made red-hot

SN 46.55 saṅgāravasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, brāhmaṇa, udapatto agginā santatto pakkuthito usmudakajāto. tattha cakkhumā puriso sakaṃ mukhanimittaṃ paccavekkhamāno yathābhūtaṃ na jāneyya na passeyya.

MN 152 indriyabhāvanāsuttaṃ

divasaṃ-santatte ayokaṭāhe dve vā tīṇi vā udakaphusitāni nipāteyya

santāna →

bodhirasa

continuity, continuance, continuum

SN 22.95 pheṇapiṇḍūpamasuttaṃ

etādis'āyaṃ santāno, māy'āyaṃ bālalāpinī, vadhako esa akkhāto, sāro ettha na vijjati.

santānaka →

bodhirasa

network, tendril, offshoot, lit. spreading

SN 22.102 aniccasaññāsuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, saradasamaye kassako mahānaṅgalena kasanto sabbāni mūla-santānakāni sampadālento kasati

santāpa →

bodhirasa

torment, torture, agony, anguish

SNP 71 piṅgiya māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 16

taṇh'ādhipanne manuje pekkhamāno, santāpa-jāte jarasā parete, tasmā tuvaṃ piṅgiya appamatto, jahassu taṇhaṃ apunabbhavāyā'ti.

santāpajāta →

bodhirasa

tormented, tortured, agonised, anguished, lit. torment arisen

SNP 71 piṅgiya māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 16

taṇh'ādhipanne manuje pekkhamāno, santāpajāte jarasā parete, tasmā tuvaṃ piṅgiya appamatto, jahassu taṇhaṃ apunabbhavāyā'ti.

santāraṇī →

bodhirasa

ferry, ferryboat

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, puriso addhānamaggappaṭipanno. so passeyya mahantaṃ udak'aṇṇavaṃ ... na c'assa nāvā santāraṇī uttarasetu vā apārā pāraṃ gamanāya.

santāreti →

bodhirasa

helps across, saves, assists, lit. causes to go across

BV 2.56 sumedha patthanā kathā

kiṃ me ekena tiṇṇena, purisena thāmadassinā, sabbaññutaṃ pāpuṇitvā, santāressaṃ sadevakaṃ.

sapariyantacārī →

bodhirasa

self-restrained, lit. own limit acting

SNP 54 sāriputtasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 16

pañcannaṃ dhīro bhayānaṃ na bhāye, bhikkhu sato sapariyantacārī, ḍaṃsādhipātānaṃ sarīsapānaṃ, manussaphassānaṃ catuppadānaṃ.

sattānisaṃsā →

bodhirasa

seven benefits, seven advantages

SN 46.3 sīlasuttaṃ

evaṃ bhāvitesu kho, bhikkhave, sattasu sambojjhaṅgesu evaṃ bahulīkatesu satta phalā satt'ānisaṃsā pāṭikaṅkhā. katame satta phalā satt'ānisaṃsā?

saudraya →

bodhirasa

advantageous, profitable, lit. with result

MN 40 cūḷāssapurasuttaṃ

tesaṃ te kārā amhesu mahapphalā bhavissanti mahānisaṃsā, amhākañcevāyaṃ pabbajjā avañjhā bhavissati saphalā saudrayā'ti. evañ'hi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabbaṃ.

savanta →

bodhirasa

flowing

SN 55.41 paṭhama abhisandasuttaṃ

mahodadhiṃ aparimitaṃ mahāsaraṃ, bahubheravaṃ ratanagaṇānamālayaṃ, najjo yathā naragaṇasaṅghasevitā, puthū savantī upayanti sāgaraṃ.

sañjānanta →

bodhirasa

knowing, perceiving, recognizing, being aware (of), designating, labelling

VIN 1.1.3 tatiya pārājikaṃ

sañciccā'ti jānanto sañjānanto cecca abhivitaritvā vītikkamo

saññamayanta →

bodhirasa

restraining, controlling

DHP 380 bhikkhuvaggo

attā hi attano nātho, attā hi attano gati, tasmā saññamayaṃ'ttānaṃ, assaṃ bhadraṃ'va vāṇijo.

saṃsaranta →

bodhirasa

wandering on, moving on continuously, transmigrating

SN 48.50 āpaṇasuttaṃ

pubbā koṭi na paññāyati avijjānīvaraṇānaṃ sattānaṃ taṇhāsaṃyojanānaṃ sandhāvataṃ saṃsarataṃ.

saṃvindanta →

bodhirasa

finding, obtaining, discovering

SNP 53 attadaṇḍasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 15

yassa n'atthi idaṃ me'ti, paresaṃ vā'pi kiñcanaṃ, mamattaṃ so a-saṃvindaṃ, n'atthi me'ti na socati.

saṃyamanta →

bodhirasa

restraining, controlling

DHP 380 bhikkhuvaggo

attā hi attano nātho, attā hi attano gati, tasmā saṃyamam'attānaṃ, assaṃ bhadraṃ'va vāṇijo.

saṇanta →

bodhirasa

making a noise

SNP 37 nālakasuttaṃ mahāvaggo 11

taṃ nadīhi vijānātha, sobbhesu padaresu ca, saṇantā yanti kusobbhā, tuṇhīyanti mahodadhī.

sevanta →

bodhirasa

associating, connecting, experiencing

SN 35.95 mālukyaputtasuttaṃ

yathā'ssa passato rūpaṃ, sevato c'āpi vedanaṃ, khīyati nopacīyati, evaṃ so caratī sato, evaṃ apacinato dukkhaṃ, santike nibbānam'uccati.

sevanta →

bodhirasa

retiring (to), resorting (to)

SNP 54 sāriputtasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 16

vijigucchamānassa yad'idaṃ phāsu, ritt'āsanaṃ sayanaṃ sevato ce, sambodhikāmassa yath'ānudhammaṃ, taṃ te pavakkhāmi yathā pajānaṃ.

sudanta →

bodhirasa

well tamed, well trained, well controlled

DHP 94 arahantavaggo

yass'indriyāni samathaṅ'gatāni, assā yathā sārathinā sudantā, pahīnamānassa anāsavassa, devā'pi tassa pihayanti tādino.

DHP 159 attavaggo

attānaṃ ce tathā kayirā, yath'āññam'anusāsati, sudanto vata dametha, attā hi kira duddamo.

suttanta →

bodhirasa

discourse, teaching, instruction

SN 20.7 āṇisuttaṃ

ye te suttantā tathāgatabhāsitā gambhīrā gambhīr'atthā lok'uttarā suññatappaṭisaṃyuttā, tesu bhaññamānesu na sussūsissanti na sotaṃ odahissanti

bālāvatāra sandhi kaṇḍa

akkharā'pi akār'ādayo ekacattālīsaṃ suttanto-upakārā.

suṇanta →

bodhirasa

hearing

SN 35.95 mālukyaputtasuttaṃ

yath'āssa suṇato saddaṃ, sevato c'āpi vedanaṃ, khīyati nopacīyati, evaṃ so caratī sato, evaṃ apacinato dukkhaṃ, santike nibbānam'uccati.

sākhantara →

bodhirasa

between branches

JAa 1.N.2 avidūre nidānakathā

tasmiṃ samaye mūlato paṭṭhāya yāva aggasākhā sabbaṃ ekapāliphullaṃ ahosi, sākhantarehi c'eva pupphantarehi ca pañcavaṇṇā bhamaragaṇā nānappakārā ca sakuṇasaṅghā madhurassarena vikūjantā vicaranti.

sāmanta →

bodhirasa

near to, close to, neighbouring, bordering, in the vicinity of

AN 10.176 cundasuttaṃ

pharusavāco hoti. yā sā vācā aṇḍakā kakkasā parakaṭukā parābhisajjanī kodha-sāmantā asamādhisaṃvattanikā, tathārūpiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti

sāyanta →

bodhirasa

tasting, savouring

SN 35.95 mālukyaputtasuttaṃ

yath'āssa sāyato rasaṃ, sevato c'āpi vedanaṃ, khīyati nopacīyati, evaṃ so caratī sato, evaṃ apacinato dukkhaṃ, santike nibbānam'uccati.

tamattha →

bodhirasa

that purpose, that benefit, that advantage

SNP 46 pasūrasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 8

pasaṃsito vā pana tattha hoti, akkhāya vādaṃ parisāya majjhe, so hassatī uṇṇamatī ca tena, pappuyya tam'atthaṃ yathā mano ahu.

tiṭṭhanta →

bodhirasa

standing, standing still

SNP 69 posāla māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 14

viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo sabbā, abhijānaṃ tathāgato, tiṭṭhantam'enaṃ jānāti, vimuttaṃ tapparāyaṇaṃ.

SNP 65 kappa māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 10

majjhe sarasmiṃ tiṭṭhataṃ, oghe jāte mahabbhaye, jarāmaccuparetānaṃ, dīpaṃ pabrūhi mārisa, tvañ'ca me dīpamakkhāhi, yathāyidaṃ nāparaṃ siyā.

tiṭṭhanta →

bodhirasa

lasting, remaining, persisting, lit. standing

SNP 40 guhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 2

satto guhāyaṃ bahun'ābhichanno, tiṭṭhaṃ naro mohanasmiṃ pagāḷho, dūre vivekā hi tathāvidho so, kāmā hi loke na hi suppahāyā.

ubhanta →

bodhirasa

both sides, both ends

SNP 57 tissametteyya māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 2

so ubhantam'abhiññāya, majjhe mantā na lippati, taṃ brūmi mahāpuriso'ti, so idha sibbinim'accagā'ti.

ubhayamantarena →

bodhirasa

in-between the two

SN 35.95 mālukyaputtasuttaṃ

yato tvaṃ, māluṅkyaputta, na tattha, tato tvaṃ, māluṅkyaputta, ne'vidha, na huraṃ, na ubhayam'antarena. es'ev'anto dukkhassā'ti.

ubhayantarena →

bodhirasa

in-between the two

TH 259 sāriputtattheragāthā

yo sukhaṃ dukkhato adda, dukkham'addakkhi sallato, ubhay'antarena n'āhosi, kena lokasmi kiṃ siyā.

udakorohanta →

bodhirasa

bather, swimmer, who goes down into water

AN 4.122 ūmibhayasuttaṃ

cattār'imāni, bhikkhave, bhayāni udak'orohantassa pāṭikaṅkhitabbāni. katamāni cattāri? ūmibhayaṃ, kumbhīlabhayaṃ, āvaṭṭabhayaṃ, susukābhayaṃ

uggacchanta →

bodhirasa

(sun) rising, ascending, going up

SN 48.42 uṇṇābha brāhmaṇasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, kūṭ'āgāre vā kūṭ'āgārasālāyaṃ vā pācīnavātapānā sūriye uggacchante vātapānena rasmi pavisitvā kv'āssa patiṭṭhitā'ti? pacchimāyaṃ, bhante, bhittiyan'ti.

ummujjanta →

bodhirasa

(from water) rising up, emerging

SN 56.48 dutiyachiggaḷayugasuttaṃ

taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, api nu kho kāṇo kacchapo vassasatassa vassasatassa accayena sakiṃ sakiṃ ummujjanto amusmiṃ ekacchiggaḷe yuge gīvaṃ paveseyyā'ti?

upanamanta →

bodhirasa

attending, being present, lit. turning (to)

AN 3.27 jigucchitabbasuttaṃ

nihīyati puriso nihīnasevī, na ca hāyetha kadāci tulyasevī, seṭṭham'upanamaṃ udeti khippaṃ, tasmā attano uttariṃ bhajethā'ti.

upaparikkhanta →

bodhirasa

investigating, inspecting, inquiring (into), examining

SN 22.95 pheṇapiṇḍūpamasuttaṃ

tassa taṃ passato nijjhāyato yoniso upaparikkhato rittakaññ'eva khāyeyya, tucchakaññ'eva khāyeyya, asārakaññ'eva khāyeyya.

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

tesaṃ te dhammā paññāya atthaṃ upaparikkhataṃ nijjhānaṃ khamanti.

upasanta →

bodhirasa

still, calm, at peace, tranquil

TH 2 mahākoṭṭhika theragāthā

upasanto uparato, mantabhāṇī anuddhato, dhunāti pāpake dhamme, dumapattaṃ'va māluto'ti.

SNP 48 purābhedasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 10

kathaṃdassī kathaṃsīlo, upasanto'ti vuccati, taṃ me gotama pabrūhi, pucchito uttamaṃ naraṃ.

upasaṅkanta →

bodhirasa

approached, drew near, come to

VIN 4.5.147 soṇakoḷivisa vatthu

imāni, bhante, asīti gāmikasahassāni idh'ūpasaṅkantāni bhagavantaṃ dassanāya. sādhu mayaṃ, bhante, labheyyāma bhagavantaṃ dassanāyā'ti.

upasiṅghanta →

bodhirasa

sniffing (at), smelling

JAa 126 asilakkhaṇa jātakavaṇṇanā

brāhmaṇassa asiṃ ākaḍḍhitvā upasiṅghantassa maricacuṇṇāni nāsaṃ pavisitvā khipitu'kāmataṃ uppādesuṃ. tassa khipantassa nāsikā asidhārāya paṭihatā dvidhā chijji.

upādiyanta →

bodhirasa

grasping, holding (onto), clinging (to)

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

taṃ, bhikkhave, attavād'upādānaṃ upādiyetha, yaṃsa attavād'upādānaṃ upādiyato na uppajjeyyuṃ soka-parideva-dukkha-domanass'upāyāsā.

ussahanta →

bodhirasa

trying, making an effort, striving

SN 42.3 yodhājīvasuttaṃ

yo so yodhājīvo saṅgāme ussahati vāyamati, tam'enaṃ ussahantaṃ vāyamantaṃ pare hananti pariyāpādenti, so kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā parajitānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjatī'ti.

uṭṭhahanta →

bodhirasa

getting up, arousing oneself, lit. standing up

MN 13 mahā dukkhakkhandhasuttaṃ

tassa ce, bhikkhave, kulaputtassa evaṃ uṭṭhahato ghaṭato vāyamato te bhogā n'ābhinipphajjanti. so socati kilamati paridevati urattāḷiṃ kandati, sammohaṃ āpajjati, moghaṃ vata me uṭṭhānaṃ, aphalo vata me vāyāmo'ti

vadanta →

bodhirasa

speaking, saying

MN 139 araṇavibhaṅgasuttaṃ

yesaṃ kesañci bhavasaṃyojanaṃ appahīnaṃ, sabbe te sadukkhā saupaghātā saupāyāsā sapariḷāhā micchāpaṭipannā'ti, iti vadaṃ itth'eke apasādeti.

vahanta →

bodhirasa

bearing, carrying, transporting

DHP 1 yamakavaggo

manopubbaṅ'gamā dhammā, manoseṭṭhā manomayā, manasā ce paduṭṭhena, bhāsati vā karoti vā, tato naṃ dukkham'anveti, cakkaṃ'va vahato padaṃ.

vajanta →

bodhirasa

going along

SNP 7 vasalasuttaṃ uragavaggo 7

yo ve kiñcikkhakamyatā, panthasmiṃ vajantaṃ janaṃ, hantvā kiñcikkham'ādeti, taṃ jaññā vasalo iti.

vananta →

bodhirasa

forest region, edge of the forest

DHP 305 pakiṇṇakavaggo

ek'āsanaṃ ekaseyyaṃ, eko caram'atandito, eko damayam'attānaṃ, vanante ramito siyā.

SNP 37 nālakasuttaṃ mahāvaggo 11

sa jhānapasuto dhīro, vanante ramito siyā, jhāyetha rukkhamūlasmiṃ, attānam'abhitosayaṃ.

vanantara →

bodhirasa

inner forest, dense forest, deep jungle

APA 443 vibhītakamiñjiya therāpadānaṃ

kakusandho mahāvīro, sabbadhammāna pāragū, gaṇamhā vūpakaṭṭho so, agamāsi vanantaraṃ.

vanta →

bodhirasa

vomited

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, sunakkhatta, puriso manuññabhojanaṃ bhuttāvī chaḍḍeyya. taṃ kiṃ maññasi, sunakkhatta, api nu tassa purisassa tasmiṃ vante puna bhottu'kamyatā assā'ti?

vanta →

bodhirasa

given up, renounced, cast off, lit. vomited

MN 7 vatthasuttaṃ

yathodhi kho pan'assa cattaṃ hoti vantaṃ muttaṃ pahīnaṃ paṭinissaṭṭhaṃ, so buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatomhī'ti labhati atthavedaṃ, labhati dhammavedaṃ, labhati dhamm'ūpasaṃhitaṃ pāmojjaṃ.

vantakasāva →

bodhirasa

free from impurity, without corruption

DHP 10 yamakavaggo

yo ca vantakasāvassa, sīlesu susamāhito, upeto damasaccena, sa ve kāsāvam'arahati.

vantamala →

bodhirasa

free from impurity, without defilements, lit. vomited impurities

DHP 261 dhammaṭṭhavaggo

yamhi saccañ'ca dhammo ca, ahiṃsā saṃyamo damo, sa ve vantamalo dhīro, thero iti pavuccati.

vantāsa →

bodhirasa

vomited one’s food, given up hope

DHP 97 arahantavaggo

assaddho akataññū ca, sandhicchedo ca yo naro, hat'āvakāso vantāso, sa ve uttamaporiso.

vantāsa →

bodhirasa

abandoned desire

DHP 97 arahantavaggo

assaddho akataññū ca, sandhicchedo ca yo naro, hat'āvakāso vantāso, sa ve uttamaporiso.

vasanta →

bodhirasa

living, staying

JAa 542 umaṅga jātakavaṇṇanā

tatth'eva vasanto paṇḍitaṃ vīmaṃsatū'ti amaccassa dūtaṃ paṭipesesi. taṃ sutvā amacco tatth'eva vasanto paṇḍitaṃ vīmaṃsi

DHPa 1.4.8 visākhā vatthu

amma, sasurakule vasantiyā nāma antoaggi bahi na nīharitabbo, bahiaggi anto na pavesetabbo, dadantass'eva dātabbaṃ, adadantassa na dātabbaṃ, dadantassā'pi adadantassā'pi dātabbaṃ

vassanta →

bodhirasa

raining, pouring down

DN 16.26 mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

idāni, bhante, deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā dve kassakā bhātaro hatā cattāro ca balibaddā.

vatāyasmantaṃyeva →

bodhirasa

indeed venerable just

SN 22.1 nakulapitusuttaṃ

sādhu vat'āyasmantaṃ'y'eva sāriputtaṃ paṭibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho'ti.

vaṇṭa →

bodhirasa

stalk

SN 22.102 aniccasaññāsuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, ambapiṇḍiyā vaṇṭa-cchinnāya yāni tattha ambāni vaṇṭapaṭibandhāni sabbāni tāni tad'anvayāni bhavanti

vedantagū →

bodhirasa

who has a complete knowledge of the Vedas, lit. gone to the end of the Vedas

SN 7.9 sundarikasuttaṃ

saccena danto damasā upeto, vedantagū vusitabrahmacariyo, yaññ'opanīto tam'upavhayetha, kālena so juhati dakkhiṇeyye'ti.

vejayanta →

bodhirasa

Sakka’s Palace, lit. conquering

TH 263 mahāmoggallāna theragāthā

yo vejayanta-pāsādaṃ, pād'aṅguṭṭhena kampayi, tādisaṃ bhikkhum'āsajja, kaṇha dukkhaṃ nigacchasi.

vibbhanta →

bodhirasa

buzzing, spinning, wandering, straying

AN 6.46 mahācundasuttaṃ

ime pana dhammayog'amhā, dhammayog'amhā'ti uddhatā unnaḷā capalā mukharā vikiṇṇavācā muṭṭhassatī asampajānā asamāhitā vibbhanta-cittā pākatindriyā

vicaranta →

bodhirasa

wandering about, going around, behaving

SNP 37 nālakasuttaṃ mahāvaggo 11

sa pattapāṇi vicaranto, amūgo mūgasammato, appaṃ dānaṃ na hīḷeyya, dātāraṃ n'āvajāniyā.

DHPa 1.3.2 aññatarabhikkhu vatthu

buddhā ca nāma padānupadikaṃ vicarantena-api saṭhena ārādhetuṃ na sakkā

vicinanta →

bodhirasa

collecting, picking, selecting

SNP 1 uragasuttaṃ uragavaggo 1

yo n'ājjhagamā bhavesu sāraṃ, vicinaṃ puppham'iva udumbaresu, so bhikkhu jahāti orapāraṃ, urago jiṇṇam'iva tacaṃ purāṇaṃ.

vicinanta →

bodhirasa

examining, investigating, inspecting, lit. picking out

SNP 52 tuvaṭakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 14

etañ'ca dhammam'aññāya, vicinaṃ bhikkhu sadā sato sikkhe, santī'ti nibbutiṃ ñatvā, sāsane gotamassa na pamajjeyya.

BV 2 sumedha patthanā kathā

vicinanto tadā dakkhiṃ, dutiyaṃ sīla-pāramiṃ, pubbakehi mahesīhi, āsevita-nisevitaṃ.

vidhūpayanta →

bodhirasa

scattering, diffusing

VIN 4.1.1 bodhikathā

yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā, ātāpino jhāyato brāhmaṇassa, vidhūpayaṃ tiṭṭhati mārasenaṃ, sūriyo'va obhāsayam'antalikkhan'ti.

viharanta →

bodhirasa

living, staying, remaining, continuing

SN 46.3 sīlasuttaṃ

so tathā vūpakaṭṭho viharanto taṃ dhammaṃ anussarati anuvitakketi.

MN 2.3 sabbāsavasuttaṃ

yañ'hi'ssa, bhikkhave, cakkhundriyasaṃvaraṃ asaṃvutassa viharato uppajjeyyuṃ āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, cakkhundriyasaṃvaraṃ saṃvutassa viharato evaṃsa te āsavā vighātapariḷāhā na honti

viheṭhayanta →

bodhirasa

harming, vexing, annoying, troubling

DHP 184 buddhavaggo

khantī paramaṃ tapo titikkhā, nibbānaṃ paramaṃ vadanti buddhā, na hi pabbajito par'ūpaghātī, na samaṇo hoti paraṃ viheṭhayanto.

vijigucchanta →

bodhirasa

feeling aversion, disliking, being disgusted, being sick of

SNP 53 attadaṇḍasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 15

bhikkhuno vijigucchato, bhajato rittam'āsanaṃ, rukkhamūlaṃ susānaṃ vā, pabbatānaṃ guhāsu vā.

vijjanta →

bodhirasa

existing, lit. is being found

JAa 1.N.1 sumedhakathā

yathā'pi dukkhe vijjante, sukhaṃ nāma'pi vijjati, evaṃ bhave vijjamāne, vibhavo'pi icchitabbako.

vijānanta →

bodhirasa

knowing, understanding, comprehending

DHP 171 lokavaggo

etha passath'imaṃ lokaṃ, cittaṃ rājarath'ūpamaṃ, yattha bālā visīdanti, n'atthi saṅgo vijānataṃ.

SNP 53 attadaṇḍasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 15

anejassa vijānato, n'atthi kāci nisaṅkhati, virato so viyārabbhā, khemaṃ passati sabbadhi.

vikappayanta →

bodhirasa

forming, constructing, defining, theorizing (concepts and opinions)

SNP 52 tuvaṭakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 14

seyyo na tena maññeyya, nīceyyo athavā'pi sarikkho, phuṭṭho anekarūpehi, n'ātumānaṃ vikappayaṃ tiṭṭhe.

vikūjanta →

bodhirasa

chirping, tweeting, singing (of birds)

JAa 1.N.2 avidūre nidānakathā

sākhantarehi c'eva pupphantarehi ca pañcavaṇṇā bhamaragaṇā nānappakārā ca sakuṇasaṅghā madhurassarena vikūjantā vicaranti.

vimocayanta →

bodhirasa

detaching, disengaging, releasing

MN 62 mahārāhulovādasuttaṃ

vimocayaṃ cittaṃ assasissāmī'ti sikkhati, vimocayaṃ cittaṃ passasissāmī'ti sikkhati.

vinodayanta →

bodhirasa

dispelling, driving out, removing

MN 2.7 sabbāsavasuttaṃ

yañ'hi'ssa, bhikkhave, avinodayato uppajjeyyuṃ āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, vinodayato evaṃsa te āsavā vighātapariḷāhā na honti. ime vuccanti, bhikkhave, āsavā vinodanā pahātabbā.

vippalapanta →

bodhirasa

talking, chattering

DN 23.5 pāyāsisuttaṃ

udāhu vippalapantassa-eva coraghātā sīsaṃ chindeyyun'ti

vipātayanta →

bodhirasa

tearing open, splitting apart, destroying

DHP 72 bālavaggo

yāva'd'eva anatthāya, ñattaṃ bālassa jāyati, hanti bālassa sukk'aṃsaṃ, muddham'assa vipātayaṃ.

vuyhanta →

bodhirasa

being carried away, being swept away

VISM 2.19 paccayapariggaha kathā

diṭṭhibandhanabaddhā te, taṇhāsotena vuyhare, taṇhāsotena vuyhantā, na te dukkhā pamuccare.

vuṭṭhahanta →

bodhirasa

rising, getting up

AN 10.176 cundasuttaṃ

ehi tvaṃ, ambho purisa, kālass'eva vuṭṭhahanto'va sayanamhā pathaviṃ āmaseyyāsi

vāyamanta →

bodhirasa

making an effort, striving, exerting oneself

MN 13 mahā dukkhakkhandhasuttaṃ

tassa ce, bhikkhave, kulaputtassa evaṃ uṭṭhahato ghaṭato vāyamato te bhogā n'ābhinipphajjanti. so socati kilamati paridevati urattāḷiṃ kandati, sammohaṃ āpajjati, moghaṃ vata me uṭṭhānaṃ, aphalo vata me vāyāmo'ti.

SN 42.3 yodhājīvasuttaṃ

yo so yodhājīvo saṅgāme ussahati vāyamati, tam'enaṃ ussahantaṃ vāyamantaṃ pare hananti pariyāpādenti, so kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā parajitānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjatī'ti.

vūpasanta →

bodhirasa

subsided, calmed, settled

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

yv'āyaṃ, āvuso, mato kālaṅkato tassa kāyasaṅkhārā niruddhā paṭippassaddhā, vacīsaṅkhārā niruddhā paṭippassaddhā, cittasaṅkhārā niruddhā paṭippassaddhā, āyu parikkhīṇo, usmā vūpasantā, indriyāni paribhinnāni.

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

uddhaccakukkuccaṃ pahāya anuddhato viharati ajjhattaṃ vūpasanta-citto uddhaccakukkuccā cittaṃ parisodheti

yadāyasmantānaṃ →

bodhirasa

if for the venerable ones

VIN 5.4.7 tiṇavatthārakaṃ

yad'āyasmantānaṃ pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ yā c'eva āyasmantānaṃ āpatti, yā ca attano āpatti, āyasmantānañc'eva atthāya, attano ca atthāya, saṅghamajjhe tiṇ'avatthārakena deseyyaṃ, ṭhapetvā thullavajjaṃ, ṭhapetvā gihippaṭisaṃyuttan'ti.

yathābhirantaṃ →

bodhirasa

as long as one likes, as much as one pleases

DN 16.24 mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

atha kho bhagavā bhoganagare yath'ābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi, āyām'ānanda, yena pāvā ten'upasaṅkamissāmā'ti. evaṃ, bhante'ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.

yuñjanta →

bodhirasa

joining (in), engaging (in), participating (in)

DHP 209 piyavaggo

ayoge yuñjam'attānaṃ, yogasmiñ'ca ayojayaṃ, atthaṃ hitvā piyaggāhī, pihet'att'ānuyoginaṃ.

yāvanta →

bodhirasa

as many as, however many

DHP 337 taṇhāvaggo

taṃ vo vadāmi bhaddaṃ vo, yāvant'ettha samāgatā, taṇhāya mūlaṃ khaṇatha, usīr'attho'va bīraṇaṃ, mā vo naḷaṃ'va soto'va, māro bhañji punappunaṃ.

ācinanta →

bodhirasa

accumulating, gathering, collecting, heaping up

DHP 121 pāpavaggo

m'āvamaññetha pāpassa, na man'taṃ āgamissati, udabindunipātena, udakumbho'pi pūrati, bālo pūrati pāpassa, thokaṃ thokam'pi ācinaṃ.

SN 35.95 mālukyaputtasuttaṃ

tassa vaḍḍhanti vedanā, anekā rūpasambhavā, abhijjhā ca vihesā ca, cittam'ass'ūpahaññati, evaṃ ācinato dukkhaṃ, ārā nibbānam'uccati.

ādīnava →

bodhirasa

danger (in), disadvantage (of), risk (of), peril (in)

SN 22.109 sotāpannasuttaṃ

yato kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako imesaṃ pañcannaṃ upādānakkhandhānaṃ samudayañ'ca atthaṅ'gamañ'ca assādañ'ca ādīnavañ'ca nissaraṇañ'ca yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti

SNP 45 tissametteyyasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 7

etam'ādīnavaṃ ñatvā, muni pubb'āpare idha, ekacariyaṃ daḷhaṃ kayirā, na nisevetha methunaṃ.

ādīnavadassāvī →

bodhirasa

seeing the danger (in), seeing the disadvantage (of)

SN 16.1 santuṭṭhasuttaṃ

tasmā't'iha, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ ... aladdhā ca cīvaraṃ na ca paritassissāma, laddhā ca cīvaraṃ agadhitā amucchitā anajjhāpannā ādīnavadassāvino nissaraṇapaññā paribhuñjissāma.

SN 20.9 nāgasuttaṃ

tesaṃ gihī pasannākāraṃ karonti. te taṃ lābhaṃ agadhitā amucchitā anajjhopannā ādīnavadassāvino nissaraṇapaññā paribhuñjanti.

āgacchanta →

bodhirasa

coming, approaching, arriving

SNP 7 vasalasuttaṃ uragavaggo 7

addasā kho aggikabhāradvājo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ dūrato'va āgacchantaṃ.

JAa 4 cūḷaseṭṭhi jātakavaṇṇanā

so araññato āgacchante mālākāre disvā thokaṃ thokaṃ phāṇitakhaṇḍaṃ datvā uḷuṅkena pānīyaṃ adāsi, te c'assa ekekaṃ pupphamuṭṭhiṃ adaṃsu.

ājānanta →

bodhirasa

knowing, understanding

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

kull'ūpamaṃ vo, bhikkhave, dhammaṃ desitaṃ, ājānantehi dhammā'pi vo pahātabbā pag'eva adhammā.

ākaṅkhanta →

bodhirasa

wishing, desiring, seeking

DHP 343 taṇhāvaggo

tasiṇāya purakkhatā pajā, parisappanti saso'va bandhito. tasmā tasiṇaṃ vinodaye, bhikkhu ākaṅkha'virāgam'attano.

ālimpanta →

bodhirasa

applying ointment (to), smearing medicine (onto)

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

kālena kālañ'ca vaṇaṃ dhoveyyāsi, kālena kālaṃ vaṇamukhaṃ ālimpeyyāsi, mā te na kālena kālaṃ vaṇaṃ dhovato na kālena kālaṃ vaṇamukhaṃ ālimpato pubbalohitaṃ vaṇamukhaṃ pariyonandhi.

āmantayati →

bodhirasa

addresses, speaks (to), tells, informs

DN 16.36 mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi, handa dāni, bhikkhave, āmantayāmi vo, vayadhammā saṅkhārā appamādena sampādethā'ti. ayaṃ tathāgatassa pacchimā vācā.

āmantayati →

bodhirasa

sends (for), summons, invites

DN 19.7 mahāgovindasuttaṃ

bhavamatthu bhavantaṃ jotipālaṃ, rājā disampati bhavantaṃ jotipālaṃ māṇavaṃ āmantayati, rājā disampati bhoto jotipālassa māṇavassa dassanakāmo'ti

āmantāpetvā →

bodhirasa

having sent (for), having had summoned

DN 23.20 pāyāsisuttaṃ

atha kho pāyāsi rājañño uttaraṃ māṇavaṃ āmantāpetvā etad'avoca, saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, tāta uttara, dānaṃ datvā evaṃ anuddisasi, imin'āhaṃ dānena pāyāsiṃ rājaññam'eva imasmiṃ loke samāgacchiṃ, mā parasmin'ti

āmisantara →

bodhirasa

for worldly gain, intent on material gain, lit. gain inside

AN 5.159 udāyīsuttaṃ

na āmisantaro kathaṃ kathessāmī'ti paresaṃ dhammo desetabbo.

ānisaṃsa →

bodhirasa

profit, benefit, advantage, good result

SNP 41 duṭṭhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 3

pakappitā saṅkhatā yassa dhammā, purakkhatā santi avīvadātā, yadattani passati ānisaṃsaṃ, taṃ nissito kuppapaṭicca santiṃ.

AN 5.202 dhammassavanasuttaṃ

pañc'ime, bhikkhave, ānisaṃsā dhammassavane. katame pañca? assutaṃ suṇāti, sutaṃ pariyodāpeti, kaṅkhaṃ vitarati, diṭṭhiṃ ujuṃ karoti, cittam'assa pasīdati.

āpajjanta →

bodhirasa

arousing, exhibiting, producing, bringing into being

MN 20 vitakkasaṇṭhānasuttaṃ

tassa tesaṃ vitakkānaṃ asatiamanasikāraṃ āpajjato ye pāpakā akusalā vitakkā chand'ūpasaṃhitā'pi dos'ūpasaṃhitā'pi moh'ūpasaṃhitā'pi te pahīyanti te abbhatthaṃ gacchanti.

ārabhanta →

bodhirasa

arousing, beginning, starting, undertaking

DHP 112 sahassavaggo

yo ca vassasataṃ jīve, kusīto hīnavīriyo, ek'āhaṃ jīvitaṃ seyyo, vīriyam'ārabhato daḷhaṃ.

VISM 1.9.2 karuṇā bhāvanā kathā

tañ'ca pana ārabhantena paṭhamaṃ piyapuggal'ādīsu na ārabhitabbā. piyo hi piyaṭṭhāne'y'eva tiṭṭhati. atippiyasahāyako atippiyasahāyakaṭṭhāne'y'eva.

āsevanta →

bodhirasa

applying oneself (to), practising, pursuing

AN 5.57 abhiṇhapaccavekkhitabbaṭhānasuttaṃ

so taṃ maggaṃ āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti. tassa taṃ maggaṃ āsevato bhāvayato bahulīkaroto saṃyojanāni sabbaso pahīyanti anusayā byantīhonti.

VISM 1.9.2 karuṇā bhāvanā kathā

taṃ nimittaṃ āsevantena bhāventena bahulīkarontena mettāya vuttanayen'eva tika-catukka-jjhāna-vasena appanā vaḍḍhetabbā.

āyupariyanta →

bodhirasa

death, lit. end of life

VIN 0 verañjakaṇḍaṃ

evaṃ-sukha-dukkha-ppaṭisaṃvedī evam'āyupariyanto

āyupālayanta →

bodhirasa

taking care of one’s life, looking after one’s life

SN 3.13 doṇapākasuttaṃ

manujassa sadā satīmato, mattaṃ jānato laddhabhojane, tanu tassa bhavanti vedanā, saṇikaṃ jīrati āyupālayan'ti.

īsādanta →

bodhirasa

tusks like plough poles

MN 61 ambalaṭṭhika rāhulovādasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, rāhula, rañño nāgo īsādanto urūḷhavā abhijāto saṅgāmāvacaro saṅgāmagato purimehi'pi pādehi kammaṃ karoti, pacchimehi'pi pādehi kammaṃ karoti

ḍahanta →

bodhirasa

burning, blazing, smouldering

DHP 71 bālavaggo

na hi pāpaṃ kataṃ kammaṃ, sajju khīraṃ'va muccati, ḍahantaṃ bālam'anveti, bhasmacchanno'va pāvako.

AN 11.13 nandiyasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi vā pana, nandiya, sukkhe tiṇadāye aggi mutto ḍahaññ'eva gacchati, no daḍḍhaṃ paccudāvattati, evam'evaṃ kho, nandiya, imehi ekādasahi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako pajahateva pāpake akusale dhamme, na upādiyatī'ti

ḷanta →

bodhirasa

ending with the letter “ḷ”

bālāvatāra sandhi kaṇḍa

ḷ'anta-āññe ghosā.

abhibhū →

dppn

…plane. MN.i.1 They live in the same plane as the Vehapphalā. In the Brahmanimantanika Sutta MN.i.329 the Buddha claims to be Abhibhū (=the…

aciravata →

dppn

…bhikkhu. Aciravata repeats this conversation to the Buddha who thereupon preaches the Dantabhūmi Sutta. MN.iii.128ff.

The novice is throughout…

aggivessana →

dppn

…MN.i.497f.

In the Dantabhūmi Sutta MN.iii.128f. the novice Aciravata is thus addressed by Prince Jayasena, who visits him, and also by…

amalakīvana →

dppn

A grove in Cātumā where the Buddha preached the Kūṭadanta Sutta.

27.576667,83.0547223park

ambalaṭṭhikā →

dppn

…through Māgadha. On this occasion was preached the Kūṭadanta Sutta. DN.i.127

Magadha3park

anantajina →

dppn

…When Upaka, the ājīvika, saw the Buddha, and heard of his attainments, Anantajina was one of the names he used in uttering the Buddha’s…

aṅgulimāla →

dppn

AṅgulimālaAhiṃsakaGaggaMantāniputta

A robber and murderer who was converted by the Buddha in the twentieth year of his ministry, and who later became an arahant. MN86

As a result of his deeds whole …

bojjhā →

dppn

…Buddha then preached to her on the uposatha and the advantages of keeping the fast.

cakkavatti →

dppn

A World ruler. The world itself means “Turner of the Wheel,” the Wheel (Cakka) being the well known Indian symbol of empire. More than one thousand sons are his; his dominions extend throughout the …

chaddantā →

dppn

One of the seven great lakes of the Himālaya region. AN.iv.101

Himalaya3lake

dakkhiṇāgiri →

dppn

…of Nandamātā of Velukantaka and she was visited both by Sāriputta and by Moggallāna during a tour in the district. AN.iv.64 In…

gagga →

dppn

Gagga1

A monk. He became insane, and in this condition did many things unworthy of a monk. When his colleagues blamed him, the Buddha interceded on his behalf and suggested that he be give …

gijjhakūṭa →

dppn

GijjhakūṭaVulture’s Peak

One of the five hills encircling Rājagaha. It was evidently a favourite resort of those who followed the religious life.

The Buddha seems to have been attracted by its solit …

himavā →

dppn

HimavāHimācalaHimavantaHimālaya

The Himālaya mountains. In Himavā, are seven great lakes, each fifty leagues in length, breadth and…

jayanta →

dppn

A Pacceka Buddha. MN.iii.70

kasivantā →

dppn

kasivantākapīvantā

A city to the north of Uttarakuru. DN.iii.201

5town

kaṇḍakīvana →

dppn

…Anuruddha, is given in the Kantakī Sutta. SN.v.298f. The Buddha also stayed in this grove, and a sermon preached by him to the monks is recorded…

kaṇṭaka →

dppn

Kaṇṭaka Kaṇḍaka

A novice ordained by Upananda. Kaṇṭaka committed an offence with another novice, Mahaka. When this became known, a rule was passed that no monk should ordain two novices Vin.i.79 ; th …

kaṇṭakā →

dppn

KaṇṭakāKaṇḍakā

A nun who was guilty of unchastity with the novice Kaṇṭaka. Vin.i.85

khāṇumata →

dppn

…presented to Kūṭadanta by Bimbisāra. The Buddha once stayed there at the Ambalaṭṭhikā pleasance, and there he preached the…

kosambī →

dppn

…the Buddha its king was Parantapa, and after him reigned his son Udena. Kosambī was evidently a city of great importance at the time of the…

kāliṅga →

dppn

…the list, its capital being Dantapura and its king Sattabhū. DN.ii.235f.

It is not, however, included in the list of sixteen Janapadas appearing…

kūṭadanta →

dppn

…at Khāṇumata when Kūṭadanta was making preparations for a great sacrifice and, wishing this sacrifice to be successful, he consulted the…

mahāmoggallāna →

dppn

…shook Sakka’s palace, Vejayanta, till Sakka’s hair stood on end with fright and his pride was humbled. MN.i.251ff. Again, Moggallāna is…

mahāsarā →

dppn

The books contain a list of seven great lakes, situated in the Himālaya. They form the sources of the five great rivers and dry up only when four suns appear in the world. These seven lakes are Anotat …

mahāvijita →

dppn

A king of long ago, whose exemplary sacrifice, held under the direction of his chaplain, is narrated in the Kūṭadanta Sutta.

mantāvatī →

dppn

The capital city where King Koñca lived, whose daughter was Sumedhā Therī. Thig.450

4town

mantāṇī →

dppn

A brahminee, mother of Aṅgulimāla; her husband was Gagga. MN.ii.102

māluṅkyāputta →

dppn

…then tells him of the four ways in which craving arises and the advantages of destroying it. AN.ii.248f. SN.iv.72f.

māra →

dppn

MāraNamuciKaṇhaAdhipatiAntakaPamattabandhuPāpimā

Generally regarded as the personification of Death, the Evil One, the Tempter. Sometimes known…

paccantajanapadā →

dppn

…are given, and the Paccantajanapadā lies beyond these boundaries. They are: in the east, Kajaṅgala and Mahāsālā; in the south east, the…

puṇṇa →

dppn

…of Suppāraka in the Sunāparanta country. One day he asked the Buddha for a short lesson so that, having learnt it, he might go back to dwell in…

reṇu →

dppn

…were, respectively, Dantapura, Potana, Māhissatī, Roruka, Mithilā, Campā and Bārāṇasī. Reṇu himself occupied the central kingdom….

sakka →

dppn

…heaven. His palace is Vejayanta and his chariot bears the same name. Though king of the Tāvatiṃsā devas, he is no absolute monarch. He is…

sanaṅkumāra →

dppn

…Devas, speaking of the advantages of taking refuge in the Buddha, the Dhamma and the Saṅgha. Each deva fancies that only the shape sitting on…

santacitta →

dppn

A Pacceka Buddha. MN.iii.70

sattabhū →

dppn

The king of the Kālingas in the time of Reṇu. His purohita was Jotipāla, and his capital, Dantapura. DN.ii.236

subhagavana →

dppn

…he preached the Brahmanimantanika Sutta MN.i.326 SN.i.142 It was under a sāla tree in Subhagavana that the Mūlapariyāya Sutta was preached….

sudatta →

dppn

…Buddha at Jetavana and spoke two stanzas on the value of earnestness. SN.i.53

Sudatta3SudantaKumāputtassa therassa sahāyaka

A monk…

suhemanta →

dppn

A monk whose Theragāthā verse cryptically speaks of 100 signs. Thag.106

sumedhā →

dppn

…of the home life and the advantages of going forth. She determined to obtain her parent’s permission even going so far as to lie down on the…

sunāparanta →

dppn

…he returned to Sunāparanta. The people of Sunāparanta were reported as being fierce and violent. MN.iii.268…

susārada →

dppn

A monk whose Theragāthā verse speaks of the advantages of associating with good people. Thag.75

susīma →

dppn

…could reap some of the advantages.

Susīma agreed, and sought, Ānanda, who, with the Buddha’s sanction, ordained him. In discussion with the…

sāketa →

dppn

…by Kāḷaka, and the Tikantakivana, AN.iii.169 both of which were evidently near the city. Mention is also made SN.v.174 SN.v.298f. Vin.i.289…

sākya →

dppn

…miracle and preached the Vessantara Jātaka, and their pride was subdued. They evidently fond of sports and mention is made of a special school of…

udena →

dppn

…He was the son of Parantapa. Once when be discovered that the women of the court had given five hundred costly robes to Ānanda, he was…

upaka →

dppn

…the Buddha if he were “Anantajina.” When the Buddha acknowledged it, Upaka shook his bead saying, “It may be so, friend,” and went along…

upasena →

dppn

UpasenaVaṅgantaputta

When his ordination was but one year old, he ordained another bhikkhu, to increase the number of holy ones, and went with him…

uttarakuru →

dppn

…Parakusināṭā, Kapīvanta, Janogha, Navanavatiya, Ambara-Ambaravatiya and Āḷakamandā, the last being the chief city.

The king of…

vaṃsa →

dppn

…Yamunā. Udena, son of Parantapa, was its king in the time of the Buddha.

Avanti lay to the south of the Vaṃsa country. The Vaṃsa were also…

vejayanta →

dppn

…to greet him.

5buildingVejayanta2

A chariot owned by Sakka, with Mātali as charioteer. SN.i.224

Vejayanta3

The chief of…

veḷukaṇḍa →

dppn

VeḷukaṇḍaVeḷukaṇṭa

A city in Avanti. Moggallāna and Sāriputta visited the place in the course of a journey in Dakkhiṇāgiri and were entertained by Nandamātā. AN.iv.62f.

22.85379, 82.155763town

veḷukaṇṭakī →

dppn

…were on their way to Velukanta. She, delighted with the news, made all preparations and sent word to the monastery, inviting the monks to the…

ānanda →

dppn

One of the principal disciples of the Buddha. He was a first cousin of the Buddha and was deeply attached to him. Ānanda entered the Order in the second year of the Buddha’s ministry, together with ot …

ārohanta →

dppn

One of the chief ministers at Sāvatthī. He joined the Order of monks and his wife became a nun. They had their meals together and she waited on him, fetching him water and fanning him. He forbade her …

kammanta →

farkas

tevékenység

abbhantara →

ncped

  1. (mfn.) interior, internal; being within, included in, among; belonging to one ’s house, personal, intimate.
  2. (n.)
    1. intermediate space, interval; the inside, interior.
    2. a measure of leng …

abbhantarapassaya →

ncped

resting inside, in the heart

abbhantarika →

ncped

intimate; trusted.

abbhantarima →

ncped

being far within; inner, innermost; very intimate.

abbhācikkhanta →

ncped

abhidanta →

ncped

against the teeth or the upper teeth

abhidantaṃ →

ncped

against the teeth or the upper teeth

abhijjhāyanta →

ncped

abhijānānta →

ncped

(~antī)n.

abhikaṅkhanta →

ncped

(~antī)n.

abhikkamanta →

ncped

abhikkanta →

ncped

  1. (mfn.)

    1. arrived; having approached.
    2. advanced, passed (of the night, in the second or third watch); excellent, admirable; beautiful, surpassing, splendid.
  2. (n.) advancing, approaching; …

abhikkantadassāvi →

ncped

of excellent vision

abhikkantadassāvin →

ncped

of excellent vision

abhikkantatara →

ncped

more or most excellent; more beautiful

abhikkantavaṇṇa →

ncped

of wonderful beauty

abhikkantaṃ →

ncped

(as exclamation of admiration, generally repeated:) excellent! wonderful!

abhikkhaṇanta →

ncped

abhinimantana →

ncped

an invitation.

abhinimminanta →

ncped

abhinisīdanta →

ncped

abhiramanta →

ncped

abhiranta →

ncped

abhirūhanta →

ncped

(~antī)n.

abhisaddahanta →

ncped

abhisantāpaya →

ncped

abhisantāpayat →

ncped

abhisantāpetabba →

ncped

torments; afflicts

abhisantāpeti →

ncped

torments; afflicts

abhisantāyati →

ncped

torments; afflicts

abhisapanta →

ncped

(~antī)n.

abhiṭhāna →

ncped

deadly crime (one of the six great crimes: mātughāta, pitughāta, arahantaghāta, lohituppāda, saṅghabheda, aññasatthāruddesa)

accanta →

ncped

…or limit; excessive, very great; perpetual; absolute, complete; most commonly accantaṃ, adv., excessively, exceedingly; perpetually….

accantabrahmacāri →

ncped

living the holy or celibate life absolutely, constantly

accantabrahmacārin →

ncped

living the holy or celibate life absolutely, constantly

accantadussīlya →

ncped

extremely bad conduct

accantaniṭṭha →

ncped

of absolute, constant perfection or firmness

accantapariyosāna →

ncped

having an absolute, constant ideal

accantaruci →

ncped

having superior splendor, surpassing in splendor

accantayogakkhemi →

ncped

having absolute, constant peace from exertion

accantayogakkhemin →

ncped

having absolute, constant peace from exertion

accāvadanta →

ncped

addhābhavanta →

ncped

master of; governing; controlling.

adhigantabba →

ncped

adhiṭṭhahanta →

ncped

adhīyanta →

ncped

agaṇhanta →

ncped

, pg 14 Ga-Na.

agyantarāya →

ncped

danger from fire.

ajjhājapajjanta →

ncped

(~antī)n. committing an offense; incurring; guilty of.

ajjhāvasanta →

ncped

(~antī)n.

akanta →

ncped

not desired or wished; unpleasing

akaṇṭaka →

ncped

free from thorns; free from obstacles; free from rebels or bandits

akilanta →

ncped

akkanta →

ncped

  1. (pass.) stepped on; trodden upon; pressed upon.
  2. (act.) who has stepped on, trodden upon; who has stepped on to a shoe or sandal

akkhaṇa →

ncped

…birth in unfavorable circumstances (when one cannot take advantage of a Buddha being in the world)

akkosanta →

ncped

(~antī)n.

akkudhasanta →

ncped

unprovoked and calm, mild and un-angered

akkuṭṭhasanta →

ncped

being reviled; or calm when reviled.

amarantapa →

ncped

or masculine (extreme) penance undertaken to obtain immortality

anabhiramanta →

ncped

anabhisañcetayanta →

ncped

not thinking it out, not planning

ananta →

ncped

endless; infinite; boundless

anantadassi →

ncped

of unlimited sight, seeing everything

anantadassin →

ncped

of unlimited sight, seeing everything

anantagāhikā →

ncped

anantaka →

ncped

endless.

anantapañña →

ncped

of infinite understanding, of endless wisdom

anantara →

ncped

esoteric, not kept to oneself; not restricted

anantaradhāna →

ncped

non-disappearance; non-decline

anantarahita →

ncped

uncovered, bare; not having disappeared

anantaraṃ →

ncped

immediately after

anantarika →

ncped

with no space intervening; immediately preceding or following

anantarā →

ncped

immediately after; next, then; next to (gen. or abl.)

anantarāyika →

ncped

not subject to hindrance or danger; not forming an impediment

anantarāyikinī →

ncped

not hindered; not prevented.

anantava →

ncped

anantavat →

ncped

ananugatantara →

ncped

with independent mind

anattha →

ncped

not the goal; disadvantage; harm; what is unprofitable, useless

anavakkanta →

ncped

not entered; not trodden upon; not overcome.

anicchanta →

ncped

(~antī)n. unwilling

anomajjanta →

ncped

anomananta →

ncped

not bowing; not stooping; not sinking.

anta-m-anta →

ncped

anta-m-anta

mfn. the most remote

antaga →

ncped

having reached the end; thoroughly conversant with reaching perfection (in); extreme

antagaṇṭhi →

ncped

twisting of the gut, a twisted gut

antaggāhikā →

ncped

involving extreme standpoints

antagū →

ncped

going to the end; having reached the end

antajana →

ncped

the inner household; servants.

antaka →

ncped

“making an end”, a designation of the god of death, identified with Mārā.

antakara →

ncped

putting an end (to, gen.)

antakiriyā →

ncped

putting an end to; destruction

antamaso →

ncped

eve; even so much as.

antananta →

ncped

finiteness or limitless

antanantika →

ncped

believing in the finiteness or limitless (of the world)

antara →

ncped

  1. (mfn.) interior; inner, inward.
  2. (n.)
    1. interior part, inside; heart, mind; place between; interval (of time or space); moment between (two events); distance; difference, disagreement.

antarabhogika →

ncped

border chieftain (between two kingdoms)

antaradhāna →

ncped

disappearance, vanishing, passing away.

antaradhāpayati →

ncped

causes to disappear; destroys

antaradhāpeti →

ncped

causes to disappear; destroys

antaradhāyamāna →

ncped

antaradhāyati →

ncped

disappears; vanishes.

antaradhāyi →

ncped

antaradhāyituṃ →

ncped

antaradhāyiṃsu →

ncped

antaradhāytha →

ncped

antaragharaṃ →

ncped

between the houses, among the houses (i.e. in the village); within a house

antaraghare →

ncped

within a house; (se antara)

antarahita →

ncped

disappeared, vanished; covered; invisible

antarakappa →

ncped

( & n.) a subdivision or intermediate cycle of a mahākappa

antarato →

ncped

from within, inwardly

antaravassa →

ncped

the rainy season

antaravāsaka →

ncped

an inner garment, esp. the innermost of the three robes of a bhikkhu

antaraṃ karoti →

ncped

concentrates on; keeps in mind

antaraṭṭhaka →

ncped

occuring between the aṭṭhakā days

antarena →

ncped

through, between (acc. or gen.)

antarikā →

ncped

space between, interstice, interval; cleft, chink.

antarubbhāra →

ncped

the removal (of the kaṭhina), ending (of the kaṭhina period and its special allowances) before the usual time

antarā-hosi →

ncped

antarā-hosi

aor. 3 sg. was interrupted; was drowned.

antarā →

ncped

prep.

  1. (adv.) inside; on the way, in the meantime; beforehand, before (reaching something).
  2. (prep.) between (gen. or acc).

antarākathā →

ncped

mutual talk, conversation (between)

antarākāja →

ncped

load on a carrying pole suspended between two persons

antarāmaggato →

ncped

from on the road

antarāmagge →

ncped

on the way

antarāmuttaka →

ncped

released or vacant in the meantime

antarāntara →

ncped

in the middle; as an interruption

antarāparinibbāyi →

ncped

one who realized nibbāna beforehand (before passing the midpoint of his term life in heaven)

antarāparinibbāyin →

ncped

one who realized nibbāna beforehand (before passing the midpoint of his term life in heaven)

antarāpaṇa →

ncped

market, bazaar.

antarāppati →

ncped

an offence committed in the meantime (i.e. before the expiration of a parivāsa or mānatta period)

antarāvosāna →

ncped

giving up half-way

antarāya →

ncped

an obstacle, hindrance; danger, accident; (euphemism for) ruin, death.

antarāyakara →

ncped

(~ī)n. causing obstacles; preventing

antarāyaṃ karoti →

ncped

hinders, prevents (+gen. rei and personae or +acc. personae, loc. rei)

antarāyika →

ncped

causing obstacles, forming an impediment.

antava →

ncped

having an end, limited, finite

antavat →

ncped

having an end, limited, finite

antaḷikkha →

ncped

( & m.?) intermediate space, the atmosphere, the air; the sky.

antaḷikkhacara →

ncped

traveling through the air

antaḷikkhaga →

ncped

going through the air

antaḷikkhecara →

ncped

traveling through the air.

anta’anta →

ncped

the most remote

antābādha →

ncped

the illness of twisting of the gut:

anu-esanta →

ncped

anu-esanta

part. pr. mfn.

anubandhanta →

ncped

(~antī)n. follows; keeps close to, attends closely; pursues.

anucaṅkamanta →

ncped

anugacchanta →

ncped

(~antī) neuter

anuggaṇhanta →

ncped

anuggaṇhanta1

part. pr. mf(~antī)n.

anuggaṇhanta2

neg. mfn.

anujagghanta →

ncped

anukampanta →

ncped

(~antī)n.

anukantati →

ncped

cuts.

anukkhipanta →

ncped

throwing away; rejecting; dismissing

anumajjanta →

ncped

(~antī)n.

anumodanta →

ncped

.

anupakhajjanta →

ncped

not encroaching upon.

anupasanta →

ncped

anupasaṅkanta →

ncped

anupavecchanta →

ncped

anuppavecchanta →

ncped

anurakkhanta →

ncped

(~antī)n.

anusantata →

ncped

extended; continued.

anusantatavutti →

ncped

continually practicing

anusañcaranta →

ncped

anusikkhanta →

ncped

anussaranta →

ncped

(~antī)n.

anutthunanta →

ncped

anutthunanta1

part. pr. mfn.

anuvicaranta →

ncped

anuvicinanta →

ncped

(~antī)n.

anuvidhīyanta →

ncped

anuyanta →

ncped

following; a follower, a vassal

anvesanta →

ncped

anādiyanta →

ncped

anādiyanta1

neg. mfn.

anādiyanta2

neg. mfn.

anāganta →

ncped

non-returned, one who does not return

anāgantar →

ncped

non-returned, one who does not return

anālapanta →

ncped

anāmanta →

ncped

without asking for permission; without consulting

anāmantacara →

ncped

going for alms without asking permission

anāmantā →

ncped

without asking for permission; without consulting

apakantati →

ncped

cuts off.

apakaḍḍhanta →

ncped

apakkanta →

ncped

gone away, departed

aparanta →

ncped

the future; a future or final state

aparantakappika →

ncped

who theorizes about the future

aparantanudiṭṭhi →

ncped

holding (false) views concerning the future

aparantanudiṭṭhin →

ncped

holding (false) views concerning the future

aparighaṃsanta →

ncped

not rubbing or scraping.

apayanta →

ncped

(~antī)n. is going away; is retreating.

arahantaghātaka →

ncped

the killer of an arahat

arahantavāda →

ncped

the title of an arahat

assasanta →

ncped

(~antī)n.

atiharanta →

ncped

atikkamanta →

ncped

atikkanta-mānussaka →

ncped

atikkanta-mānussaka

mf(-ikā)n. superhuman

atikkanta →

ncped

  1. having passed through or by; having gone beyond, overcome, surpassed; having elapsed.
  2. who has approached

atikkanta-vara →

ncped

atikkanta-vara

mfn. beyond or above granting boons

attaṭṭapañña →

ncped

looking (only) after one’s own profit or interest; (who is) wise as to his own advantage

attha →

ncped

…aim, purpose, goal; advantage, profit, benefit. 2. use, need, want (+ instr.). 3. 1. affair, concern, business; problem; thing, matter; (with…

atthantara →

ncped

taking the goal or meaning to heart; intent on the goal or meaning

avajānanta →

ncped

avekkhanta →

ncped

(~antī)n.

avipakkanta →

ncped

not gone away, not dispersing

avippakkanta →

ncped

not gone away, not dispersing

aṭṭiyanta →

ncped

caranta →

ncped

(~antī)n of carati

cavanta →

ncped

of cavati

caṅkamanta →

ncped

(~antī)n of caṅkamati

chindanta →

ncped

(~antī)n. of chindati

chupanta →

ncped

of chupati

cintayanta →

ncped

(~ayantī)n. of cinteti

citantaraṃsa →

ncped

whose back is flat (i.e. not hollow) between the shoulder-blades (one of the 32 characteristics of a mahapurisa)

cittantara →

ncped

having the interval of a thought moment.

cocapāna →

ncped

drink made from plantains.

cāturanta →

ncped

ruling over (the earth which is) bounded by the four (oceans) and consists of the four (continents); lord of the whole world.

cīvara →

ncped

…three robes of a bhikkhu (antaravāsaka, uttarāsaṅga and saṅghāti), or one of the five robes of a bhikkhuni (those three plus…

dadanta →

ncped

of dadāti

dahanta →

ncped

(~antī)n. of ḍahati

danta →

ncped

danta1

masculine

  1. tooth (of humans and animals) esp. elephant tusks; ivory.
  2. elephant’s tusks; ivory.
  3. the tooth of a comb…

dantabhūmi →

ncped

the condition of one who is tamed.

dantakaṭṭha →

ncped

tooth stick (used to clean the teeth)

dantakāra →

ncped

an artisan in ivory; an ivory-worker.

dantakāsāva →

ncped

an ivory colored robe.

dantakūṭa →

ncped

teeth like a hammer?

dantapoṇa →

ncped

tooth cleaner, a tooth stick.

dantavatā →

ncped

the being (like) one who is tamed?

dantavaṇṇaka →

ncped

ivory colored.

dantavidaṃsaka →

ncped

showing one’s teeth.

dantavidaṃsakaṃ →

ncped

adverb of dantavidaṃsaka

dantājina →

ncped

ivory and hides.

dayhanta →

ncped

(~antī)n.

desayanta →

ncped

(~ayantī)n. of deseti

dhanta →

ncped

of dhamati smelted

dhitimanta →

ncped

dhovanta →

ncped

of dhovati

dhāvanta →

ncped

(~antī)n. of dhāvati

dosantara →

ncped

inwardly hostile; activated by ill-will.

dukkhāvakkanta →

ncped

entered, overcome by dukkha.

dūrakantana →

ncped

cutting far off; banishment (?)

eka-m-antaṃ →

ncped

eka-m-antaṃ

adv. (or ekam antaṃ)

  1. to one side (showing respect); at a respectful distance.
  2. on one side, aside; out of the way; a little…

ekam antaṃ →

ncped

(or eka-m-antaṃ)

  1. to one side (showing respect); at a respectful distance.
  2. on one side, aside; out of the way; a little apart.
  3. to one…

ekantarīka →

ncped

an interval of one; aṃ, -āya, with something between; with an interval of one (year); alternately

ekantarīkaṃ →

ncped

with something between; with an interval of one (year); alternately

ekantarīyā →

ncped

with something between; with an interval of one (year); alternately

ekantaṃ →

ncped

solely; exclusively; absolutely; wholly; invariably

ekantaṃgata →

ncped

with utter devotion or certainty; taking one side; following one alternative

ekantaṃgatalomi →

ncped

(a bed with) a kind of rug or covering

ekantaṃgatalomin →

ncped

(a bed with) a kind of rug or covering

ekantaṃgatalomī →

ncped

(also ekantaṃgatalomi(n)) (a bed with) a kind of rug or covering

ekantaṃkusalāyatika →

ncped

(according to commentary) coming from what is absolutely good, resulting form what is good; or perhaps; producing what is absolutely good in the future

etthantare →

ncped

in this interval (of time or space); in the time between these; in the area between these; in the meantime

eḷaka-m-antaraṃ →

ncped

eḷaka-m-antaraṃ

ind. within the threshold; across the threshold.

gacchanta →

ncped

(~antī)n. of gacchati

ganta →

ncped

one who goes (to); (one who) will go.

gantabba →

ncped

  1. (mfn.)

    1. to be gone to; to be attained.
    2. to be traveled; to be gone along.
  2. (n. impers.) one must go.

gantar →

ncped

one who goes (to); (one who) will go.

gantave →

ncped

of gacchati

garahanta →

ncped

(~anti) n. of garahati

gavesanta →

ncped

(~antī)n of gavesati

gaḷagaḷāyanta →

ncped

(~antī)n. of gaḷagaḷāyati

gaṇhanta →

ncped

of gaṇhāti

ghaṃsanta →

ncped

(~antī)n. of ghaṃsati

ghaṭṭayanta →

ncped

of ghaṭṭeti

gilanta →

ncped

(~antī)n. of gilati

govikantana →

ncped

butcher’s knife.

guyhamanta →

ncped

secret or private discussion or plan.

gāmanta →

ncped

the neighborhood of a village; a village.

gāmantaka →

ncped

the neighborhood of a village; a village.

gāmantara →

ncped

another village, a different village, the next village.

gāmantarakappa →

ncped

“different village practice”, the practice of eating a second time in a different village.

gāyanta →

ncped

(~antī)n. of gāyati

itthantara →

ncped

with a woman inside (?); with a woman driver (?)

jalanta →

ncped

(~antī)n. of jalati

jantagga →

ncped

heated room.

jantāghara →

ncped

heated room; a room with a fire (normally used before bathing, not for bathing.

jhāyanta →

ncped

(~antī)n. of jhāyati

jigucchanta →

ncped

(~antī)n. of jigucchati

juhanta →

ncped

of juhati

jutimanta →

ncped

jāgaranta →

ncped

(~antī)n. of jāgarati

jānanta →

ncped

of jānāti

jātikhayāntadassi →

ncped

seeing the destruction of (re-) birth, or, seeing the destruction of birth and death.

jātikhayāntadassin →

ncped

seeing the destruction of (re-) birth, or, seeing the destruction of birth and death.

jātimanta →

ncped

jāyanta →

ncped

of jāyati

jīvanta →

ncped

(~ā ~ī)n. of jīvati

kadalī →

ncped

the banana or plantation plant.

kammanta →

ncped

action; work, task, business, occupation (esp. farming, agriculture); place of work (esp. the fields).

kammayanta →

ncped

the force or compulsion of action

kammayantavighāṭana →

ncped

destroying the force or compulsion of action

kandanta →

ncped

(~antī)n.

kanta →

ncped

kanta1

mfn. & masculine desired; loved; pleasing, lovely.

kanta2

pp mfn. spun

kantati →

ncped

kantati1

pr. 3 sg. cuts; destroys

kantati2

pr. 3 sg. spins.

kantatisalla →

ncped

with dart cut out

kantāra →

ncped

region difficult to cross, a dangerous area or way; a wilderness, a desert.

kantāraddha →

ncped

a road through a wilderness, a dangerous path

kantāraddhan →

ncped

a road through a wilderness, a dangerous path

kantāraddhāna →

ncped

a road through a wilderness, a dangerous path

kantāramagga →

ncped

road through a wilderness, a dangerous way

karoti →

ncped

does, makes; acts; performs; acts for the advantage or injury of another; (esp. absol.) puts, places

kasanta →

ncped

kaṇḍuvanta →

ncped

(~antī)n.

kaṇṭaka →

ncped

kaṇṭaka1

m. & neuter

  1. a point; a thorn, a prickle; a spike.
  2. an annoyance, obstacle, impediment.

kaṇṭaka2

m. & neuter thorny; with a rough stalk.

kaṇṭakadhāna →

ncped

clump of thorns; a thorny place

kaṇṭakavaṭṭa →

ncped

clump or hedge of thorns

kaṇṭakavuttika →

ncped

(prob.) having a “thorny” way of life

kaṇṭakaṭṭhāna →

ncped

thorny place, an area of thorn

kaṇṭakāpassaya →

ncped

headrest or bolster of thorns

kaṇṭakāpassayika →

ncped

(one) who likes on a bolster or bed of thorns

kaṇṭakīvāṭa →

ncped

hedge of thorns, a prickly hedge.

khajjanta →

ncped

(~āntī)n.

khananta →

ncped

khanta →

ncped

one who bears patiently, who endures; who forgives.

khantar →

ncped

one who bears patiently, who endures; who forgives.

khaṇa →

ncped

…a man, birth in favorable circumstances (when one can take advantage of a Buddha being in the world).

khaṇanta →

ncped

khaṇḍadanta →

ncped

(~ā & ~ī)n. with broken or missing teeth; gap-toothed

khemantabhūmi →

ncped

place of safety; a peaceful, secure region

khurapariyanta →

ncped

edged with razors; with a razor-edged rim

khādanta →

ncped

(~antī)n.

khīyanta →

ncped

(~antī)n.

kicchanta →

ncped

kilanta →

ncped

tired, exhausted; in distress

kilantarūpa →

ncped

really tired, absolutely exhausted

kodhasāmanta →

ncped

close to anger, associated with anger

kopāntara →

ncped

inwardly angry

krubbati →

ncped

does, makes; acts; performs; acts for the advantage or injury of another; (esp. absol.) puts, places.

kubbati →

ncped

does, makes; acts; performs; acts for the advantage or injury of another; (esp. absol.) puts, places

kukkuccāyanta →

ncped

(~antī)n.

kurute →

ncped

does, makes; acts; performs; acts for the advantage or injury of another; (esp. absol.) puts, places

kurūrakammanta →

ncped

performing bloody or cruel deeds

kīḷanta →

ncped

(~antī)n.

nadanta →

ncped

of nadati

nagāntare →

ncped

indeclinable among mountains.

nahāyanta →

ncped

(~antī)n. of nahāyati

namassanta →

ncped

(~antī)n. of namassati

nantaka →

ncped

dirty or ragged cloth; a rag.

nantakavāsi →

ncped

wearing rags.

nantakavāsin →

ncped

wearing rags.

nemantanika →

ncped

nemantaṇika →

ncped

(from nimantana) (one) who accepts invitations (to meals)

nhāyanta →

ncped

of nahāyati

nibbindanta →

ncped

of nibbindati

niccharanta →

ncped

(~antī)n. of niccharati

niddhanta →

ncped

  1. purified by fire.
  2. blown off, blown away, got rid off

niddhantakasāvamoha →

ncped

with impurity and delusion got rid of.

niddhantamala →

ncped

with stains got rid of, without stain.

nijjhāyanta →

ncped

of nijjhāyati

nikanta →

ncped

cut; scraped.

nikkanta →

ncped

nikkaḍḍhanta →

ncped

(~antī)n. of nikkaḍḍhati

nikkaṇṭaka →

ncped

free from obstacles; free from sedition

nikkhamanta →

ncped

(~antī)n. of nikkhamati

nikkhanta →

ncped

of nikkhamati

  1. (mfn.) (who has) gone out, left; gone; sticking out, protruding; outside, apart from.
  2. (n.) going out, leaving, departure

nikkhipanta →

ncped

of nikkhipati

nimantana →

ncped

invitation; a meal to which one is invited.

nimantayati →

ncped

nimantayi →

ncped

of nimanteti

nimujjanta →

ncped

of nimujjati

nipatanta →

ncped

of nipatati

nippesika →

ncped

…the good qualities of others for his own advantage)

nisīdanta →

ncped

nitthananta →

ncped

nitthunanta →

ncped

moaning; groaning.

nivattanta →

ncped

of nivattati

niyyanta →

ncped

niyyāyanta →

ncped

of niyyāti

nāgadanta →

ncped

peg; a hook.

nāgadantaka →

ncped

peg; a hook.

nīharanta →

ncped

of nīharati

nīyanta →

ncped

of niyyānta

nīyāyanta →

ncped

of niyyāyanta

obhāsanta →

ncped

ogacchanta →

ncped

okantati →

ncped

cuts, cuts off; cuts up

okkamanta →

ncped

(~antī)n.

okkanta →

ncped

entered; fallen into; come on.

okkantati →

ncped

cuts, cuts off; cuts up

omasanta →

ncped

orohanta →

ncped

osakkanta →

ncped

(~antī)n.

osiñcanta →

ncped

otaranta →

ncped

(~antī)n.

ovadanta →

ncped

(~antī)n.

sakaṇṭaka →

ncped

containing thorns or bones; thorny, spiked; infested with bandits or rebels

santa →

ncped

tacchanta →

ncped

of tacchenta

tanta →

ncped

thread; a loom; the warp.

tantabhaṇdaka →

ncped

tools etc. for weaving.

tantaka →

ncped

thread?; a loom?

tantavāya →

ncped

weaver.

tantākulakajāta →

ncped

entangled like a ball of string.

tantāvuta →

ncped

woven (on the loom)

tapanta →

ncped

of tapati

taranta →

ncped

(~antī)n. of tarati

thanayanta →

ncped

of thanati

thomayanta →

ncped

of thometi

tikicchanta →

ncped

of tikicchati

titthiyapakkantaka →

ncped

who has gone to another sect; apostate.

tiṭṭhanta →

ncped

(~antī)n. of tiṭṭhati

tālavaṇṭa →

ncped

fan (made of palm leaf)

tālavaṇṭaka →

ncped

arranged in a shape of a fan.

tārayanta →

ncped

of tāreti

ubhanta →

ncped

both ends, both extremes

ubhaya-m-antare →

ncped

ubhaya-m-antare

ind. between the two; within the two

ubhaya-m-antarena →

ncped

ubhaya-m-antarena

ind. between the two; within the two

ubhayantarena →

ncped

between the two

udaya →

ncped

profit, advantage; result.

uddisanta →

ncped

udīrayanta →

ncped

uggacchanta →

ncped

(~antī)n.

uggaṇhanta →

ncped

ugghara →

ncped

(or uggharanta) dripping; oozing.

uggharanta →

ncped

(or ugghara(t)) dripping; oozing.

uggharat →

ncped

(or uggharanta) dripping; oozing.

uggiranta →

ncped

ujjhāyanta →

ncped

(~ī)n.

ukkaṇṭaka →

ncped

disease (of animals)

ullapanta →

ncped

ummujjanta →

ncped

ummādananta →

ncped

ending in causing intoxication, with intoxication as its end

upadahanta →

ncped

upaganta →

ncped

one who approaches; one who enters upon.

upagantabba →

ncped

upagantar →

ncped

one who approaches; one who enters upon.

upanighaṃsanta →

ncped

(~antī)n. rubbing against, pressing up near to.

upanikkhamanta →

ncped

upasanta →

ncped

calmed, pacified, at peace; calm, tranquil; ceased, extinguished

upasantapadissa →

ncped

of calm appearance, looking at peace

upasaṃharanta →

ncped

(~antī)n.

upasaṅkamanta →

ncped

(~antī)n.

upasaṅkanta →

ncped

who has approached, gone to, visited; having approached, gone to

upasobhayanta →

ncped

making beautiful, adorning.

upatiṭṭhanta →

ncped

(~antī)n.

upavhayanta →

ncped

upavāyanta →

ncped

upayanta →

ncped

upaṭṭhahanta →

ncped

(~antī)n.

uppatanta →

ncped

ussahanta →

ncped

uttanta →

ncped

breathing with difficulty, fainting.

uttaranta →

ncped

(~antī)n.

ādisanta →

ncped

ādiyanta →

ncped

(~antī)n.

ādīnava →

ncped

wretchedness; bad consequence, disadvantage, danger (in, loc. or gen.)

āgacchanta →

ncped

*~antī)n.

āganta →

ncped

one who comes, who returns; (as periphrastic future) will come, will return.

āgantabba →

ncped

to come.

āgantar →

ncped

one who comes, who returns; (as periphrastic future) will come, will return.

āharanta →

ncped

(~antī)n.

āhiṇḍanta →

ncped

(~antī)n.

ājananta →

ncped

ākaḍḍhanta →

ncped

ākaṅkhanta →

ncped

ākiranta →

ncped

(~antī)n.

ākiṇṇakammanta →

ncped

rough in action; acting impurely

ālapanta →

ncped

(~antī)n.

ālimpanta →

ncped

āmalavaṇṭaka →

ncped

the name or description of a type of chair

āmantana →

ncped

addressing; speaking to; invitation; inviting.

āmantayati →

ncped

summons; addresses, speaks to; informs, consults; takes leave of

āmantayi →

ncped

āmantaṇa →

ncped

addressing; speaking to; invitation; inviting.

āmantāpetvā →

ncped

making summon; making speak to, address; making take leave of.

āmisantara →

ncped

wishing for material gain

ānantarika →

ncped

ānantarika1

mfn. & neuter

  1. (mfn.) immediately preceding or following, next; nearest.
  2. (mfn.) immediate; bringing immediate results;…

ānantarikakamma →

ncped

an action bringing retribution in the immediately following existence

ānantariya →

ncped

ānantariya1

mfn. & neuter

  1. (mfn.) immediately preceding or following, next; nearest.
  2. (mfn.) immediate; bringing immediate results;…

ānisaṃsa →

ncped

profit, advantage; benefit, blessing (in, loc.)

āpajjanta →

ncped

(~antī)n.

ārohanta →

ncped

āruhanta →

ncped

ārūhanta →

ncped

āsanantarikā →

ncped

an interval or seat

āsanapariyanta →

ncped

the last seat

āsevanta →

ncped

āvasanta →

ncped

(~antī)n.

āyācanta →

ncped

(~antī)n.

āyānta →

ncped

(~antī)n.

īsādanta →

ncped

having tusks like carriage-poles

ūrantarikā →

ncped

the area between the thighs

ḍahanta →

ncped

(~antī)n. of ḍahati

ḍayhanta →

ncped

(~antī)n. of ḍayhati

abhabbāgamana →

nyana

…and reach perfection in advantageous things, all those are said to be incapable of progressing Pug. 13. According to Commentary the ‘evil actions’…

abhijjhā →

nyana

lobha and tanhā see: mūla and is the 8th link of the disadvantageous courses of action see: kamma-patha I.

action →

nyana

Action: Kamma - Right bodily action: sammā - kammanta see: sacca IV.4

adosa →

nyana

Adosa: ’hatelessness, is one of the 3 advantageous roots mūla.

ahirika-anottappa →

nyana

…with all kammically disadvantageous states of consciousness, the two others being restlessness uddhacca and confusion moha. Cf. Tab. II.

The…

akusala →

nyana

Akusala: Disadvantageous, are all those kammic intentions kamma - cetanā see: cetanā and all consciousness and mental properties…

akusala-sādhārana-cetasika →

nyana

…associated with all disadvantageous intentions: These are four; 1: Lack of moral shame ahirika, 2: Lack of fear of wrongdoing anottappa, 3:…

akusala-vitakka →

nyana

Akusala-vitakka: Disadvantageous thoughts as defined under akusala In M. 20, five methods of overcoming them are given: by changing the…

alobha →

nyana

Alobha: G reedlessness is one of the 3 kammically advantageous roots mūla.

amoha →

nyana

Amoha: N on-confusion = understanding, is one of the 3 kammically advantageous roots mūla.

anantara-paccaya →

nyana

Anantara-paccaya: P roximity, is one of the 24 conditional relations paccaya.

anicca-saññā →

nyana

…far more advantageous is it if one cultivates the perception of impermanence, be it only for a moment A. X. 20. See A. VI, 102; A….

antarā-parinibbāyī →

nyana

Antarā-parinibbāyī: is one of the 5 kinds of Non-Returners or Anāgāmī.

anurakkhana-padhāna →

nyana

Anurakkhana-padhāna: the ‘effort to maintain’ advantageous states; see: padhāna

anāgāmī →

nyana

…the first half of the life antarā-parinibbāyī.

2: Or, while living more than half of the lifetime there, or at the moment of…

appamāda →

nyana

…as the foundation of all advantageous progress.

Just as all the footprints of living beings are surpassed by the footprint of the elephant, and…

avijjā →

nyana

…consequently all disadvantageous states of mind are inseparably bound up with ignorance. Ignorance or confusion is the most obstinate, dense,…

avyākata →

nyana

…determined as kammically advantageous nor as disadvantageous - are the kammically neutral or inert, i.e. amoral, states of consciousness and…

avyāpāda →

nyana

…(see: sacca IV. 2), or advantageous thoughts vitakka and is the 9th of the 10 advantageous courses of actions kamma-patha II. The most…

bhava →

nyana

…rebirth and consisting in advantageous and disadvantageous intentional actions. See Kamma, paticca-samuppāda IX.

2:…

bhavanga-santāna →

nyana

Bhavanga-santāna: ‘continuity of subconsciousness’; see: santāna

bhavanga-sota →

nyana

…the result of good, or advantageous kamma kusala-kamma-vipāka, though in varying degrees of strength see: patisandhi, end of the article….

bodily action →

nyana

…- kammanta, see:…

cakkhu →

nyana

…of a Buddha buddha- c., . the eye of all-round knowledge samanta c.; a frequent appellation of the Buddha.

cetanā →

nyana

…kammical intention i.e. advantageous or disadvantageous kamma it is said in A. VI, 13:;intention is action kamma, thus I say, o Bhikkhus; for as…

cetasika →

nyana

…kammically neutral, their kammical quality depending on whether they are associated with advantageous, disadvantageous or neutral consciousness….

citta-santāna →

nyana

Citta-santāna: ‘consciousness-continuity’; see: santāna

contiguity →

nyana

Contiguity: samanantara-paccaya is one of the 24 conditions paccaya.

continuity →

nyana

Continuity: of body, subconsciousness, consciousness or groups of existence: santāna.

course of action →

nyana

[[course of action]]Course of action: advantageous or disadvantageous: kamma -pat ha

hetu →

nyana

…it denotes the advantageous and disadvantageous roots mūla. In that sense, as ‘root-condition’ hetu - paccaya see. paccaya it…

hiri-ottappa →

nyana

…of performing evil and disadvantageous things: this is called moral shame. To be in dread of what one ought to be in dread of, to be in dread of…

ill-will →

nyana

…10 mental chains samyojana, 5 hindrances nīvarana and 10 disadvantageous courses of action see: kamma -pat ha I.

immediate →

nyana

Immediate: the: ānantariya

issā →

nyana

…is a kammically disadvantageous akusala mental property, which is occasionally associated with hate-rooted consciousness see: Tab. I. 30,…

javana →

nyana

…any of the 17 kammically advantageous classes of consciousness Tab. I, 1-17 or of the 12 disadvantageous ones Tab. I, 22-23 may arise at the…

jhāna →

nyana

…detached from disadvantageous consciousness, attached with thought-conception vitakka and discursive thinking vicāra, born of…

paccaya →

nyana

…or immediacy-condition anantara and samanantara-paccaya - both being identical - refer to any state of consciousness and mental phenomena…

padhāna →

nyana

…etc. 2 to overcome disadvantageous states, 3 to develop advantageous kusala states, such as the 7 elements of enlightenment bojjhanga, 4 to…

paticcasamuppāda →

nyana

…are meant kammically advantageous and disadvantageous intentions cetanā or intentional activities, in short kamma, and Fund. II.

In view of…

patipadā →

nyana

…slowly the immediacy ānantariya q.v to the cessation of all fermentations.

2: Some person possesses by nature excessive…

patisambhidā →

nyana

…word, the kammically advantageous, the kammically disadvantageous. When anyone reflects on that law, any knowledge of his, falling within the…

patti-dāna →

nyana

…to a happy and morally advantageous state of mind. Transference of merit is advocated though without mentioning the term patti-dāna in the…

proximity →

nyana

Proximity: anantara is one of the 24 conditions paccaya.

puñña-kiriya-vatthu →

nyana

ditthujukamma - Expl. in Atthasālini Tr. 209ff.

See ‘The Advantages of Merit’, by Bhikkhu Khantipalo BODHI LEAVES B. 38.

puñña →

nyana

…term for kammically advantageous kusala action. Opposite terms: apuñña = demerit. pāpa = ‘bad’, ‘evil’. The value of meritorious…

pāguññatā →

nyana

pāguññatā are 2 mental phenomena associated with all advantageous consciousness. Cf. Tab. II.

pīti →

nyana

…it may be associated with advantageous as well as with disadvantageous and neutral states of consciousness.

A high degree of rapture is…

ākāsa →

nyana

…in the triad of the advantageous kusalatika, which comprises the entire reality. Later Buddhist schools have regarded it as one of several…

ānantarika-kamma →

nyana

Ānantarika-kamma: the 5 heinous ‘actions with immediate destiny’ are: Killing father, killing mother, killing an Arahat, wounding a Buddha so…

ānantariya →

nyana

Ānantariya: Immediacy, is a name for that concentration of mind which is associated with the profound and shocking insight vipassanā that is…

ānupubbī-kathā →

nyana

…pleasures, and the advantage of renunciation. When the Blessed One perceived that the listener’s mind was prepared, pliant, free from…

āyūhana →

nyana

…literature for the advantageous and disadvantageous intentional activities kamma or kammic-constructions sankhāra (see: paticca -…

a →

pts

…Thus anantaka (for ā-nantaka = nantaka) Vv.80#7; amajjapa (for ā-majjapa = majjapa) Ja.vi.328; amāpaya (for…

abbhantara →

pts

…among; variant reading abbhantare). Cases used adverbially: instr. abbhantarena in the meantime in between Dhp-a.ii.59. loc. abbhantare in…

abbhantarika →

pts

…Ja.i.337 (“insider”, opp. bāhiraka).

fr. abbhantara, cp. Sk. abhyantara in same meaning

abbhantarima →

pts

adjective internal, inner (opp. bāhirima) Vin.iii.149; Ja.v.38.

superl. formation fr. abbhantara in contrasting function

abbhatikkanta →

pts

one who has thoroughly, left behind Ja.v.376.

pp. of abhi + ati + kram, cp. atikkanta

abbhatīta →

pts

…gone by SN.ii.183 (+ atikkanta); nt. -ṃ what is gone or over the past Ja.iii.169. 2. passed away, dead MN.i.465; SN.iv.398; Thag.242,…

abbhuṇṇata →

pts

…of being erect. stiffness), Ja.v.197 (˚unnata; variant reading abbhantara, is reading correct?).

pp. of abbhunnamati

abbuda →

pts

…Vin.iii.307 (only in Samantapāsādikā; both times as sāsanassa a). 3. a very high numeral, appld. exclusively to the denotation…

abhi →

pts

…(“vorbei gegangen”), abbhantara (“with-in” b-innen or “in here”), abbhudāharati, abhipūreti (“fill up”) etc. (see also II….

abhiharati →

pts

…Snp-a.383), Snp.708 (vanantaṃ abhihāraye vanaṃ gaccheyya Snp-a.495); Thig.146 (aor. ˚hārayiṃ uyyānaṃ = upanesi Thag-a.138). 3 to…

abhikkamati →

pts

…evaṃ paṭikkamitabbaṃ thus to approach & thus to withdraw)
pp abhikkanta (q.v.).

Vedic abhikramati, abhi + kamati

abhikkanta →

pts

…(nt.) abhikkantaṃ (combd. with and opp to paṭikkantaṃ) going forward (and backward), approach (and receding)…

abhimatthati →

pts

…Dhp-a.iii.152 (= kantati viddhaṃseti). 2. to rub, to produce by friction (esp. fire, aggiṃ; cp. Vedic agniṃ nirmanthati)…

abhinimantanatā →

pts

speaking to, adressing, invitation MN.i.331.

abstr. to abhinimanteti

abhinimmināti →

pts

…manomayaṃ); Vv-a.16 (mahantaṃ hatthi-rāja-vaṇṇaṃ)
pp abhinimmita (q.v.).

abhi + nimmināti, cp. BSk….

abhippaharaṇa →

pts

…the fighting army of k. = samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ nippothanī antarāyakārī Snp-a.390).

abhi + paharaṇa

abhippasādeti →

pts

…= Vv.21#2 (manaṃ arahantamhi = cittaṃ pasādeti Vv-a.105).

Caus. of abhippasīdati, cp. BSk. abhiprasādayati Divy.68, Divy.85, pp….

abhiramati →

pts

…in adv. phrase yathâbhirantaṃ after one’s liking, as much as he pleases after one’s heart’s content Vin.i.34; MN.i.170; Snp.53.
ppr…

abhirūpa →

pts

…Vv-a.53; Pv-a.61 (abhikkanta). Occurs in the idiomatic phrase denoting the characteristics of true beauty abhirūpa dassanīya pāsādika (+…

abhisamaya →

pts

…sammāmānâbhisamayā antam akāsi dukkhassa“ at SN.iv.205, SN.iv.207, SN.iv.399; AN.iii.246, AN.iii.444; Iti.47 cp. māna˚ SN.i.188 =…

abhisantāpeti →

pts

to burn out, scorch, destroy MN.i.121.

ahhi + santāpeti, Caus. of santapati

abhiṭhāna →

pts

…other teachers“. For other relations & suggestions see Dhs trsl.267
■ See also ānantarika.

abhi + ṭhāna, cp. abhitiṭṭhati; lit….

accagā →

pts

…should or could overcome Snp.1040 (expld. wrongly as pp. = atikkanta at Cnd.10 and as atīta at Dhp-a.iv.494); Dhp.414.

ati + agā

accanta →

pts

…Snp-a.528); Thag.692 (˚ruci); Dhp.162 (˚dussīlya = ekanta Dhp-a.iii.153).

ati + anta, lit. “up to the end”

acchati →

pts

…paricarati) DN-a.i.270; tantaṃ pasārento a. (tantaṃ pasāreti) Dhp-a.i.424
pot acche Iti.110; aor acchi

ada →

pts

adjective (-˚) eating SN.iv.195 (kiṭṭhâda eating corn); Ja.ii.439 (vantâda = vantakhādaka C.).

to ad, see adeti, cp. ˚ga, ˚ṭha, ˚da etc.

addhāna →

pts

…Vv-a.292. Cp. also antarāmagga.

  • -parissama “fatigue of the road”, i.e. fatigue from travelling Vv-a.305. *…

adhigacchati →

pts

…Pv-a.60). grd. -gantabba Iti.104 (nibbāna). cond. -gacchissaṃ Snp.446. 1st aor. 3 sg. ajjhagā

adhikaraṇa →

pts

…AN.i.79; AN.ii.239 (vūpasanta) AN.v.71, AN.v.72; Pp.20, Pp.55; Dhp-a.iv.2 (˚ssa uppamassa vūpasama), adhikaraṇaṃ karoti to raise a…

adhiṭṭhita →

pts

…managed, undertaken governed Vin.i.57; SN.v.278 (sv’âdhiṭṭhita); Pv-a.141 (kammanta) 2. undertaking, bent on (c. acc.) Snp.820…

adhiṭṭhāyaka →

pts

adjective (-˚) superintending, watching, looking after, in kamma˚; Mhvs.5, Mhvs.175; Mhvs.30, Mhvs.98; kammanta˚ Dhp-a.i.393.

adho →

pts

…by uparima-danta C.).

  • -kata turned down, or upside down Ja.i.20; Ja.vi.298.
  • -gata gone…

adu →

pts

…expld. on p. 331 fantastically as aduñ ca aduñ ca kammaṃ karohī ti). See also ādu.

perhaps identical with…

agga →

pts

…AN.iv.246, Kv.341.

  • -danta one who is most excellently self-restrained (of the Buddha Thag.354. *…

aggha →

pts

…valuableness Ja.v.473 (˚lakkhaṇaṃ nāma mantaṃ).

see agghati

aggi →

pts

…Snp.p.79. aggiṃ namati & santappeti to worship the fire AN.v.235. aggissa (gen.) paricāriko Ja yi.207 (cp. below ˚paricārika); aggissa…

agha →

pts

…as seen from the phrase lokantarikā aghā asaṃvutā andhakārā DN.ii.12; SN.v.454, and BSk. aghasaṃvṛta Mvu.i.240, adj. dark Mvu.i.41;…

agāra →

pts

…anagāriyaṃ nikkhanta*); MN.ii.55 (agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā); Snp.274, Snp.805 (˚ṃ āvasati), and with…

ahuhāliya →

pts

hoarse & loud laugh Ja.iii.223 (= danta-vidaṃsaka-mahā-hasita C.).

onomat.

ajina →

pts

the hide of the black antelope, worn as a garment by ascetics DN.i.167; Snp.1027; Ja.i.12, Ja.i.53; Ja.iv.387; Ja.v.407. kharājina a rough skin (as garment) MN.i.343; SN.iv.118; AN.ii.207; Snp.249 (= …

ajjhatta →

pts

…AN.iii.92 (vūpasantacitta); AN.iv.32 (sankhittaṃ), AN.iv.57(itthindriyaṃ), AN.iv.299 (cittaṃ), AN.iv.305 (rūpasaññī),…

ajjhāyaka →

pts

…in learning the Veda (mantajjhāyaka Ja.vi.209; Snp-a.192), a scholar of the brahmanic texts, a studious learned…

akka →

pts

…Vin.i.306 (vv.ll. agga & akkha˚);

  • -vāṭa a kind of gate to a plantation, a movable fence made of the akka plant…

akkamati →

pts

…rise Vin.iii.38
ger akkamma Cp.iii.7#2
pp akkanta (q.v.).

ā + kamati, kram

g417

akkanta →

pts

stepped upon, mounted on AN.i.8; Ja.i.71; Mil.152; Dhp-a.i.200.

pp. of akkamati

akkhara →

pts

…of a discourse (suttanta) having variety & beauty of words or sounds (opposed to beauty of thought) AN.i.72 =…

alaṃ →

pts

dat. or infin.: alaṃ antarāyāya for certain an obstacle MN.i.130 (opp nâlaṃ not at all); alaṃ te vippaṭisārāya you ought to feel…

amba →

pts

…Dhp-a.iii.207.

  • -panta a border of mango trees Vv-a.198.
  • -pānaka a drink made from mangoes…

antaka →

pts

…as lāmaka va Māra, thus taken anta2); Dhp.48 (= maraṇa-sankhāto antako Dhp-a.ii.366), Dhp.288 (= maraṇa Dhp-a.iii.434).

Vedic…

antalikkha →

pts

…walking through the air Vin.i.21; DN.i.17; SN.i.111; Ja.v.267; DN-a.i.110.

Vedic antarikṣa = antari-kṣa (kṣi), lit. situated in between…

antamaso →

pts

…MN.iii.127; AN.v.195; Ja.ii.129; DN-a.i.170; Snp-a.35; Vv-a.155.

orig. abl. of antama, *Sk. antamaśah; cp. BSk. antaśah as same formation fr….

antara →

pts

…Often in combn. antarantarena (c. gen.) right in between (lit. in between the space of) Dhp-a.i.63, Dhp-a.i.358
■ loc….

antaradhāna →

pts

disappearance AN.i.58 (saddhammassa); AN.ii.147; AN.iii.176 sq.; Mil.133; Dhs.645 Dhs.738, Dhs.871. Cp. ˚dhāyana.

fr. antaradhāyati

antaradhāyana →

pts

disappearance Dhp-a.iv.191. (variant reading ˚adhāna).

fr. antaradhāyati

antaradhāyati →

pts

…(q.v.)
caus antaradhāpeti to cause to disappear, to destroy Ja.i.147; Ja.ii.415; Pv-a.123.

antara +…

antarahita →

pts

…Pv-a.245. 2. in phrase anantarahitāya bhūmiyā (loc) on the bare soil (lit. on the ground with nothing put in between it & the person lying…

antarayati →

pts

to go or step in between, ger. antaritvā (= antarayitvā) Ja.i.218.

cp. denom. fr. antara

antaraṃsa →

pts

“in between the shoulders”, i.e. the chest Ja.v.173 = Ja.vi.171 (phrase lohitakkho vihat’ antaraṃso).

B.Sk. antarâṃsa; antara + aṃsa

antaraṭṭhaka →

pts

…antaraṭṭhakāsu* and antaraṭṭhake hima-pātasamaye (in which antara functions as prep. c. loc., according to antara II. b.) i.e. in…

antarika →

pts

…see antarikā. -anantarika with no interval, succeeding, immediately following, next Vin.ii.165, Vin.ii.212 (ān˚);…

antarikā →

pts

…(vijj˚ the interval of lightning).

abstr. fr. antarika

antarā →

pts

…the meantime Vin.ii.167.

abl. or adv. formation fr. antara; Vedic antarā.

antarāpaṇa →

pts

place where the trading goes on, bazaar Ja.i.55; Ja.vi.52; Mil.1, Mil.330; Dhp-a.i.181.

antarā + paṇa “in between the shopping or trading”

antarāya →

pts

…AN.i.161; Pv.iv.3#22.

antara + aya from i, lit. “coming in between”

Antarāya2

adverb i*?) in…

antarāyika →

pts

adjective causing an obstacle, forming an impediment Vin.i.94 = Vin.ii.272; MN.i.130; SN.ii.226 Thag-a.288.

fr. antarāya

antarāyikin →

pts

adjective noun one who meets with an obstacle, finding difficulties Vin.iv.280 (an˚ = asati antarāye).

cp. antarāyika

antarāḷa →

pts

interior, interval Dāvs i.52; Dāvs iii.53 (nabh˚).

Sk antarāla

antavant →

pts

…DN.i.187; Pts.i.151 sq.; Pts.i.157; Dhs.1099, Dhs.1117, Dhs.1175; Mil.145. -anantavant endless, infinite AN.v.193 (loka) See also…

ante →

pts

…DN.i.1, DN.i.45, DN.i.74, DN.i.78, DN.i.88, DN.i.108, DN.i.157; MN.iii.116; DN-a.i.36.

Sk. antaḥ, with change of-aḥ to-e, instead of…

antika →

pts

…loc. anti near). 2. [der fr. anta = Sk. antya] being at the end, final, finished, over SN.i.130 (purisā etad-antikā, variant reading SS antiyā:…

antima →

pts

…ṭhito attabhāvo).

Cp. superl. of anta

anto →

pts

…(so read for anta˚, cp. Dhs trsl. 311).

  • -soka inner grief Pts.i.38.

Sk. antaḥ; Av antarə Lat. inter, Oir. etar…

anu →

pts

…see anu-kantati, ˚kassati2, ˚kiṇṇa ˚gāhati, ˚bujjhati ˚bodha, ˚lokin, ˚vajja.

Note

  1. anu in…

anukantati →

pts

to cut Dhp.311 (hatthaṃ = phāleti Dhp-a.iii.484).

anu + kantati2

anupathe →

pts

…C. explains as janghamagga-mahāmaggānaṃ antare.

anupubbi-kathā →

pts

…sīlaṃ sīlânantaro saggo saggânantaro maggo ti etesaṃ dīpana-kathā (DN-a.i.277). Vin.i.15, Vin.i.18; Vin.ii.156, Vin.ii.192;…

anupāleti →

pts

to safeguard, warrant, maintain Mil.160 (santatiṃ).

anu + pāleti

anusaṃyāyati →

pts

…visit (acc.) MN.i.209 (Bhagavantaṃ ˚itvā) Ja.iv.214 (variant reading anuyāyitvā). See also anuyāti and…

anuyanta →

pts

…inferior ruler“ and P. yanta would represent the n. a.g. yantā as a-stem. The variant reading is perhaps preferable as long as other passages…

anuyutta →

pts

…a smaller king (see khattiya 3 b) AN.v.22 (v l for T. anuyanta, q.v.); Snp.553 (= anugāmin, sevaka Snp-a.453).

pp. of…

anuyāti →

pts

…˚yissati), Ja.vi.499 (yāyantaṃ anuyāyati = anugacchati C). 2. to go along by, to go over, to visit Mil.391 (˚yāyati)

pp…

anuyāyati →

pts

…˚yissati), Ja.vi.499 (yāyantaṃ anuyāyati = anugacchati C). 2. to go along by, to go over, to visit Mil.391 (˚yāyati)

pp…

anāmanta →

pts

…uninvited Vin.v.132; AN.iii.259.

an + āmanta

apadāna →

pts

…the title Mahāpadāna suttanta it refers to the 7 Buddhas. In the title Apadānaṃ, that is ʻthe stories’, it refers almost exclusively to…

apakantati →

pts

to cut off Thig.217 (gale = gīvaṃ chindati Thag-a.178; Kern,

Toevoegselen

corrects to kabale a.).

apa + kantati, Sk. ava + kṛntati

apara →

pts

-anta (aparanta) = aparaṃ, with anta in same function as in compounds vananta (see…

apassaya →

pts

  1. support, rest Thag-a.258.
  2. bed, bolster, mattress, in kaṇṭak˚; a mattress of thorns, a bolster filled with thorns (as cushion for asceties) MN.i.78; Ja.i.493; Ja.iii.235. -sāppassaya with a …

apassayika →

pts

adjective reclining on, in kaṇṭaka˚; one who lies on a bed of thorns (see kaṇṭaka) MN.i.78; Ja.iv.299 (v. l, kaṇḍikesayika); Pp.55.

fr. apassaya; cp. Sk. apāśrayin-˚

appa →

pts

…Ja.vi.34 (samuddo a. bahu-antarāyiko)

  • -ssuta possessing small knowledge, ignorant, uneducated DN.i.93 (opp. bahussuta); DN.iii.252,…

appamāṇa →

pts

…Dhs-a.196 (˚gocara, cp. anantagocara). See also on term Dhs trsl. 60. 2. “without difference”, irrelevant, in general (in commentary style)…

araghaṭṭa →

pts

…for T. arahatta-ghaṭi-yanta acc to Morris, J.P.T.S. 1885, 30; cp. also Vin. Texts iii.112
■ The 2rd part of the cpd. is…

arahant →

pts

…Dhp.420; Snp.644 Loc. arahantamhi Vv.21#2
■ nom. pl. arahanto Vin.i.19; Vin.iv.112; SN.i.78, SN.i.235; SN.ii.220; SN.iv.123; gen….

ariya →

pts

…sq., AN.i.212

  • -kanta loved by the Best DN.iii.227
  • -gaṇā (pl.) troops of worthies Ja.vi.50 (=…

asa →

pts

…sg. with variant reading santaṃ…, expld- by sappurisaṃ vā asappurisaṃ vā C.); Ja.v.448 (n. pl. f. asā expld. by…

asani →

pts

…DN.iii.44, DN.iii.47. Asantasam & anto;

Vedic aśani in same meaning; with Sk. aśri corner, caturaśra four cornered (see…

asantanto →

pts

Asantasaṃ & ˚anto

adjective fearless, not afraid Snp.71, Snp.74; Ja.iv.101; Ja.vi.306; Cnd.109.

ppr. of a + santasati

asantasaṃ →

pts

Asantasaṃ & ˚anto

adjective fearless, not afraid Snp.71, Snp.74; Ja.iv.101; Ja.vi.306; Cnd.109.

ppr. of a + santasati

asantāsin →

pts

adjective fearless, not trembling, not afraid Snp.850; Dhp.351; Cnd.109; Dhp-a.iv.70.

a + santāsin, cp. asantāsaṃ

asecanaka →

pts

…(= anāsittakaṃ ojavantaṃ sabhāva-madhuraṃ Thag-a.168); SN.v.321; AN.iii.237 sq. Mil.405.

a + secana + ka, fr. sic to sprinkle,…

ati →

pts

…towards until; as far as: accanta up to the end; aticchati to go further, pass on; atipāta “falling on to”; attack slaying atimāpeti to put…

atidhamati →

pts

to beat a drum too hard Ja.i.283; pp. atidhanta ibid.

ati + dhamati

atiga →

pts

…(sīma˚, cp. Mnd.99), Snp.1096 (ogha˚); Mnd.100 (atikkanta); Cnd.180 (id.).

ati + ga

atikkamati →

pts

…Vasabhagāmaṃ beyond the village of V. Pv-a.168
pp atikkanta (q.v.).

ati + kamati

atikkanta →

pts

passed beyond, passed by, gone by, elapsed; passed over, passing beyond, surpassing Ja.ii.128 (tīṇi saṃvaccharāni); Dhp-a.iii.133 (tayo vaye passed beyond the 3 ages of life); Pv-a.55 (māse ˚e after …

atisanta →

pts

adjective extremely peaceful Sdhp.496.

ati + santa1

ativatta →

pts

…beyond, surpassed, overcome (act. & pass.), conquered Snp.1133 (bhava˚); Cnd.21 (= atikkanta, vītivatta); Ja.v.84 (bhaya˚) Mil.146, Mil.154.

pp….

attan →

pts

-danta selfrestrained self-controlled Dhp.104, Dhp.322.

attha →

pts

…where the six kinds of advantages are enumerated as att˚ par˚ ubhay˚, i.e. advantage, resulting for oneself for others, for both;…

atthi →

pts

…Ja.i.150 Ja.i.263, santa Snp.105; Cnd.635; Ja.i.150 (loc. evaṃ sante in this case); Ja.iii.26, and…

atīta →

pts

…atīta koṭṭhāse, atikkantabhavesū ti attho Thag-a.233) DN.ii.222; DN.iii.275; Thig.314.

ava →

pts

…okassati, okāra, okantati, okkamati ogacchati, odāta* and others may be used as examples The difference in many cases has given rise to a…

avacara →

pts

…Dhs.1278.

ava + car, also BSk. avacara in same sense, e.g. antaḥpurâvacarā the inmates of the harem Jtm.210

avakanta →

pts

cut, cut open, cut off Ja.iv.251 (galak’ âvakantaṃ).

for *avakatta, Sk. avakṛtta; pp. of avakantati, see kanta2

avakantati →

pts

avakanta & avakantita.

cp. Sk. avakṛntati, ava + kantati, cp. also apakantati

avakantita →

pts

cut out Pv-a.213. Avakappana & okappana

pp. of avakantati

avakkanta →

pts

(-˚) entered by, beset with, overwhelmed by (instr.) SN.iii.69 (dukkha˚, sukha˚ and an˚).

pp. ofnext

avaṇṭa →

pts

adjective without a stalk Ja.v.155.

a + vaṇṭa

ayaṃ →

pts

pronoun demonstr. pron. “this, he”; f. ayaṃ; nt. idaṃ & imaṃ “this, it” etc. This pron. combines in its inflection two stems, viz. as˚; (ayaṃ in nom. m. & f.) & im˚; (id in nom. nt.).

I. Form …

aḍḍha →

pts

…room Ja.vi.81 (= a˚ kosantara C.).

aṅgaṇa →

pts

…Ja.i.421

  • -pariyanta the end or border of a clearing Ja.ii.200.

cp. Sk. angaṇa & ˚na; to…

aṅgula →

pts

…toes Dhp-a.iii.214.

  • -antarikā the interstices between the fingers Vin.iii.39; Mil.180; Dhp-a.iii.214.

Vedic angula,…

aṇu →

pts

…small & large Dhp.31 (= mahantañ ca khuddakañ ca Dhp-a.i.282), Dhp.409 = Snp.633; Ja.iv.192; Dhp-a.iv.184.

aṇḍaka →

pts

Aṇḍaka1

neuter = aṇḍa, egg Dhp-a.i.60; Dhp-a.iii.137 (sakuṇ˚).

Aṇḍaka2

adjective only used of vācā speech: harsh, rough, insolent MN.i.286; AN.v.265, AN.v.283 AN.v.293 (glos …

aṭṭha →

pts

…subhaṃ jātimantaṃ a.) of the pillars of a heavenly palace (Vimāna) Ja.vi.127 = Ja.vi.173 = Vv.78#2 (a. sukatā thambhā);…

aṭṭhaka →

pts

…in phrase rattīsu antar’aṭṭhakāsu in the nights between the eighths, i.e. the 8th day before and after the full moon…

aṭṭhi →

pts

…ayaṃ no attho adhigantabbo evaṃ sallakkhetvā tāya desanāya atthikā hutvā C.); Sdhp.220 (˚katvāna).

= attha (aṭṭha) in…

bahu →

pts

-manta very tricky Dhp-a.ii.4 (variant reading māya). -māna respect, esteem, veneration Ja.i.90;…

bandhava →

pts

…with or belongs to Snp.140 (manta˚, well-acquainted with Mantras; cp. Snp-a.192; vedabandhū veda-paṭisaraṇā ti vuttaṃ hoti); Ja.v.335…

bandhu →

pts

…viz. ñāti˚ gotta˚, manta˚ (where Cnd.455 reads mitta˚), sippa˚ 2. Ep. of Brahmā, as ancestor of the brahmins DN-a.i.254: see below…

bha →

pts

va for vanta Kp-a.109
■ Like ba˚; we often find bha˚; mixed up with pa˚
■ see e.g….

bhabba →

pts

…(bhikkhu), neg. Iti.106 (antakiriyāya), Iti.117 (phuṭṭhuṃ sambodhiṃ); Ja.i.106 (˚puggala a person unfit for the higher truths &…

bhadanta →

pts

Note. In case of bhadanta being the corresp. of Sk. *bhavanta (for bhavān) we would suppose the change v → d and account for dd on…

bhadantika →

pts

…See also under ehi.

fr. bhadanta

bhaddanta →

pts

Note. In case of bhadanta being the corresp. of Sk. *bhavanta (for bhavān) we would suppose the change v → d and account for dd on…

bhaggavant →

pts

…in the word “bhagavā,” which passage is alluded to at Vv-a.231 by remark “bhāgyavantat’ ādīhi catūhi kāraṇehi Bhagavā.”

fr….

bhamati →

pts

…iva bh.); Ja.v.478
pp bhanta
caus bhameti to make whirl Vism.142 (cakkaṃ).

bhram; on etym. see K.S. iv.443;…

bhanta →

pts

…deviating; always used of an uncontrolled car (ratha or yāna) Dhp.222 (ratha = ativegena dhāvanta Dhp-a.iii.301); (yāna = adanta akārita…

bhantatta →

pts

turmoil, confusion Dhs.429 (= vibhanti-bhāva Dhs-a.260, so read for vibhatti˚) cp. Dhs trsl. 120.

fr. bhanta

bhante →

pts

…Pali Grammar

§ 98#3 hinted at by Weber loc. cit. (bhavantaḥ = bhagavantaḥ).

bhasma →

pts

ashes SN.i.169 = Cnd.576 (loc bhasmani); Vv.84#44; Ja.iii.426; Vism.469 (in comparison).

  • -antāhuti (bhasm’ ant’ āhuti) “whose sacrifice ends in ashes” DN.i.55 (so read for bhassant˚, according t …

bhasman →

pts

ashes SN.i.169 = Cnd.576 (loc bhasmani); Vv.84#44; Ja.iii.426; Vism.469 (in comparison).

  • -antāhuti (bhasm’ ant’ āhuti) “whose sacrifice ends in ashes” DN.i.55 (so read for bhassant˚, according t …

bhava →

pts

…Buddha Vism.210. -antara an existence interval, i.e. transition fr. one life to another, a previous or subsequent life…

bhavant →

pts

…MN.iii.172 acc. bhavantaṃ Snp.597; DN.ii.231; instr. bhotā DN.i.93 DN.i.110; SN.iv.120. gen. bhoto Snp.565; MN.i.486; voc…

bhaya →

pts

…MN.i.17 (= citt’ uttrasassa ca bhayānak’ ārammaṇassa adhivacanaṃ MN-a.113), Name of Suttanta No. 4 in Majjhima (pp. 16 sq.), quoted at…

bhinna →

pts

…Ja.iii.158.

  • -manta disobeying (i.e. breaking) a counsel Ja.vi.437.
  • -sira with a broken head…

bhogika →

pts

(-˚) adjective having wealth or power, in antara˚; an intermediate aristocrat Vin.iii.47.

fr. bhoga

bhumma →

pts

…Vin.ii.208; Vin.iv.279. -antara “earth-occasion,” i.e. 1 sphere of the earth, plane of existence Mil.163; Dhs-a.296 2 in…

bhuñjati →

pts

…enjoy, make use of, take advantage of, use Snp.102, Snp.240, Snp.259, Snp.619; Dhp.324 Pp.55.
pot bhuñjeyya Snp.400; Dhp.308, 2nd

bhāgyavant →

pts

…where the abstr. bhāgyavantatā is formed as expln of the term bhāgyavatā (f.) at Vism.211.

same as bhaggavant, only…

bhāṇin →

pts

…reciting Snp.850 (manta˚; a reciter of the Mantras, one who knows the M. and speaks accordingly, i.e. speaking wisely, explained by…

bhūmi →

pts

…(vighāta˚); Cnd.475 (danta˚); Dhp-a.i.213 (āpāna˚); Pv-a.80 (susāna˚)- uyyāna˚; garden (-place or locality) Vv.64#19;…

biḷālī →

pts

…cp. gloss latātanta on kalamba), Ja.iv.371 (= ˚kanda com. p. 373); Ja.vi.578. Cp. takkaḷa.

f. of biḷāla…

bodhi →

pts

…bodhiṃ sākṣātkṛtavantah) & Divy.616 (bodhipakṣāṃs tān dharmān Bhagavān saṃprakāśayati sma).;…

brahant →

pts

…a huge tree), acc sg. brahantaṃ AN.iii.346; Vv-a.182; nom. pl. also brahantā Vv.52#4 (= mahantā Vv-a.224; of the Yama-dūtā or…

brahma →

pts

…read for brahmā˚). -nimantanika “addressing an invitation to a brahma-god,” title of a Suttanta MN.i.326 sq.,…

brahmacariya →

pts

…Snp.396; Kp-a.26.

  • -antarāya raping Dhp-a.ii.52.
  • -ānuggaha a help to purity AN.i.167; AN.iv.167; Dhs.1348. *…

brahmā →

pts

…read for brahmā˚). -nimantanika “addressing an invitation to a brahma-god,” title of a Suttanta MN.i.326 sq.,…

brāhmaṇa →

pts

Brāhmaṇa1

a member of the Brahman caste; a Br teacher. In the Buddhist terminology also used for a man leading a pure, sinless & ascetic life, often even syn. with arahant
■ On brāhmaṇas …

buddha →

pts

…Buddhahood Bv.ii.175. -manta mystic verses of a B. DN-a.i.248 -māmaka devotedly attached to the B….

bujjhati →

pts

to be awake, to be enlightened in (acc.), to perceive, to know, recognise, understand DN.ii.249; SN.i.74, SN.i.198; Dhp.136, Dhp.286; Thag.146; Ja.iii.331; Ja.iv.49 Ja.iv.425; Mil.165, Mil.348 (pot. b …

bāhira →

pts

…known outside)
santara˚ (adj.) [= sa-antara] including the inward & outward parts DN.i.74; AN.iii.25; Thag.172; Ja.i.125. 2….

bāhirima →

pts

adjective outer, external, outside Vin.iii.149 (b. māna external measure; opp. abbhantarima); Ja.v.38 (opp. abbhantarima).

fr. bāhira, compar
■ adversative formation

bāla →

pts

…Dhp-a.i.164; Mhbv.25; ˚vasanta “early spring” (= Citramāsa), Name of the first one of the 4 summer months (gimha-māsā) Kp-a.192;…

cakka →

pts

…a universal king, or cāturanta-c˚ (ruling over four great continents Snp.p.106 Kp-a.227), a dīpa-c˚ (ruling over one), a padesa-c (ruling…

cakkhu →

pts

…to Right Knowledge 5. samanta˚: (a summary account of Nos. 1–4, & in all Scripture-passages a standing epithet of Gotama Buddha see below),…

cakkhumant →

pts

…possessing knowledge (cp. samantacakkhu) DN.i.76 (one who knows, i.e. a connoisseur); cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhinti “those who have eyes to see…

canda →

pts

…etym. see Vism.418.

  • -kanta a gem Mil.118;
  • -(g)gāha a moon-eclipse (lit seizure, i.e. by Rāhu) DN.i.10 (cp….

cara →

pts

…water MN.i.117; Ja.vi.416; antara˚ SN.iv.173; eka˚ solitary Snp.166; saddhiṃ˚ a companion Snp.45; anattha˚ Ja.v.433 jala˚ Dāvs iv.38. See…

cattārīsa →

pts

…Dhp-a.ii.9. 93.

  • -danta having 40 teeth (one of the characteristics of a Mahāpurisa) DN.ii.18; DN.iii.144,…

catur →

pts

…(Thag-a.290); -(r)anta see cātur˚; -(r)assa [catur + assa2] four-cornered, quadrangular regular Vin.ii.310 (Bdhgh);…

cetanā →

pts

…Nett., mano-kammanta A), viz. the shrinking back from covetousness, malice, & wrong views.; Vin.iii.112; SN.iii.60; AN.ii.232…

cha →

pts

-danta having six

tusks, in ˚daha Name of one of the Great Lakes of the Himavant (satta-mahā-sarā), lit. lake…

chandavantatā →

pts

Err:509

chaḍḍita →

pts

…left behind SN.iii.143; Ja.i.91, Ja.i.478; Pv.ii.2#3 (= ucchiṭṭhaṃ vantan ti attho Pv-a.80); Vv-a.100; Pv-a.78, Pv-a.185.

pp. of…

chaḷ →

pts

-danta having six

tusks, in ˚daha Name of one of the Great Lakes of the Himavant (satta-mahā-sarā), lit. lake…

cintita →

pts

…eva c.); Pv.ii.6#13 (mantaṃ brahma˚, expl. Pv-a.97 by kathitaṃ) 2. (nt.) a thought, intention, in duc˚ su˚; (bad & good) AN.i.102;…

cita →

pts

…cp. Vin.ii.123.

  • -antaraṃsa “one whose shoulder-hole is heaped up, one who has the shoulders well filled out…

citta →

pts

…allayed, passionless (santa upasanta˚;) DN.iii.49; SN.i.141; Snp.746. 9. a wieldy heart, a heart ready & prepared for truth an open &…

cunda →

pts

an artist who works in ivory Ja.vi.261 (Com: dantakāra); Mil.331.

cārin →

pts

…MN.i.30; Snp.65; pariyanta˚ Snp.904. 2. fig. anudhamma˚ Snp.69; āgu˚ AN.ii.240; AN.iii.163 dhamma˚ Mil.19; brahma˚ Snp.695; manāpa˚…

cātur →

pts

…in compounds viz.

  • -(r)anta (adj.) “of four ends,” i.e. covering or belonging to the 4 points of the compass, all-encircling, Ep of the…

cīvara →

pts

…sanghāṭi, uttarāsaṅga, antaravāsaka given thus, e.g. at Vin.i.289. that is literally ʻtaking his bowl & robe.’ But this is an elliptical…

dahara →

pts

adjective small, little delicate, young; a young boy, youth, lad DN.i.80, DN.i.115; SN.i.131; SN.ii.279 (daharo ce pi paññavā); MN.i.82; MN.ii.19 MN.ii.66; AN.v.300; Snp.216, Snp.420 (yuvā +), Snp.57 …

dametar →

pts

one who tames or subdues, a trainer, in phrase adantānaṃ dametā “the tamer of the untamed” (of a Buddha) MN.ii.102; Thig.135.

n
■ ag. to dameti = Sk. damayitṛ, cp. Sk. damitṛ = Gr. (παν)δαμάτωρ δμη …

damita →

pts

subdued, tamed Ja.v.36; Pv-a.265.

Sk. damāyita = danta3; cp. Gr. α δάματος; Lat. domitus

danta →

pts

…of teeth Dhp-a.i.390.

Sk. danta fr. acc. dantaṃ of dan, gen. datah = Lat. dentis. Cp. Av. dantan, Gr. ὀδόντα, Lat. dentem Oir. dēt;…

dantaka →

pts

pin of tooth or ivory; makara˚; the tooth of a sword-fish Vin.ii.113, Vin.ii.117; Vin.iv.47. See details under makara.

dassana →

pts

…= daṭṭhu-kāma): [Bhagavantaṃ] dassanāya MN.ii.23, MN.ii.46; AN.i.121; AN.iii.381; Snp.325

  1. (nt. “sight” DN.ii.157 (visūka˚,…

dassin →

pts

…like attha˚ Snp.385; ananta SN.i.143; ādīnava˚ Sdhp.409; ekanga˚ Ud.69; jātikkhaya˚ Snp.209; Iti.40; ñāṇa˚ Snp.478 (=…

dassāvin →

pts

…MN.i.173; AN.v.181 sq. pariyanta˚ AN.v.50 sq.; bhaya˚ SN.v.187: Iti.96; esp. in phrase anumattesu vajjesu bhaya˚ DN.i.63 = Iti.118 (cp…

dasā →

pts

…(adj.) without a fringe or border Vin.ii.301 = Vin.ii.307 (nisīdana). -anta edge of the border of a…

daṇḍa →

pts

…= Cnd.470 = Mil.196;

  • -(m)antara among the sticks DN.i.166 = AN.i.295 = AN.ii.206 = MN.i.77, MN.i.238, MN.i.307, MN.i.342 Pp.55; see note at…

desa →

pts

…(˚bhūta); Pv-a.78 (˚antara prob. to be read dos˚), Pv-a.153 Kp-a.132, Kp-a.227
desaṃ karoti to go abroad Ja.v.340 (p. 342 has…

deva →

pts

…(tayo d.) Mhbv. 122 (˚suttanta);

  • -deva “the god of gods,” Ep of the Buddha (cp. devâtideva) Thag.533, Thag.1278 (of…

dhamati →

pts

…kindle Dhp-a.i.442
pp dhanta dhanita; (the latter to dhvan, by which dhamati is influenced to a large extent in meaning. Cp. uddhana).

Ved….

dhamma →

pts

…(pāsāda) SN.i.137;

  • -yanta the (sugar-) mill of the Dh. (fig.) Mil.166.
  • -yāna the vehicle of the Law…

dhanta →

pts

blown, sounded AN.i.253; Ja.i.283, Ja.i.284.

Sk. dhvānta in meaning of either dhvanita fr. dhvan to sound, or dhamita fr. dhmā to blow, see dhameti

dhura →

pts

…i.e. opposite gloss BB maggantare); Vv-a.44 (dh-gehassa dvāre at the door of the top house of the village, i.e. the first or last house).

*…

dhāna →

pts

adjective noun (adj.) holding, containing (-˚) MN.i.11 (ahi kaṇṭaka˚; cp ādhāna & kaṇṭaka)
■ (n.) nt. a receptacle Dhp.58 (sankāra˚ dust-heap = ṭhāna Dhp-a.i.445). f. dhānī a seat (= ṭhāna), in …

dibba →

pts

adjective of the next world, divine, heavenly, celestial, superb magnificent, fit for exalted beings higher than man (devas, heroes, manes etc.), superhuman, opp. mānusaka human. Freq. qualifying the …

diva →

pts

-santatta heated for a whole day Ja.iv.118 (cp. divasa˚)

Sk. diva (nt.), weak base diṷ (div) of…

divasa →

pts

…(˚e = divā);

  • -santatta heated the livelong day SN.i.169; MN.i.453; AN.iv.70, cp. Vin.i.225; Mil.325; cp…

diṭṭhi →

pts

…aññena SN.iii.211; antaggāhikā AN.i.154; AN.ii.240; AN.iii.130; antānantikā DN.i.22 sq. SN.iii.214, SN.iii.258 sq.; assāda˚;…

dosa →

pts

…moh˚); Ja.i.61;

  • -antara (adj.) bearing anger, intending evil in one’s heart Vin.ii.249; DN.iii.237; MN.i.123;…

du →

pts

…atikkama, atta adhiroha, anta, annaya, abhisambhava; āgata, ājāna āyuta, āsada; itthi; ukkhepa, ubbaha 2. du˚:…

dukkha →

pts

…sattā nerayikā); see ekanta. In the same sense:… upenti Roruvaṃ ghoraṃ cirarattaṃ dukkhaṃ anubhavanti SN.i.30;…

dvi →

pts

number two.

A. Meanings

I. Two as unit

  1. with objective foundation:
    1. denoting a combination (pair, couple) or a repetition (twice). In this conn. frequent both objective …

dvāra →

pts

…a gateway Ja.iii.431 -pānantara at Ja.vi.349 should be read ˚vātapānantara -pidahana shutting the door Vism.78….

dāru →

pts

…Dhp-a.i.192;

dāya →

pts

Dāya1

wood jungle, forest; a grove Vin.i.10 (miga˚), Vin.i.15, Vin.i.350; Vin.ii.138; SN.ii.152 (tiṇa˚); SN.iv.189 (bahukaṇṭaka d. = jungle) AN.v.337 (tiṇa˚); Ja.iii.274; Ja.vi.278. See al …

dāṭhā →

pts

…his weapon Ja.v.172;

  • -danta a canine tooth Kp-a.44;
  • -balin one whose strength lies in his teeth (of a…

dīgha →

pts

…DN.iii.150;

  • -antara corridor Ja.vi.349.
  • -āyu long-lived (opp. app’ āyu) DN.i.18;…

dūra →

pts

…be the variant reading durākantana, see ākantana;

  • -gata gone far away Pv.ii.13#4 (= paralokagata Pv-a.164); Dhp-a.iii.377…

ekamantaṃ →

pts

…Snp-a.456. Also in loc. ekamante on one side Dhp-a.i.40.

eka + anta, acc. in adv. function, cp. BSk. ekamante Mvu.i.35

ekanta →

pts

adjective one-sided, on one end, with one top, topmost (˚-) usually in function of an adv. as ˚-meaning “absolutely, extremely, extraordinary, quite” etc.

  1. (lit.) at one end, only in ˚lomin a wo …

ekantarika →

pts

-bhāvena (instr. adv.) in alternation alternately Vism.374; ekantarikāya (adv.) with intervals Vism.244.

eka + antarika

ga →

pts

…See e.g. atiga, anuga, antalikkha˚, ura˚, pāra˚, majjha˚, samīpa˚ hattha˚. It also appears as ˚gu, e.g. in addha˚, anta˚…

gabbhinī →

pts

…g˚ pāyamānā purisantaragatā (pregnant, lactating & having had sex. intercourse AN.i.295 = AN.ii.206 = MN.i.77, MN.i.238, MN.i.307,…

gacchati →

pts

…with double acc.: Bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi “I entrust myself to Bh.” Vin.i.16-Cp. also phrases as atthangacchati to go home, to…

gagana →

pts

…g˚ talamagga the (moon’s) course in the sky Pv-a.188; etc. Of the sun: suriyo ākāse antalikkhe gaganapathe gacchati Nd ii.on Snp.1097….

gahana →

pts

  1. adj. deep, thick, impervious, only in a˚ clear, unobstructed, free from obstacles Vv.18#7 (akanataka +); Mil.160 (gahanaṃ a kataṃ the thicket is cleared).
  2. nt. an impenetrable place, a thicket j …

gamana →

pts

…(in expl. of duggā).

gamma →

pts

…& pagan Vin.i.10 and ≈ (anta standard of life); AN.iii.325 (dassana, view); DN.iii.130 (sukhallikânuyoga, hedonist) Sdhp.254. Cp….

gantar →

pts

“goer” in gantā hoti he will go, he is in the habit of going, combined w. sotā hantā khantā, of the king’s elephant AN.ii.116 = AN.iii.161; variant reading for gatā at MN.ii.155.

n. agent of gacchati …

gata →

pts

…often combined with patta: antagata antapatta Cnd.436, Cnd.612), koṭi˚ perfected, parinibbāna having ceased to exist. vijjā˚ having attained…

gaḷa →

pts

  1. a drop, i.e. a fall: see gaḷāgala.
  2. a swelling, a boil (= gaṇḍa Ja.iv.494 (mattā gajā bhinnagaḷā elephants in rut, with the temple-swellings broken; expl. p. Ja.iv.497 by madaṃ gaḷantā); Snp.61 …

gaḷati →

pts

…to rain Thag.524 (deve gaḷantamhi in a shower of rain. Cp. gala-gaḷāyati). 3. to drop down, to fall Dhp-a.ii.146 (suriyo majjhaṭṭhānato…

gaṇhati →

pts

…to catch fish Ja.iii.52; mantaṃ to use a charm Ja.iii.280; rajjaṃ to seize the kingdom Ja.i.263 Ja.ii.102; sākhaṃ to take hold of a branch…

gaṇhāti →

pts

…to catch fish Ja.iii.52; mantaṃ to use a charm Ja.iii.280; rajjaṃ to seize the kingdom Ja.i.263 Ja.ii.102; sākhaṃ to take hold of a branch…

gaṇḍī →

pts

  1. a shaft or stalk, used as a bar Ja.i.237
  2. a gong Dhp-a.i.291 (gaṇḍiṃ paharati to beat the g.), Dhp-a.ii.54, Dhp-a.ii.244; gaṇḍiṃ ākoṭetvā Kp-a.251. Cp. Avs.i.258 Avs.i.264, Avs.i.272; Avs.ii. …

gaṇṭhi →

pts

…of false doctrine Vv-a.297; anta-gaṇṭh-ābādha entanglement of intestines Vin.i.275. 2. a (wooden) block Vin.ii.110 (of sandal…

ghara →

pts

Ghara1

(nt.; pl. ˚ā Dhp.241, Dhp.302) a house AN.ii.68; Snp.43 (gahaṭṭhā gharaṃ āvasantā), Snp.337 (abl gharā), Snp.889 (id. gharamhā); Ja.i.290 (id. gharato), Ja.iv.2, Ja.iv.364, Ja.iv.49 …

ghaṇṭā →

pts

small bell (cp. kinkanikā) Ja.iv.215; Vv-a.36, Vv-a.37, Vv-a.279 (khuddaka˚). As ghaṇṭī at Vism.181.

ghaṭī →

pts

…potter Dhp-a.i.380; Np. of a kumbhakāra SN.i.35, SN.i.60; MN.ii.45 sq (= ˚suttanta, mentioned as such at Dhp-a.iii.251); Ja.i.43.

to…

ghātaka →

pts

…slaughtering Vin.i.89 (arahanta˚), Vin.i.136 (id.), Vin.i.168 (id.); Vin.ii.194 (manussa˚); Vin.iv.260 (tala˚) Ja.iv.366 (gāma˚ corā robbers…

gihin →

pts

adjective noun a householder, one who leads a domestic life, a layman (opp. pabbajita & paribbājaka). Geu. sg. gihissa (DN.iii.147, DN.iii.167) & gihino (DN.iii.174); n. pl. gihī; in compounds *gihī …

gilati →

pts

…mā Rāhu gilī caraṃ antalikkhe SN.i.51 = Vv-a.116; mā gilī lohagulaṃ Dhp.371
■ Ja.iii.338; Mil.106
pp…

gimha →

pts

…to hemanta winter: hemanta-gimhisu in w. & s. Dhp.286 (cp. gimhika for ˚isu). Mil.274; Dpvs.i.55; Vism.231 (˚âbhitatta worn out by the…

gimhāna →

pts

…season AN.iv.138 (+ hemanta & vassa); Snp.233 (gimhānamāse); Vv-a.40 (variant reading). On terms for seasons in gen. cp. Mil trsl.

giri →

pts

…dvinnaṃ pabbatānaṃ antaraṃ ekasmiṃ yeva vā ummagga-sadisaṃ mahā-vivaraṃ;

  • -bbaja (nt.) [Etym. uncertain, according to…

go →

pts

…(and ˚vikantana; Sk. vikṛntana) a butcher’s knife MN.i.244 MN.i.449; AN.iii.380 Sdhp.381 (vikatta only);…

gumba →

pts

…Mil.117 (of clouds).

Sk. gulma, *glem to *gel, to be thick, to conglomerate, cp. Lat….

gutta →

pts

…(agutta & sugutta, with danta, rakkhita) AN.iii.6 (atta˚ self-controlled); Snp.250 (sotesu gutto vijitindriyo), Snp.971 (id. + yatacārin);…

guḷā →

pts

swelling, pimple, pustule, blight, in cpd. guḷā-guṇṭhika-jāta DN.ii.55, which is also to be read at AN.ii.211 (in spite of Morris, prelim. remarks to AN.ii.4 whose trsln. is otherwise correct) = g …

guṇa →

pts

…esp.) good quality, advantage, merit Ja.i.266 Ja.ii.112; Ja.iii.55, Ja.iii.82
■ lobha˚ Snp.663; sādhu˚ Snp.678 sīla˚ Ja.i.213;…

gāhika →

pts

(-˚) = gahin, see *anta*˚.

gāma →

pts

…bhūta˚; mātu˚.

-anta the neighbourhood of a village, its border, the village itself, in ˚nāyaka leading to the…

gāthā →

pts

…the lines Vin.i.38
■ anantaragāthā the foll. stanza Ja.iv.142; Snp.251; Ja.i.280; Dhp.102 (˚sataṃ).

gīta →

pts

…proclaimed, enunciated: mantapadaṃ gītaṃ pavuttaṃ DN.i.104 (cp. gira). 2. (nt.) singing, a song; grouped under vācasikā khiḍḍā,…

gū →

pts

(-˚) going, having gone (through), being skilled or perfected in. See addha˚, anta˚ chanda˚, dhamma˚, paṭṭha˚, pāra, veda˚.

fr. gam, cp. ˚ga

hadaya →

pts

…Cp. Dhs-a.140 (cittaṃ abbhantar’ aṭṭhena hadayan ti vuttaṃ)
■ With citta at Snp.p.32 (hadayaṃ te phalessāmi…

hanati →

pts

…SN.iv.201
grd hantabba DN.ii.173.
aor pass. haññiṃsu DN.i.141
fut haññissati DN-a.i.134
caus…

handa →

pts

…Vv-a.230 (hand’ âhaṃ gamissāmi).

cp. Sk. hanta, haṃ + ta

hantar →

pts

striker, one who kills DN.i.56; AN.ii.116 sq.; AN.iii.161 sq.; SN.i.85; Dhp.389.

n. ag. fr. hanati

hanu →

pts

…jaw-binding, incantations to bring on dumbness DN.i.11; DN-a.i.97.

Vedic hanu; cp. Lat. gena jaw, Gr. γένυς chin, Goth. kinnus =…

hata →

pts

…of a nāga Vin.ii.195; -antarāya one who removes an obstacle Pv-a.1
ahata unsoiled, clean new DN.ii.160; Ja.i.50;…

hattha →

pts

-antara a cubit Vism.124. -āpalekhana licking the hands (to clean them after eating-cp. the 52nd

hatthin →

pts

…Ja.ii.46.

  • -kanta = manta el. charm Dhp-a.i.163
  • -kantavīṇā lute enticing an elephant Dhp-a.i.163. *…

hemanta →

pts

winter AN.iv.138; Ja.i.86; Mil.274.

hema(= hima) + anta

hemantika →

pts

adjective destined for the winter, wintry, icy cold Vin.i.15, Vin.i.31 (rattiyo), Vin.i.288; MN.i.79; SN.v.51; AN.iv.127; Vism.73.

fr. hemanta

hāpeti →

pts

…hāpeti* to lose one’s advantage, to fail Snp.37; Ja.i.251. 2. to postpone, delay (the performance of…) Ja.iii.448 Vism.129. 3. to cause to…

hāyati →

pts

…e.g. Mnd.147 (+ pari˚, antaradhāyati); Mil.297 (+ khīyati); ppr. hāyamāna Cnd.543 Cp….

hīḷana →

pts

…disdain, contempt Mil.357; DN-a.i.276 (of part. “re”: hīlana-vasena āmantanaṃ); as at Vb.353 (+ ohīḷanā); Vb-a.486.

fr….

isi →

pts

  1. a holy man, one gifted with special powers of insight & inspiration, an anchoret, a Seer, Sage, Saint, “Master” DN.i.96 (kaṇho isi ahosi); SN.i.33, SN.i.35, SN.i.65, SN.i.128, SN.i.191, SN.i.192 SN …

iṭṭha →

pts

…idiomatic group iṭṭha kanta manāpa (of objects pleasing to the senses) DN.i.245; DN.ii.192; MN.i.85; SN.iv.60, SN.iv.158, SN.iv.235 sq.;…

jantāghara →

pts

  1. a (hot room for bathing purposes, a sitzbath Vin.i.47, Vin.i.139 Vin.ii.119, Vin.ii.220 sq., Vin.ii.280; Vin.iii.55; MN.iii.126; Ja.ii.25, Ja.ii.144 Vism.18; Dpvs.viii.45.
  2. living room Ja.i.449. …

japa →

pts

…).

fr….

jarā →

pts

…the Suttanta on old age, Name of Sutta Nipāta iv.6 (p. 157 sq.; beginning with “appaṃ vata jīvitaṃ idaṃ”), quoted…

jutimantatā →

pts

splendour Snp-a.453.

fr. jutimant

jānana →

pts

…Ja.i.200 (-˚manta knowledge of a spell, a spell known by tumhākaṃ), Ja.ii.221; Snp-a.330; Dhp-a.ii.73 (˚sabhāva ñatta);…

jānāti →

pts

…find out Ja.i.184; kālantarena jānissatha you will see in time Pv-a.13; ajānanto unawares, unsuspecting Ja.i.223; ajānamāna id….

jātimant →

pts

…khattiyo); Ja.i.342 (jātimanta-kulaputtā). Of a precious stone: maṇi veḷuriyo subho j.˚ DN.i.76 = MN.ii.17; DN-a.i.221; Mil.215….

kacchantara →

pts

  1. interior, dwelling, apartment Vv-a.50 (= nivesa).
  2. the armpit: see *upa*˚.

see kacchā2

kacchā →

pts

…wall or room: see kacchantara. 2. an ornament for head & neck (of an elephant), veilings, ribbon Vv.21#9 = Vv.69#9 (=…

kad →

pts

Kad˚

orig. “what?” used adverbially; then indef. “any kind of,” as (na) kac(-cana) “not at all”; kac-cid “any kind of; is it anything? what then?” Mostly used in disparaging sense of showing in …

kadala →

pts

the plantain tree Kacc.335.

kadalī →

pts

…a flag, banner, i.e. plantain leaves having the appearance of banners (-dhaja) Ja.v.195; Ja.vi.412. In compounds kadali˚.

*…

kakaca →

pts

-danta tooth of a saw, DN-a.i.37 (kakaca-danta-pantiyaṃ kīḷamāna).

onomat. to sound root kr̥, cp. note on…

kakaṇṭaka →

pts

the chameleon Ja.i.442, Ja.i.487; Ja.ii.63; Ja.vi.346; Vv-a.258.

kakkaṭaka →

pts

…by crabs, Dhs-a.270.

  • -yantaka a ladder with hooks at one end for fastening it to a wall, Mhvs.ix.17. *…

kalamba →

pts

…BB however gives latā-tanta); Ja.vi.578 See also kaḍamba & kaḷimba.

  • -rukkha the Cadamba tree Ja.vi.290.

cp. Sk….

kali →

pts

…akkhesu dhanaparājayo… mahantataro kali yo sugatesu manam padosaye SN.i.149 = AN.ii.3 = AN.v.171, AN.v.174 = Snp.659 = Ne.132; cp. MN.iii.170;…

kamma →

pts

…adj., cp. pāpa-kammanta adj.). pāpakamma: n’atthi loke raho nāma p˚ pakubbato “there is no hiding (-place)…

kammanta →

pts

…of the 5 duties of the gahapati).

Sk. karmānta; kamma + anta, cp. anta 14.

kammantika →

pts

adjective

  1. a business manager Ja.i.227.
  2. a labourer, artisan, assistant Ja.i.377.

fr. kammanta

kanta →

pts

…cp. katta & pari˚.

pp. of kantati2, Sk. kṛtta. kanta is analogyform. after pres. kantati, regularly we should expect katta. See also…

kantati →

pts

Kantati1

to plait, twist, spin, esp. suttaṃ (thread) Vin.iv.300; Pv-a.75; Dhp-a.iii.273; kappāsaṃ AN.iii.295. Cp pari˚.

Sk….

kantika →

pts

…Pv.iii.4#1 (=…

kantita →

pts

…kṛtta, pp. of kantati1

Kantita2

adjective cut off, severed, at Mil.240 better as kantita1, i.e….

kantāra →

pts

…Pv-a.112; opp. khemantabhūmi. Usually five kinds of wilds are enumerated cora˚, vāla˚, nirudaka˚, amanussa˚, appabbhakkha Ja.i.99;…

kantāriya →

pts

adjective (one) living in or belonging to the desert, the guardian of a wilderness, applied to a Yakkha Vv.84#21 (= Vv-a.341).

from kantāra

kappa →

pts

…DN.iii.111; Iti.99. On pubbanta˚ & aparanta˚, past & future kappas see D; i.12 sq. paṭhama-kappe at the beginning of the world, once upon a…

kappana →

pts

…Ja.i.62. 2. (nt.) (-˚) procuring making: jīvika˚; a livelihood Ja.iii.32; putting into order; danta˚ Ja.i.321. 3. (adj.) (-˚) trimmed…

kappika →

pts

…the kāla (id.) at Ja.i.222; as noun the men of the first Age Ja.ii.352. 2. In compounds… pubbanta˚ and aparanta the ika˚ belongs to the…

kara →

pts

…forming, making, doing, e.g. anta˚ putting an end to; pabhaṃ causing splendour; pāpa˚ doing evil; divā˚ & divasa the day-maker, i.e. the…

karakarā →

pts

(for kaṭakaṭā, q.v.) adverb by way of gnashing or grinding the teeth (cp. Sk. dantān kaṭakaṭāpya) i.e. severely (of biting) Ja.iii.203 (passage ought to be read as karakarā nikhāditvā).

karoti →

pts

…on one’s shoulder Ja.i.9; antarāyaṃ k˚ to prevent Ja.i.232; ādiṃ k˚ (c. acc.) to begin with; nimittaṃ k˚ to give a hint DN.ii.103;…

karuṇā →

pts

…sq., Bdhd 26 sq. Bdhd 29; ananta k˚ pañña as epithet of Buddha Bdhd 1 karuṇaṃ dūrato katvā, without mercy, of the Yamadūtā messengers of…

kataka →

pts

scrubber, used after a bath Vin.ii.129, Vin.ii.143; cp. Vin. Texts ii.318.

fr. kantati2

katama →

pts

…pron. with formation of num. ord., in function = katara, cp antama → antara, Lat. dextimus → dexter

katheti →

pts

…Ja.vi.413; Pv-a.86 (= āmantayi). 3. to report, to inform Ja.v.460. 4. to recite Dhp-a.i.166. 5. to expound, explain, preach Ja.i.30; Mil.131;…

kathā →

pts

…AN.i.130; Pv-a.39. So in antarā˚ DN.i.179; Snp.p.107, Snp.p.115; cp. sallāpa. Also in tiracchāna˚; low, common speech, comprising 28…

katta →

pts

is represented in Pali by kanta2; katta being found only in cpd. pari˚.

pp. of kantati2; cp. Sk. kṛtta

kattar →

pts

…kattāro the authors of the Mantas, or in cpd. rāja-kattāro makers of kings

II. Dependent

as n. kattā the doer kattā hoti no…

kattari →

pts

…cp Vin. Texts iii.138 (see next).

to kantati2

kattarī →

pts

…cp Vin. Texts iii.138 (see next).

to kantati2

kaḷāra →

pts

…Ja.v.91 (= nikkhantadanto); Ja.vi.548 (= sūkara-dāṭhehi samannāgato p. Ja.vi.549); Pv.ii.4#1 (= k˚-danto Pv-a.90).

cp. Sk….

kaṃsa →

pts

  1. bronze Mil.2 magnified by late commentators occasionally into silver or gold. Thus Ja.vi.504 (silver) and Ja.i.338; Ja.iv.107 Ja.vi.509 (gold), considered more suitable to a fairy king
  2. a bronze …

kaṇṇa →

pts

…of the ear Ja.v.463 As ˚panta at Thag-a.211.

  • -pāli = ˚patta Thig.259 (explained by ˚panta).
  • -piṭṭhī the…

kaṇṭa →

pts

(cp. next) a thorn Mil.351.

kaṇṭaka →

pts

…Ja.v.175.

  • -vaṭṭa a thorny brake or hedge MN.i.448.

From kantati2 to cut. Brh. kaṇṭaka. Spelt also…

kaṇṭaki →

pts

(f.) in cpd. -vāṭa a thorny fence (cactus hedge?) Vin.ii.154.

kaṇṭhaka →

pts

Kaṇṭhaka1

thorn, see kaṇṭaka.

Kaṇṭhaka2

Name of Gotama’s horse, on which he left his father’s palace Mhbv.25; spelt kanthaka at Ja.i.54, Ja.i.62 sq.

kaṭallaka →

pts

…to make it dance Ja.v.16 (dāru explained by dārumaya-yanta-rūpaka).

to kaṭa1

kaṭāha →

pts

…(in simile “diva-santatte ayokaṭāhe”) MN.i.453 = AN.iv.138 gūtha˚; Vin.iv.265; tumba˚; (a gourd used as receptacle for food)…

kaṭṭha →

pts

…Vv-a.63, etc. (see danta) 4. (adj.) in compounds = of wood, wooden.

  • -aggi wood-fire, natural fire…

keḷi →

pts

Keḷi1

feminine

  1. play, amusement, sport Pv-a.265 (= khiḍḍā); parihāsa merry play, fun Ja.i.116.
  2. playing at dice, gambling in -maṇḍala “circle of the game,” draught-board; *-ṃ bh …

khacita →

pts

…of a fan inlaid with ivory (danta-khacita) Vin.iii.287 (Sam. Pās.) Suvaṇṇa-khacita-gajak’ attharaṇā “elephants’ trappings…

khama →

pts

…opp. akkhamā), viz. akkosantaṃ na paccakosati “not to shout back at him who shouts at you” AN.ii.152 sq.; cp. Ne.77; classified under the…

khandha →

pts

…cuti cavanatā bhedo antaradhānaṃ maccu maraṇaṃ kālakiriyā khandhānaṃ bhedo kalevarassa nikkhepo MN.i.49 = Vb.137 = SN.ii.3,…

khantar →

pts

possessed of meekness or gentleness; docile, manageable. Said of an elephant AN.ii.116 = AN.iii.161 sq. Khanti & Khanti

n. agent of khanti

khanti →

pts

Khanti & Khantī

f. patience, forbearance, forgiveness. Def. at Dhs.1341: khantī khamanatā adhivāsanatā acaṇḍikkaṃ anasuropo attamanatā cittassa Most frequent combinations: with *[mettā](/define/mettā …

khantī →

pts

Khanti & Khantī

f. patience, forbearance, forgiveness. Def. at Dhs.1341: khantī khamanatā adhivāsanatā acaṇḍikkaṃ anasuropo attamanatā cittassa Most frequent combinations: with *[mettā](/define/mettā …

khaṇa →

pts

…of paccuppanna: kh˚., santati˚, addhā˚)

  • -paritta small as a moment Vism.238.

Derivation unknown. It has been…

khaṇḍa →

pts

…(˚ṃ katvā).

  • -danta having broken teeth, as sign of old age in phrase kh˚ palitakesa, etc “with broken teeth and…

khema →

pts

…assabhāvaṃ SA).

  • -anta security, in
  • -bhūmi a peaceful country (opp, kantāra), a paradise (as epithet of Nibbāna)…

khetta →

pts

…Arahant Pv.i.1#1;

  • -kammanta work in the field AN.iii.77
  • -gata turned into a field, of puññakamma…

khipita →

pts

…Pv-a.80: mukhato nikkhantamala); Dhp-a.i.314 (˚roga + kāsa, coughing).

  • -sadda the sound of expectorations DN.i.50;…

kho →

pts

…really. Def. as adhikār’ antara-nidassan’ atthe nipāto Kp-a.113 as avadhāraṇaṃ (affirmative particle) Pv-a.11, Pv-a.18
■ A few…

khura →

pts

-pariyanta a disk as sharp as a razor, a butcher-knife DN.i.52 (= DN-a.i.160; khura-nemi khura-sadisa-pariyanta), cp….

khādati →

pts

…the teeth Ja.i.161
■ santakaṃ kh to consume one’s property Dhs-a.135
■ of beasts, e.g. Snp.201, Snp.675
pot khādeyya Ja.iii.26 …

khāṇu →

pts

stump (of a tree), a stake. Often used in description of uneven roads; together with kaṇṭaka thorns AN.i.35; AN.iii.389; Vism.261 (˚paharaṇ’ aggi), Vism.342 (˚magga); Snp-a.334 …

khīlaka →

pts

adjective having sticks or stumps (as obstacles), in a˚ unobstructed Ja.v.203 (= akāca nikkaṇṭaka Ja.v.206).

kila →

pts

…nipāto).

  1. mahantaṃ kira Bārāṇasirajjaṃ “the kingdom of B. is truly great Ja.i.126; attā hi kira duddamo “self is…

kilama →

pts

fatigue Ja.v.397 (= kilantabhāva).

spelt klama, fr. klam

kilamati →

pts

… pp kilanta.

Sk. klamati, a variation of śramati sri from sri to lean, cp. kilanta, as “sleepy,” and Lat….

kilanta →

pts

…+ , of the waning of the gods) or both -kāya-citta Pv.iii.2#3; opp. akilanta-kāya-citta alert, vigorous; with sound body and…

kilesa →

pts

…where it is approx. tantamount to our terms lower, or unregenerate nature, sinful desires, vices passions.

  1. Kilesa as obstacle (see…

kira →

pts

…nipāto).

  1. mahantaṃ kira Bārāṇasirajjaṃ “the kingdom of B. is truly great Ja.i.126; attā hi kira duddamo “self is…

kiriya →

pts

…= fulfilment cp. ˚karaṇa, anta˚, making an end of, putting a stop to (dukkhassa) SN.iii.149; SN.iv.93; Snp.454, Snp.725
■ kāla˚…

kiriyā →

pts

…= fulfilment cp. ˚karaṇa, anta˚, making an end of, putting a stop to (dukkhassa) SN.iii.149; SN.iv.93; Snp.454, Snp.725
■ kāla˚…

kitti →

pts

…heralded before him: Bhagavantaṃ Gotamaṃ evaṃ kalyāṇo k˚-saddo abbhuggato “the high reputation went forth over the world, concerning…

kittī →

pts

…heralded before him: Bhagavantaṃ Gotamaṃ evaṃ kalyāṇo k˚-saddo abbhuggato “the high reputation went forth over the world, concerning…

klesa →

pts

…where it is approx. tantamount to our terms lower, or unregenerate nature, sinful desires, vices passions.

  1. Kilesa as obstacle (see…

kodha →

pts

…kodhaṃ rathaṃ bhantaṃ va dhāraye tam ahaṃ sārathiṃ brūmi. “He who restrains rising anger as he would a drifting cart, him I…

kopa →

pts

…Ja.i.301; Snp.p.92. akopa (adj.) friendly, without hatred, composed Snp.499.

  • -antara (adj.) one who is under the…

koṭi →

pts

pubba˚; the past (cp pubbanta), also as purima˚; and pacchima˚; the future (cp. aparanta). These expressions are used only of…

koṭika →

pts

…an end or climax SA on pariyanta (see KS. p. 320) āpāna˚; lasting till the end of life Mil.397: Vism.10. 3. referring to (both) ends (of…

koṭṭha →

pts

…Vism.255.

  • -abbhantara the intestinal canal Mil.67
  • -āgāra (nt.) storehouse, granary, treasury: in conn…

kriyā →

pts

…= fulfilment cp. ˚karaṇa, anta˚, making an end of, putting a stop to (dukkhassa) SN.iii.149; SN.iv.93; Snp.454, Snp.725
■ kāla˚…

kujati →

pts

in kujantā dīnalocanā Sdhp.166: to be bent, crooked, humpbacked?

or kujjati? see kujja

kukkucca →

pts

…khīṇāsava k˚-vūpasanta SN.i.167 = Snp.82
akukkucca (adj.) free from worry, having no remorse Snp.850. Kukkuccaṃ kurute (c….

kula →

pts

…Pv-a.31, Pv-a.82; -santaka belonging to one’s family, property of the clan Ja.i.52; Dhp-a.i.346 (where Ja.iv.146…

kupita →

pts

…DN.i.3, DN.i.90 (= DN-a.i.255 kuddha)

■ As nt. kupitaṃ disturbance in paccanta˚; a disturbance on the borderland Ja.iii.497;…

kuppila →

pts

kind of flower Ja.vi.218 (C: mantālakamakula).

?

Kubbati2

etc. see karoti ii.

kuravaka →

pts

Name of a tree, in ratta˚ Ja.i.39 (= bimbijāla the red Amaranth tree).

= Sk. kuraṇṭaka Halāyudha, cp. kuraṇḍaka

kuraṇḍaka →

pts

shrub and its flower Vism.183 (see also kuravaka & koraṇḍaka). ˚leṇa Npl. Vism.38.

cp. Sk. kuraṇṭaka blossom of a species of Amaranth

kurūra →

pts

…bloody raw, cruel, in -kammanta following a cruel (bloody occupation (as hunting, fishing, bird killing, etc. AN.iii.383 = Pp.56 (expld….

kusa →

pts

…tikhiṇadhāraṃ tiṇaṃ antamaso tālapaṇṇam pi; Dhp.311; Ja.i.190 (= tiṇa); Ja.iv.140. 2. a blade of grass used as a mark or a lot:…

kāca →

pts

…basket and “middle” p. (antarā˚) with two bearers and the basket suspended in the middle Vin.ii.137; Ja.i.154; Ja.v.13, Ja.v.293 Ja.v.295…

kāla →

pts

…AN.ii.209; Pp.58;

  • -antara interval, period: kālantarena in a little while Pv-a.13; na kālantare at once Pv-a.19; *…

kāma →

pts

-atittaṃ yeva kāmesu antako kurute vasaṃ Dhp.48
■ *na kahāpaṇavassena titti kāmesu vijjati appasādā dukkhā kāmā iti…

kāraṇa →

pts

…also at Ja.iv.87 (tantarajjukaṃ k˚ṃ katvā), whereas at Ja.vi.416 k. is directly paraphrased by “maraṇa,” as much as…

kāveyya →

pts

…poetry, song, poem (of suttanta) AN.i.72 = AN.iii.107.

  • -matta intoxicated with poetry, musing, dreaming SN.i.110,…

kāya →

pts

…96. See also combination kilantakāya kilanta-citta under kilamati.

IV. (Various)

Kāyena (i.e. “visibly”) aññamaññaṃ…

kāḷa →

pts

…AN.ii.209; Pp.58;

  • -antara interval, period: kālantarena in a little while Pv-a.13; na kālantare at once Pv-a.19; *…

kīva →

pts

…Dhp-a.i.386; k˚-mahantaṃ how big? Dhp-a.i.29; Vv-a.325 k˚ bahuṃ how much? Dhp-a.iv.193.

Sk. kiyant and kīvant; formed fr….

kīvant →

pts

…Dhp-a.i.386; k˚-mahantaṃ how big? Dhp-a.i.29; Vv-a.325 k˚ bahuṃ how much? Dhp-a.iv.193.

Sk. kiyant and kīvant; formed fr….

kūṭa →

pts

…danta-kūṭa (see under danta).

Sk. kūṭa, not horned; *(s)qer to cut, mutilate, curtail, cp. Lat. caro, curtus; also Sk…

lakkhaṇa →

pts

…Ja.ii.194; Ja.v.211

  • -manta the secret science of (bodily) marks Snp.690 (but explained at Snp-a.488 as “lakkhaṇāni ca…

laya →

pts

…(īsakam pi layaṃ yantaṃ paggaṇheth’ eva mānasaṃ). 2. time in music, equal time, rhythm Dāvs iv.50; Vv-a.183 (dvādasannaṃ…

loha →

pts

…the Canon). Tambalohaṃ vekantakan ti imehi pana dvīhi jātilohehi saddhiṃ sesaṃ sabbam pi idha lohan ti veditabbaṃ.“
■ On…

lohita →

pts

…a Tathāgata, one of the anantariya-kammas Vb-a.427; cp. Tathāgatassa lohitaṃ uppādeti Mil.214.

loka →

pts

…Thag-a.69 (Tha-ap.11). -anta the end (spatial) of the world AN.ii.49 (na ca appatvā lokantaṃ dukkhā atthi pamocanaṃ)….

lomin →

pts

…having hair, in compounds ekanta˚ & uddha˚;, of (couch-) covers or (bed) spreads: being made of hair altogether or having hair only on top…

ludda →

pts

adjective

  1. fierce, terrible; cruel, gruesome SN.i.143; AN.ii.174 (pāpa, l., kibbisa); AN.v.149; Pp.56; Vv.84#5 (= dāruṇā pisāc’-ādino Vv-a.335); Ja.v.243 (ṭhānaṃ niraya); Sdhp.286. The spelling * …

magga →

pts

…Vism.338 (simile).

  • -kilanta wearied by the road Ja.i.129.
  • -kusala one who is clever as regards the…

mahant →

pts

…Also in cpd. mahantabhāva greatness, loftiness, sublimity Dhs-a.44
■ Compar mahantatara Dhp-a.ii.63,…

mahantatā →

pts

greatness Dhp-a.ii.62. At MN.iii.24 the spelling is mahattatā (tt misread for nt?) at MN.i.184 however mahantatta (nt.).

fr. mahant˚

majjha →

pts

adjective middle, viz

  1. of space: of moderate height DN.i.243 (contrasted with ucca & nīca).
  2. of; time: of middle age Snp.216 (contrasted with dahara young & thera old).
  3. often used adv. in …

majjhantika →

pts

…Cnd.97#7 (samaya); DN-a.i.251 (id.).

majjha + anta + ika

makara →

pts

…f. makarinī Mil.67.

-dantaka the tooth of a sword fish, used as a pin Vin.ii.113, cp. p. Vin.ii.315
■ as a design in…

mallaka →

pts

…vuccati; akata˚ danta achinditvā kataṃ). It may bear some ref. to malla on p. 105 (see malla) & to…

mamāyati →

pts

…(mamāyetha); Mnd.125 (Bhagavantaṃ); Ja.iv.359 (= piyāyati C.); Mil.73 Vb-a.107 (mamāyatī ti mātā: in pop. etym. of mātā) Dhp-a.i.11;…

mana(s) →

pts

…dukkaṭaṃ), cp. Dhp.96; santaṃ tassa manaṃ, santā vācā ca kamma ca. Besides with citta kāyena vācāya uda cetasā…

mano →

pts

…dukkaṭaṃ), cp. Dhp.96; santaṃ tassa manaṃ, santā vācā ca kamma ca. Besides with citta kāyena vācāya uda cetasā…

manta →

pts

…Mil.11 (see about manta in the Jātakas: Fick, Sociale Gliederung 152, 153). At Pv-a.117 m. is combined with…

mantanaka →

pts

adjective plotting Ja.v.437.

fr. mantanā

mantanā →

pts

(& ˚ṇā) counsel, consultation, deliberation, advice, command DN.i.104; AN.i.199; Vin.v.164; Ja.vi.437, Ja.vi.438; Mil.3 (ṇ); DN-a.i.273.

fr.; mant

mantar →

pts

…form we have a shortened manta (nom.) at Snp.455 (akiñcano +), which is explained at Snp-a.402 as mantā jānitvā It is to…

manteti →

pts

…mantaye); Mil.91 (grd. mantayitabba & inf.; mantayituṃ). 3. to announce, advise; pronounce advise Snp.126; Pv.iv.1#20 (= kathemi…

mantin →

pts

adjective noun

  1. (adj.) giving or observing counsel SN.i.236
  2. (n.) counsellor, minister Ja.vi.437 (paṇḍita m.).

fr. manta

manussa →

pts

human being, man. The popular etym. connects m. with Manu(s), the ancestor of men, e.g. Kp-a.123: “Manuno apaccā ti manussā, porāṇā pana bhaṇanti ʻmana-ussannatāya manussa’; te Jambudīpakā, Aparagoy …

marati →

pts

…Ja.iii.214 (for *mariṣyanta)
inf marituṃ DN.ii.330 (amaritu-kāma not willing to die); Vism.297 (id.); Vv-a.207…

maraṇa →

pts

…death Vism.229.

  • -anta having death as its end (of jīvita) Dhp.148 (cp Dhp-a.ii.366: maraṇa-sankhāto antako). *…

maru →

pts

Maru1

a region destitute of water, a desert. Always combined with -kantāra: Mnd.155 (as Name); Ja.i.107; Vb-a.6; Vv-a.332; Pv-a.99, Pv-a.112.

cp. Epic Sk. maru

Maru2

mejjha →

pts

adjective noun

  1. (adj.) [to medha1] fit for sacrifice, pure; neg. ; impure Sdhp.363
  2. (nt.) [to medha2 & medhāvin] in; dum˚; foolishness Pp.21 = Dhs.390 (explained at Dh …

micchā →

pts

…speech (ibid.); -kammanta conduct (ibid.); -ājīva living (DN.iii.176 sq., DN.iii.254, DN.iii.290; AN.ii.53, AN.ii.240, AN.ii.270,…

mitta →

pts

…Cnd.455 (where Mnd.11 has manta-bandhava).

moca →

pts

Moca1

the plantain or banana tree’ Musa, sapientum Vin.i.246 (˚pāna drink made fr. M. s. one of the 8 permitted drinks); Ja.iv.181;…

modara →

pts

…does not occur in Pali. The C expln is “samantato obhāsento,” i.e. shining.

moha →

pts

…˚paccaya Snp-a.411; cp. antara = kāraṇa under antara I 2 b.).

  • -ussada quality of dullness Mnd.72, Mnd.413. *…

muddha →

pts

…(variant reading danta˚ mūḷa˚).

pp. of muh, for the usual mūḷha, corresp. to Sk. mugdha. Not = mṛddha (of mṛdh to…

musalika →

pts

only in cpd. danta˚; (an ascetic) who uses his teeth as a pestle Ja.iv.8 (an aggi-pakkaṃ khādati, eats food uncooked, only crushed by his…

mutta →

pts

…= Vin.iv.27 (catta, vanta, m.) AN.iii.50 (catta +). Cp. vi˚. 3. unsystematised. Comp. 9, 137 (vīthi˚).

*…

muttaka →

pts

adjective only in cpd. antarā˚; one who is released in the meantime Vin.ii.167.

mutta1 + ka

māna →

pts

…measure Vin.iii.149 (abbhantarima inner, bāhirima outer); DN-a.i.140. -kūṭa cheating in measure, false measure Pp.58; Pv-a.278. 2. a…

mānasa →

pts

…her heart) Pv-a.68; soka-santatta˚ with a heart burning with grief Pv-a.38.

a secondary formation fr. manas = mano, already Vedic lit….

māra →

pts

…with Kaṇha Adhipati, Antaka, Namuci, Pamattabandhu at Mnd.489 = Cnd.507; the two last ones also at Mnd.455. The usual standing epithet is…

māsa →

pts

…summer and Bāla-vasanta “premature spring”)
■ Instr. pl catūhi māsehi Miln. 82; Pv-a.i.10#2
acc. pl. as adv. dasamāse…

naga →

pts

…Mil.327 (id.); Vv.16#6 (˚antare in between the (5) mountains, see Vv-a.82).

Sk. naga tree & mountain, referred by Fausböll & Uhlenbeck to na…

nakkhatta →

pts

the stars or constellations, a conjunction of the moon with diff. constellations, a lunar mansion or the constellations of the lunar zodiac, figuring also as Names of months & determinant factors of h …

nalāṭa →

pts

…Dhp-a.i.253.

  • -anta the side of the forehead Ja.vi.331;
  • -maṇḍala the round of the f….

namataka →

pts

…Vin.ii.115 (satthaka), Vin.ii.123, Vin.ii.267 (˚ṃ dhāreti).

word & etym. doubtful; cp. nantaka & Bdhgh. Vin.ii.317: matakan (sic) ti…

nantaka →

pts

…nantikavāsin); Vv.80#7 (anantaka) Pv.iii.2#14; Ja.iii.22 (˚vāsin clad in rags).

a contamination of namataka (Kern,

Toevoegselen

p. 169),…

nekkhamma →

pts

…semantic affinity to nikkhanta, in which the metaphorical sense has entirely superseded the literal one. On the other hand,…

nemantaṇika →

pts

adjective one who lives by invitations MN.i.31.

fr. nimantana

netthar →

pts

only in phrase netthāraṃ vattati to behave in such a way as to get rid of blame or fault Vin.ii.5; Vin.iii.183; MN.i.442
■ Bdhgh on Vin.ii.5 (p. 309) explains: nittharantānaṃ etan ti netthāraṃ yen …

nibbidā →

pts

…in the formula: etaṃ ekanta-nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya… sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattati “this leads to being thoroughly tired…

nibbāna →

pts

…n˚ṃ Snp-a.253; nikkhantaṃ vānato ti n˚ṃ Kp-a.151; kilesa-n ass’ âpi anupādā parinibbānass’ âpi santike yeva Dhp-a.i.286…

niddanta →

pts

Err:509

niddhamati →

pts

…(id.); Mil.43
pp niddhanta).

in form = Sk. nirdhmāti, nis + dhamati, but in meaning the verb, as well as its…

niddhanta →

pts

…Ja.vi.218 (of hair Com. explains siniddharutā, variant reading BB siniddha-anta thus meant for Sk. snigdhānta).

pp. of niddhamati, nis +…

niddhota →

pts

adjective washed, cleansed, purified Dāvs v.63 (˚rūpiya; cp. niddhanta).

nis + dhota; pp. of niddhovati

niddhovati →

pts

to wash off, clean, purify AN.i.253 (jātarūpaṃ, immediately followed by niddhanta). pp. niddhota.

Sk. nirdhāvati, nis + dhovati, cp. niddhamati

nigama →

pts

…(˚kathā), DN.i.101 (˚sāmanta), DN.i.193, DN.i.237; MN.i.429, MN.i.488; Pv.ii.13#18; Ja.vi.330; Pv-a.111 (Asitañjana˚, variant reading BB…

nighaṇḍu →

pts

an explained word or a word expln, vocabulary, gloss, usually in ster. formula marking the accomplishments of a learned Brahmin “sanighaṇḍu-keṭubhānaṃ… padako” (see detail under keṭubha) …

nijjhāna →

pts

Nijjhāna1

neuter understanding, insight, perception, comprehension; favour, indulgence (= nijjhāpana), pleasure, delight Ja.vi.207. Often as -ṃ khamati: to be pleased with, to find plea …

nikanta →

pts

adjective cut, (ab-)razed MN.i.364 (of a fleshless bone).

Sk. nikṛtta & nikṛntita (cp. Divy.537, Divy.539), ni + kantati2

nikantati →

pts

…SS for ukkant˚); Pgdp.29.

Sk. ni-kṛṇtati, see kantati2

nikkaṇṭaka →

pts

adjective free from thorns or enemies Mil.250; cp. akaṇṭaka.

Sk. niṣkaṇṭaka, nis + kaṇṭaka

nikkhamati →

pts

…“the great renunciation”), Pv-a.19 (id.)

pp nikkhanta; caus. nikkhameti (q.v.).

Sk. niṣkramati, nis + kamati

nikkhanta →

pts

…(fusing in meaning with kanta1 of kāmyati = desireless). SN.i.185 (agārasmā anagāriyaṁ) Snp.991 (Kapilavatthumhā n….

nikāmeti →

pts

to crave, desire, strive after, ppr nikāmayaṃ SN.i.122, & nikāmayamāna Vin.ii.108. Cp. nikanta & nikanti.

Sk. ni-kāmayati, ni + kāmeti

nikāya →

pts

…as the 5 sections of the Suttanta Piṭaka, viz. Dīgha˚, Majjhima˚, Saṃyutta˚ Anguttara˚ (referred to as D.M.S.A. in Dictionaryquotations),…

nillekha →

pts

adjective without scratches, without edges (?) Vin.ii.123 (of jantāghara).

nis + lekha

nimantaka →

pts

adjective noun one who invites Mil.205.

nimantana →

pts

invitation Vin.i.58 = Vin.ii.175; DN.i.166; MN.i.77; AN.i.295; Ja.i.116 (ṇ), Ja.i.412 Pp.55.

to nimanteti

nimantanika →

pts

adjective inviting; (nt.) Name of a Suttanta MN.i.331; quoted at Vism.393.

nimanteti →

pts

…(to = c. instr. Snp.981 (nimantayi aor., āsanena asked him to sit down) Ja.vi.365; Cnd.342; Dhp-a.iii.171 (˚ayiṃsu); DN-a.i.169; Vv-a.47…

nipphalita →

pts

adjective broken out, split open Ja.i.493 (lasī = nikkhantā Com.; variant reading nipphaḷita).

Sk. niṣphārita, pp. of nipphaleti, nis + phaleti

nirantara →

pts

…Usually in nt. as adv nirantaraṃ always, incessantly, constantly; immediately at once Dhs-a.168; Pv-a.52, Pv-a.80, Pv-a.107, Pv-a.110 (=…

nissantāpa →

pts

adjective without grief or selfmortification Pv-a.62.

nis + santāpa

nittharati →

pts

to cross over, get out of, leave behind, get over DN.i.73 (kantāraṃ). pp nittiṇṇa q.v. Caus. nitthāreti to bring through, help over Cnd.630 (nittāreti).

nivesa →

pts

…Vv.8#2 (= nivesanāni kacchantarāni Vv-a.50). 2. = nivesana 2, in diṭṭhi˚; Snp.785 (= idaṃ-sacchâbhinivesa-sankhātāni…

nivātaka →

pts

…Mil.205 (where reading is nimantaka, with variant reading nivātaka, see note on p. 426). See Com. on this stanza at Ja.v.437.

fr….

niyāmatā →

pts

…AN.i.286 (id.), Ja.i.113 (saddhammassa n assurance of…); Kv.586 (accanta˚ final assurance).

abstr. to niyāma, influenced in meaning…

niṭṭha →

pts

adjective dependent on, resting on, intent upon SN.iii.13 (accanta˚); Mnd.263 (rūpa˚).

Sk. niṣṭha, ni + ˚tha; cp. niṭṭhā1

nāga →

pts

-danta an ivory peg or pin, also used as a hook on a wall Vin.ii.117 (˚ka Vin.ii.114, Vin.ii.152); Ja.vi.382 *…

ojavant →

pts

…Thag.2, 196 (identical ojavantaṁ Thag-a.168) AN.iii.260 (an˚ of food, i.e. not nourishing Dhp-a.i.106

fr. ojā; Vedic ojasvant in diff….

ojavantatā →

pts

richness in sap, strength giving (nourishing) quality. Ja.i.68 (of milk)

abstr. fr. ajavant

okantati FIXME double →

pts

…by okkantitvā)
pp avakanta & avakantita.

o + kantati, cp. also apakantati

okantati →

pts

avakanta & avakantita.

cp. Sk. avakṛntati, ava + kantati, cp. also apakantati

okaḍḍhati →

pts

to drag away, remove Thig.444. See also ava˚. Okantati (okkant)

o + kaḍḍhati

okkamati FIXME double →

pts

…Caus. okkāmeti to make enter, to bring to SN.iv.312 (saggaṃ)
pp okkanta. See also avakkamati.

o + kamati fr. kram

okkant →

pts

…by okkantitvā)
pp avakanta & avakantita.

o + kantati, cp. also apakantati

okkanta →

pts

coming on, approaching, taking place DN.ii.12; Mil.299 (middhe okkante). See also avakkanta SN.ii.174; SN.iii.46.

pp. of okkamati

osaraṇa →

pts

…visiting Ja.i.154 (gāmantaṃ ˚kāle). 2. withdrawal, distraction, drawing or moving away, heresy Snp.538 (ogahanāni titthāni,…

otallaka →

pts

…m…

paccanta →

pts

…P. in sense of “heathen” at Vism.121.

paṭi + anta, cp. Sk. pratyanta

paccantima →

pts

adjective bordering, adjoining, next to Vin. ii.166; Sdhp.5.

fr. paccanta, cp. BSk. pratyantima frontier Divy.21, Divy.426

paccatta →

pts

…DN.ii.77 = attano attano abbhantare; MN.i.251, MN.i.337 (˚vedaniya Name of a purgatory), MN.i.422; SN.ii.199; SN.iii.54 sq., SN.iv.23, SN.iv.41…

pacchā →

pts

…with piṇḍapāta paṭikkanta “returning from the alms-round after dinner” AN.iii.320; Pv-a.11, Pv-a.16, Pv-a.38 and passim (cp BSk….

pada →

pts

…Dhp.254, Dhp.368 (santaṃ = nibbānass’ etaṃ nāmaṃ, santakoṭṭhāsaṃ Dhp-a.iv.108); Pv.iv.3#48 (amataṃ); Ne.2 Ne.192 (nava…

padesa →

pts

…Ja.ii.3, Ja.ii.158 (himavanta˚); Ja.iii.25 (id.), Ja.iii.191 (jāti-gottakula˚); Snp-a.355; Pv-a.29, Pv-a.33 (hadaya˚), Pv-a.36 (so read…

padhūpita →

pts

fumigated, reeking, smoked out SN.i.133 (trsld “racked [wrapt] in flames”; C. santāpita) Vv-a.237 (so read with variant reading SS. for T. pavūsita; meaning scented, filled with scent).

p …

padissa →

pts

adjective being seen, to be seen, appearing DN.ii.205 (upasantappa˚).

grd. of padissati

padosa →

pts

Padosa1

defect, fault, blemish, badness, corruption, sin DN.i.71 (= padussati paraṃ vā padūseti vināsetī ti padoso DN-a.i.211); MN.iii.3; SN.iv.322 (vyāpāda˚); AN.i.8 (ceto˚); AN.iii.92 ( …

paghaṇa →

pts

covered terrace before a house Vin.ii.153 (“paghanaṃ nāma yaṃ nikkhamantā ca pavisantā ca pādehi hananti. tassa vihāra-dvāre ubhato kuṭṭaṃ niharitvā katapadesass’ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ” Bdhgh, quoted *Vin …

pahāna →

pts

giving up, leaving, abandoning, rejection. MN.i.60 MN.iii.4, MN.iii.72 SN.i.13 SN.i.132 (dukkha˚); SN.ii.170; SN.iii.53; SN.iv.7 sq. DN.iii.225 DN.iii.246 AN.i.82 AN.i.134 AN.ii.26 AN.ii.232 (kaṇhassa …

pahūta →

pts

…variant); Pv.i.11#7 (= apariyanta, uḷāra; variant reading bahū); Pv.ii.7#5 (variant reading bahūta); Pv-a.145 (dhana; variant reading bahuta);…

pakhuma →

pts

…DN.ii.18 (go˚) SN.i.132 (˚antarikāyaṃ between the lashes); Ja.v.216 (visāla˚ for alārapamha T.); Thag-a.255 (dīgha˚ for āyatapamha…

pakkamati →

pts

…SN.i.199
pp pakkanta (q.v.). 2. to go beyond (in archery), to overshoot the mark, miss the aim Mil.250.

Ved….

pakkanta →

pts

gone, gone away, departed SN.i.153; Snp.p.124; Ja.i.202 (spelt kkh); Pv-a.78.

pp. of pakkamati

pakkaṭhita →

pts

…variant reading pakkanta), Dhp-a.i.179 (kaṭṭh˚, variant reading pakuṭṭh˚); Dhp-a.ii.5 (kaṭṭh˚, vv.ll. pakuṭṭh &…

pakkha →

pts

…(paṭiloma˚). pakkhasankanta gone over to a (schismatic) faction Vin.i.60 Vin.iv.230, Vin.iv.313
■ pakkhaṃ dāpeti to give a side, to…

pakkhanna →

pts

…of pakkhandati; often wrongly spelt pakkhanta

pakkhanta →

pts

at DN-a.i.38 read as pakkanta.

pakkuthita →

pts

…variant reading pakkanta), Dhp-a.i.179 (kaṭṭh˚, variant reading pakuṭṭh˚); Dhp-a.ii.5 (kaṭṭh˚, vv.ll. pakuṭṭh &…

pallaṅka →

pts

…and Vb-a.368 as “samantato ūru-baddh’ āsanaṃ bandhati.” 2. a divan, sofa, couch Vin.ii.163, Vin.ii.170 (cp. Vin. Texts iii.209,…

palāsa →

pts

…Ja.iii.344; Pv-a.63 (˚antare; so read for pās’ antare), Pv-a.113 (ghana˚), Pv-a.191 (sāli˚). puppha˚ blossoms & leaves…

panaccati →

pts

to dance (forth), to dance Thag-a.257 (ppr. panaccanta)
pp panaccita (q.v.).

pa + naccati

panta →

pts

…sayanāsane); Vism.73 (panta-senāsane rata) Snp-a.263 (variant reading pattha).

  • -sena (adj.) one who has his resting…

pantha →

pts

to come or go (by) a road, roadway, path SN.i.18 (gen. pl. panthānaṃ kantāramagga C; “jungle road” trsl.); Snp.121 (loc panthasmiṃ); Cnd.485 B (+ patha in expln of magga) Mil.157 (see pant …

para →

pts

…clan Snp.128; Dhp.73 -kkanta [para˚ or parā˚ *krānta?] walked (by another or gone over?) Ja.vi.559 (better to be read with variant…

pari →

pts

…round (explained by samantato, e.g. at Vism.271 in pallanka) ˚anta surrounded, ˚esati search round, ˚kiṇṇa covered all round (i.e….

parigaṇhāti →

pts

(& Pariggaheti Caus.)

  1. to embrace, seize, take possession of, hold, take up MN.i.80 MN.i.137; Ja.iii.189; DN-a.i.45.
  2. to catch, grasp Dhp-a.i.68.
  3. to go all round Dhp-a.i.91 (sakala-jambu …

parihāra →

pts

  1. attention, care (esp -), in compounds like gabbha˚; care of the foetus Dhp-a.i.4; dāraka˚; care of the infant Ja.ii.20; kumāra˚; looking after the prince Ja.i.148, Ja.ii.48; Dhp-a.i.346; * …

parijapana →

pts

mumbling, uttering spells Mil.356 (mantaṃ).

fr. parijapati

parikanta →

pts

…to be changed to pariyantaṃ.

pari + kanta2 of kantati2

Parikanta2

at Vin.ii.80 (bhāsita˚) is…

parikantati →

pts

…cut through, pierce MN.i.244 (vātā kucchiṃ p.); Ja.iii.185 (see parikantati1).

pari +…

parikatta →

pts

cut round, cut off Mil.188.

pp. of pari + kantati2; corresponds to Sk, kṛtta, which is usually represented in P. by kanta2

parikhā →

pts

…Ja.iv.106 (ukkiṇṇ’ antaraparikha); Ja.vi.276, Ja.vi.432; Cp II.1#2 (spelt kkh); Mil.1 (gambhīra˚); Snp-a.519 (˚taṭa); Pv-a.201…

parikilamati →

pts

to get tired out, fatigued or exhausted Ja.v.417, Ja.v.421
pp parikilanta (q.v.).

pari + kilamati

parikilanta →

pts

tired out, exhausted Mil.303.

pp. of parikilamati

parikiṇṇa →

pts

scattered or strewn about, surrounded Ja.iv.400; Ja.vi.89, Ja.vi.559; Pv.i.6#1 (makkhikā˚ samantato ākiṇṇa Pv-a.32); Mil.168, Mil.285; DN-a.i.45 (spelt parikkhiṇṇa). Cp. sampari˚.

pp. of parikirati

parikkhitta →

pts

…(variant reading for pariyanta as in Pv.i.10#13) Vism.71 (of gāma); Thag-a.70; Dhp-a.i.42 (pākāra˚); Pv-a.52 (= pariyanta Pv.i.10#13),…

parinibbāna →

pts

…Mahā-parinibbāna-suttanta or “Book of the Great Decease”); MN.iii.127, MN.iii.128; AN.ii.79 (˚samaye), AN.iii.409 (˚dhamma, contrasted…

parinibbāti →

pts

…(q.v.).

pari + nibb˚ cp. BSk. parinirvāti Divy.150 (Buddhā Bhagavantaḥ parinirvānti & ger. parinirvātavya ibid. 402

parinibbāyati →

pts

…(q.v.).

pari + nibb˚ cp. BSk. parinirvāti Divy.150 (Buddhā Bhagavantaḥ parinirvānti & ger. parinirvātavya ibid. 402

parinibbāyin →

pts

…trsl.* 742 2. antara˚; [cp. BSk. antarāparinirvāyin Mvu.i.33] one who passes away in the middle of his term of life in a…

parippharati →

pts

to pervade DN.i.74 (= samantato phusati DN-a.i.217); MN.iii.92 sq. See also paripūreti pp. paripphuta & ˚pphuṭṭha;

paripīḷita →

pts

adjective oppressed, vexed, injured Mil.97 (aggi-santāpa-pariḷāha˚), Mil.303 jighacchāya).

pari + pīlita, pp. of pīḍ

parisamantato →

pts

adverb from all sides Vv-a.236.

pari + samantato

parisandeti →

pts

…in phrase kāyaṃ abhisandeti p DN.i.75, DN.i.214; MN.iii.92 sq. etc. explained as “samantato sandeti” at DN-a.i.217
pp…

parissanta →

pts

tired, fatigued, exhausted Pv.ii.9#36; Vv-a.305; Sdhp.9, Sdhp.101.

pp. of parissamati

parissaya →

pts

…Ja.v.315, Ja.v.441 (antarāmagga p. cp. paripantha in same use); Vism.34 (utu˚); Snp-a.88 (explained as paricca sayantī ti p.);…

parisuddha →

pts

…sq.; Ja.i.265; Vism.2 (accanta˚); Pp.68 (samāhite citte parisuddha); Mil.106; DN-a.i.177, DN-a.i.219; Snp-a.445 (apanetabbassa abhāvato…

parisā →

pts

…˚sobhaṇā)

  • -pariyanta the outer circle of the congregation Dhp-a.i.67 Dhp-a.iii.172.
  • -majjhe in the midst of…

paritappati →

pts

…(q.v.).

Pass. of pari +…

paritta →

pts

…parittās in the way of Suttantas are mentioned at Vism.414 (Khandha˚ Dhajagga˚: SN.i.218 sq.; Āṭānāṭiya˚: DN.iii.195 sq. Mora˚:…

parivattana →

pts

setting going, keeping up, propounding Ja.i.200 (˚manta adj. one who knows a charm); Ne.1 sq., Ne.106.

fr. parivattati

parivatteti →

pts

…recite Vism.96, in phrase mantaṃ p. to recite, practise a charm Ja.i.200, Ja.i.253; Pv.ii.6#13 (= sajjhāyati vāceti Pv-a.97) cp. mantaṃ…

parivaṭuma →

pts

…it be misspelling for pariyanta? Kern,

Toevoegselen

s. v. equals it to Sk. parivartman, and adds reference -kata “bounded (syn….

parivuta →

pts

…Ja.vi.75; Vv.16#5 (= samantato p. Vv-a.81); Pv-a.3 (dhutta-jana˚), Pv-a.62 (parijana˚), Pv-a.140 (deva-gaṇa˚).

pp. of pari +…

parivāsa →

pts

…Vin.ii.48 sq.; suddhanta˚ probation of complete purification Vin.ii.59 sq. 3. period, time (lit. stay) interval, duration Ud.7…

pariyanta →

pts

…without limits Dhp-a.iii.252.

pari + anta, cp. Sk. paryanta

pariyantavant →

pts

…ti attho“ DN-a.i.76 = Pp-a 238.

fr. pariyanta

pariyantika →

pts

…āsana˚) Sdhp.440 (kāla˚ sīla).

fr. pariyanta

pariyatti →

pts

…bringing no advantage Dhp-a.i.71. 2. accomplishment in the Scriptures, study (learning by heart) of the holy texts Vism.95. Also the…

pariyosāna →

pts

…(id.), Pv-a.281 (= anta) Often contracted with ādi beginning & majjha middle (see e.g. Snp-a.327), esp. in phrase…

pariyāya →

pts

…mode of teaching in the Suttanta, ad hominem, discursively, applied method, illustrated discourse, figurative language as opposed to the…

parāyana →

pts

…see Cnd.411); Mil.148 (ekantasoka˚); Dhp-a.i.28 (rodana, i.e. constantly weeping). 2. destined to, having one’s next birth in., e.g….

parāyaṇa →

pts

…see Cnd.411); Mil.148 (ekantasoka˚); Dhp-a.i.28 (rodana, i.e. constantly weeping). 2. destined to, having one’s next birth in., e.g….

pasaṅkamati →

pts

to go out or forth to (acc.) Sdhp.277
pp pasaṅkanta.

pa + saṃ + kram

pasaṅkanta →

pts

gone out to, gone forth Pv-a.22.

pp. of pa + sankamati, of kram

passa →

pts

…(mountain-) slope, in Himavanta˚; Ja.i.218; Ja.v.396 (loc pasmani = passe C.).

Vedic pārśva to parśu & pṛṣṭi rib, perhaps also…

passaya →

pts

refuge Cp.iii.10#4
Note. ˚passaya in kaṇṭakapassaya Ja.iii.74, & kaṇṭakāpassayika DN.i.167 (kaṇṭh˚); Ja.iv.299 (kaṇṭaka˚) is to be read as ˚apassaya (apa + śri).

fr. pa + śri, cp. Class. …

pasādaniya →

pts

adjective inspiring confidence, giving faith. SN.v.156 Pp.49 Pp.50 Vb-a.282 (˚suttanta); Sdhp.543; the 10 pāsādaniyā dhammā at MN.iii.11f. cp. sam˚

fr. pasāda

patha →

pts

…similar use of anta: see anta1 5; and pada: see pada 3), e.g. anila˚ (air) Ja.iv.119;…

pattali →

pts

(˚lī) feminine plantain Thig.260 (= kadali Thag-a.211).

according to Kern,

Toevoegselen

s. v. to be read as either sattali or sattalā

pattha →

pts

…explained by Bdhgh as “gāmantaṃ atikkamitvā manussānaṃ anupacāra-ṭṭhānaṃ yattha na kasanti na vapanti” DN-a.i.210; Ud.43…

patti →

pts

…gaining, gain, profit, advantage SN.i.169 (brahma “best vantage ground”). 4. merit, profit, in special sense of a gift given for the benefit…

patāpavant →

pts

adjective splendid, majestic Snp.550 (= jutimantatāya p. Snp-a.453); Thag.820.

fr. patāpa

pavana →

pts

…Vin.ii.136 in cpd. pavan-anta refers to the end of the girdle (kāyabandhana), where it is tied into a loop or knot. Bdhgh on p. 319 (on C.V….

pavattar →

pts

one who keeps up or keeps going, one who hands on (the tradition) an expounder, teacher DN.i.104 (mantānaṃ p. = pavattayitar DN-a.i.273); SN.iv.94; Dhp.76 (nidhīnaṃ p. = ācikkhitar Dhp-a.ii.107).

n …

pavutta →

pts

…pronounced DN.i.104 (mantapada p.; variant reading ˚vatta which is more likely; but DN-a.i.273 explains by vutta & vācita) SN.i.52;…

payirupāsati →

pts

…AN.iv.213 (Bhagavantaṃ); Pv-a.50. ger. -upāsiya DN.ii.287. 2. to visit Vin.i.214 (ger -upāsitvā); Vin.iv.98

pp…

payoga →

pts

…(vapana˚), Pv-a.96 (manta˚), Pv-a.103, Pv-a.146 (viññatti˚ cp. payutta 2), Pv-a.285 (sakkhara-kkhipana˚). payogaṃ karoti to exert…

payojeti →

pts

…on foot“) AN.ii.82 (kammantaṃ); Snp.404 (vaṇijjaṃ); Ja.i.61; Pv-a.130 (kammaṃ). 2. to prepare, apply, use, put to, employ Pv-a.46…

pañca →

pts

…paññā˚ buddha˚ samanta˚ -taṇhā cravings, specified in 4 sets of 5 each: see Cnd.271#v. -nikāyā 5 collections (of Suttantas)…

pañcaka →

pts

adjective fivefold, consisting of five Ja.i.116 (˚kammaṭṭhāna); Dhs. chapters 167–⁠175 (˚naya fivefold system of jhāna, cp. Dhs. translation 52); Snp-a.318 (˚nipāta of Anguttara)
■ nt. pañcakaṃ

pañjara →

pts

…Ja.vi.391; Mil.23 (˚antaragata gone into the c.); Mil.27; Dhp-a.i.164 (nakha˚), where meaning is “frame”; Vb-a.238; + sīha˚…

paññā →

pts

…to in almost every Suttanta of Dīgha vol. i (given in extenso at DN.i.62–DN.i.85) and frequently mentioned elsewhere, cp. DN.ii.81,…

paṅga →

pts

only in cpd. paṅgacīra (nt.) at DN.i.6 “blowing through toy pipes made of leaves” (Dial. i.10, where is cpd. Sinhalese pat-kulal and Marathī pungī after Morris J.P.T.S. 1889, 205). Bdhgh explai …

paṅka →

pts

…AN.iv.289; Snp.970 (˚danta rajassira with dirt between their teeth and dust on their heads, from travelling); AN.iii.236 (id.); AN.iv.362…

paṇīta →

pts

…often combined with abhikkantatara, e.g. DN.i.62, DN.i.74, DN.i.216; SN.i.80; AN.i.119 AN.i.171; AN.v.37, AN.v.140, AN.v.203 sq.

pp. of pa +…

paṭi →

pts

indeclinable directional prefix in well-defined meaning of “back (to), against towards, in opposition to, opposite.” As preposition (with acc. and usually postponed) towards, near by, at usually …

paṭibhaṇḍati →

pts

to abuse in return SN.i.162 (bhaṇḍantaṃ p.); AN.ii.215 (id.); Mnd.397 (id.).

paṭi + bhaṇḍati

paṭicca-samuppāda →

pts

…in the Mahāpadāna Suttanta of the Dīgha Nikāya (DN.ii.30 sq.; cp. Dial. ii.24 sq.), where 10 items form the constituents of the chain,…

paṭicchanna →

pts

…Ja.i.207.

  • -kammanta of secret doing, one who acts underhand or conceals his actions AN.ii.239; Snp.127.

pp. of…

paṭidhāvati →

pts

to run back to (acc.) MN.i.265 ≈ SN.ii.26 (pubbanṭaṃ; opp. aparantaṃ ādhāvati M, upadhāvati S); Sdhp.167.

paṭi + dhāvati

paṭikaṇṭaka →

pts

an enemy, adversary, robber, highwayman Ja.i.186; Ja.ii.239; Dhp-a.iii.456 (variant reading ˚kaṇḍaka).

paṭi + kantaka4

paṭikkamati →

pts

…to cause to retreat Ja.i.214; Mil.121
pp paṭikkanta (q.v.).

paṭi + kram

paṭikkanta →

pts

…(id.). For opp. of paṭikkanta in conn. with piṇḍāya see paviṭṭha.

pp. of…

paṭikkantaka →

pts

one who has come or is coming back Dhp-a.i.307.

fr. last

paṭimantaka →

pts

one who speaks to or who is spoken to, i.e.

  1. an interlocutor Ja.iv.18 (= paṭivacana-dayaka C.)
  2. an amiable person (cp. Lat affabilis = affable) MN.i.386.

fr. paṭi + mant

paṭinissaṭṭha →

pts

…renounced Vin.iii.95 Vin.iv.27, Vin.iv.137; MN.i.37; SN.ii.283; AN.ii.41; Iti.49; Mnd.430 Mnd.431 (vanta pahīna p.); Pv-a.256.

pp. of…

paṭipajjati →

pts

to enter upon (a path), to go along, follow out (a way or plan) to go by; fig. to take a line of action, to follow a method to be intent on, to regulate one’s life DN.i.70 (saṃvarāya), DN.i.175 (tatha …

peta →

pts

…ghost-story; Name of one (perhaps the latest) of the canonical books belonging to the Suttanta-Piṭaka Kp-a.12; DN-a.i.178 (Ankura˚).

pp of…

phalamaya →

pts

…& loha-maya (& aṭṭhi˚ danta˚, veḷu˚ etc.). It occurs in same phrase at all passages mentioned, and refers to material of which boxes,…

phassita →

pts

adjective made to touch, brought into contact, only in cpd. suphassita of pleasant contact, beautiful to the touch, pleasant, perfect, symmetrical Ja.i.220 (cīvara), Ja.i.394 ( …

phusati →

pts

…DN.i.74 parippharati = samantato phusati DN-a.i.217; DN.ii.186 pharitvā = phusitvā ārammaṇaṃ katvā Vism.308] to attain, to reach, only…

phussa →

pts

…in ˚tila, ˚tela, ˚dantakaṭṭha, etc with ref. to their use by Brahmins.

grd. formation fr. phusati2 2; scarcely fr. Sk….

phāla →

pts

…See Vin.i.225 (phālo divasantatto, so read; variant reading balo corr. to bālo; corresp. with guḷa); AN.iv.70 (divasa-santatte ayokapāle,…

phāsuḷā →

pts

rib SN.ii.255 (phāsuḷ-antarikā).

for phāsukā

phāti →

pts

…increase, profit, advantage Vin.ii.174 Vb-a.334 & phāti-karoti to make fat, to increase, to use to advantage MN.i.220 = AN.v.347;…

pihā →

pts

…Ja.i.197; Vism.392 (Bhagavantaṃ disvā Buddha-bhāvāya pihaṃ anuppādetvā thita-satto nāma n’ atthi)
■ adj apiha without desire…

pipāsita →

pts

, cp….

pisāca →

pts

…as “pisācā mahanta-mahantā sattā ti vadati”), DN.i.93; SN.i.209; AN.iii.69; Ud.5; Ja.i.235; Ja.iv.495 (yakkha p. peta); Mil.23;…

pitar →

pts

…by a father MN.iii.46. -santaka father’s possession Ja.i.2. -hadaya father’s heart Ja.i.61.

Vedic pitṛ, pitar-; cp. Gr. πατήρ;…

piṅgala →

pts

…(as np. combined with nikkhanta-dāṭha); Ja.v.42 (tamba-dāṭhika nibbiddha-pingala); Pv.ii.4#1 (= ˚locana Pv-a.90 +…

piṭaka →

pts

…viz. Vinaya˚ Suttanta˚, Abhidhamma˚; thus mentioned by name at Pv-a.2; referred to as “tayo piṭakā” at Ja.i.118 Vism.96…

piṭṭhi →

pts

Piṭṭhi & Piṭṭhī

feminine

  1. the back Vin.ii.200 (piṭṭhī); MN.i.354; Ja.i.207; Ja.ii.159, Ja.ii.279. piṭṭhiṃ (paccāmittassa) passati to see the (enemy’s) back, i.e. to see the …

piṭṭhī →

pts

Piṭṭhi & Piṭṭhī

feminine

  1. the back Vin.ii.200 (piṭṭhī); MN.i.354; Ja.i.207; Ja.ii.159, Ja.ii.279. piṭṭhiṃ (paccāmittassa) passati to see the (enemy’s) back, i.e. to see the …

porāṇaka →

pts

…1) Ja.iii.16 (˚paṇḍitā); Pv-a.93 (id.), Pv-a.99 (id.); Dhp-a.i.346 (kula-santaka). 2. old, worn, much used (cp. purāṇa 2) Ja.iv.471…

poṇa →

pts

…only in cpd. danta˚; a tooth pick Vin.iv.90; Ja.iv.69; Mil.15; Snp-a.272. As dantapoṇaka at Dāvs i.57
■ kūṭa-poṇa…

pubba →

pts

…(˚ato aparantaṃ aparantato pubbantaṃ gacchati from E. to W. from W. to E.); Ja.v.471 2 the Past (opp. aparanta the Future) DN.i.12 sq.;…

puggala →

pts

…with puṃs, although the fantastic expln of native Commentators refers it to puṃ “a hell” and gal; so at Vism.310: “pun ti…

puman →

pts

…Ja.v.154 (gata, cp purisantara-gata)
■ On decl. cp. Müller, P.Gr. p. 79 Greiger,

Pali Grammar

§ 93#5.

see…

purisa →

pts

…= purisādhama* Snp.664 (anta = Sk. antya; Snp-a.479 explains by antimapurisa).

  • -antaragatā touched by a man (lit. gone in by…), a…

purā →

pts

…body), after which the Suttanta is named Purābhedasutta, cp. Mnd.210 sq. explained by sarīra-bhedā pubbaṃ at Snp-a.549).

Vedic purā; to…

pussa →

pts

…compounds -tila, ˚tela, dantakaṭṭha, mattikā, etc. is probably to be read with variant reading phussa˚ meaning not quite clear…

puthu →

pts

…Snp-a.460); Vv.62#4 (= mahantaṃ Vv-a.258).

  • -gumba experienced in many crafts Ja.vi.448 (= aneka-sippa-ññu C.). *…

puthula →

pts

…flat-headed); Ja.vi.171 (˚antaraṃsa flat-chested); Mil.121 (of a river); Vv-a.301 (˚gambhīra)
■ abl. puthulato (as adv.) across…

puñña →

pts

merit meritorious action, virtue. Always represented as foundation and condition of heavenly rebirth & a future blissful state, the enjoyment (& duration) of which depends on the amount of merit accum …

pākāra →

pts

…(tiṇṇaṃ pākārānaṃ antare); Pv-a.24, Pv-a.52 sāṇi˚; screen-fencing Ja.ii.88; Pv-a.283.

*…

pāli →

pts

…ākāra˚), Vism.251 (danta˚); Snp-a.87. 2. a line, norm thus the canon of Buddhist writings; the text of the Pāli Canon, i.e. the original…

pāpa →

pts

…Pv-a.51, Pv-a.84

  • -kammanta evil-doer, villain SN.i.97.
  • -kammin id MN.i.39; Dhp.126. *…

pāsa →

pts

…a misreading and to be corrected to palāsa (palās’ antare similarly to rukkh’ antare, kaṭṭh’-and mūl’…

pāsādika →

pts

…DN-a.i.281; Vv-a.6; Pv-a.46, Pv-a.186, Pv-a.187, Pv-a.261
samanta˚; lovely throughout AN.i.24; AN.v.11. 2. comfortable…

pāḷi →

pts

…ākāra˚), Vism.251 (danta˚); Snp-a.87. 2. a line, norm thus the canon of Buddhist writings; the text of the Pāli Canon, i.e. the original…

pīta →

pts

…C. 304).

  • -antara a yellow dress or mantle Vv.36 (= pītavaṇṇā uttarīyā C. 166). *…

pīti →

pts

…Snp.969, Snp.1143 (= Bhagavantaṃ ārabbha p. pāmujjaṃ modanā pamodanā citti-odagyaṃ etc. Cnd.446); Mnd.3, Mnd.491; Pp.68; Dhs.9, Dhs.62,…

pūga →

pts

…Ja.vi.108 (= pūga-santaka dhana C.).

  • -gāmaṇika superintendant of a guild guildmaster AN.iii.76. *…

rahita →

pts

…Pv-a.63 (bhoga˚), Pv-a.67 (ācāra˚), Pv-a.77 (gandha˚). Note. samantarahita is to be divided as sam-antarahita.

pp. of rah

rajanīya →

pts

adjective of the nature of rajas, i.e. leading to lust, apt to rouse excitement, enticing lustful.

  1. As epithet of rūpa (vedanā saññā etc.) SN.iii.79; also at DN.i.152 sq. (dibbāni …

rajo →

pts

…Ja.iv.371. See pankadanta
■ (e raj-: -˚agga a heap of dust, dirt Ja.v.187 (= rajakkhandha C.); fig. = kilesa Pp.65, Pp.68…

rambhā →

pts

plantain or banana tree Abhp.589.

Sk. rambhā

ratana →

pts

…the Suttanta of the (3) Treasures (viz. Dhamma, Sangha, Buddha), representing Sutta Nipāta ii.1 (P.T.S. ed. pp. 39–42),…

ratha →

pts

…of the 24th Suttanta of Majjhima (MN.i.145 sq.), quoted at Vism.93, Vism.671 and Snp-a.446.

ratta →

pts

Ratta1

  1. dyed, coloured MN.i.36 (dūratta-vaṇṇa difficult to dye or badly dyed MN-a.167 reads duratta and explains as durañjita-vaṇṇa opp. suratta ibid.); Snp.287 (nānā-rattehi vatthe …

ratti →

pts

…divā pajjalati.

  • -pariyanta limitation of the probationary period (t. t.) Vin.ii.59
  • -bhāga

raya →

pts

…at Dhtm.351 in meaning “santati,” i.e. continuation
■ On etym. cp Vedic retaḥ; Lat. rivus river = Gall, Rēnos “Rhine. See Walde,…

re →

pts

…“hīḷanavasena āmantanaṃ” i.e. address of disdain: heigh, go on, get away, hallo
■ DN.i.96, DN.i.107; Ja.iii.184 (C. =…

reruka →

pts

“elephant’s tooth,” ivory Ja.ii.230 (= hatthi-danta C.).

etym.? Probably dialectical

roga →

pts

…kaṇṇa˚, mukha˚, danta˚; kāsa, sāsa pināsa, ḍāha, jara; kucchiroga, mucchā, pakkhandikā sūlā, visūcikā; kuṭṭhaṃ,…

ropa →

pts

(-˚) plantation; in vana˚ & ārāma˚ SN.i.33.

fr. rop = Caus. of ruh

rukkha →

pts

…(dīpa˚); Pv-a.43.

-antara the inside of a tree Pv-a.63. -koṭṭaka (-sakuṇa) the wood-pecker Ja.iii.327 (=…

ruppa →

pts

…sāraṃ upaṭṭhahantaṃ asāran ti attho“ and Mrs. Rh. D. (Sisters, p. 154) trsls: “deluded by puppet shows (seen in…

ruta →

pts

…(sabba-ruta-jānana-manta: spell of knowing all animal-sounds; T. reads rūta; cp. sabbarāva-jānana Ja.iii.415); Ja.vi.475 (rudaññu =…

rājaka →

pts

…Also in phrase anikkhanta-rājake (loc. abs.) when the king has not gone out Vin.iv.160.

rāja + ka, the ending belonging to the whole…

rājan →

pts

…maṇḍalikā, antarabhogikā akkhadassā, mahāmattā, ye vā pana chejjabhejjaṃ anusāsanti (i.e. those who have juridical…

rājañña →

pts

…rājaniyehi vā kañcid eva mantanaṃ manteyya) DN-a.i.273 (= anabhisittā kumārā, i.e. uncrowned princes); Mil.234; Vv-a.297 (Pāyāsi…

rājā →

pts

…maṇḍalikā, antarabhogikā akkhadassā, mahāmattā, ye vā pana chejjabhejjaṃ anusāsanti (i.e. those who have juridical…

rūpa →

pts

…Pts.ii.38; Snp.1113.

sa →

pts

…in alph. order. E.g. sa -antara inside Dhp-a.iii.788 (for santara Dhp.315); sa -Inda together with Indra DN.ii.261,…

sabala →

pts

…of one of the dogs in the Lokantara hell Ja.vi.106, Ja.vi.247 (Sabálo ca Sāmo ca). asabala, unspotted DN.ii.80.

sabhāva →

pts

…(ummattaka˚), Pv-a.98 (santa˚), Pv-a.219. 2. character, disposition, behaviour Pv-a.13, Pv-a.35 (ullumpana˚), Pv-a.220 (lokiya˚). 3….

saccika →

pts

…Kp-a.102. Kern in a phantastic interpretation (

Toevoegselen

ii.49, 50) takes it as sacci-kaṭṭha (= Sk. sāci-kṛṣta) “pulled…

saddhā →

pts

faith (on term cp. Geiger, Saṃyutta translation ii.452) DN.i.63; DN.iii.164 sq. SN.i.172 = Snp.76; SN.v.196; Dhp.144; AN.i.150, AN.i.210; AN.iii.4 sq. AN.iii.352; AN.iv.23; AN.v.96; Dhs.1 …

sajīvāna →

pts

at SN.i.44 is metric spelling for sa-jīvana “same livelihood,” in phrase kiṃsu kamme s. “what is (of) the same livelihood in work, i.e. occupation?” The form is the same as jīvāna at Ja.iii.3 …

sakaṇṭaka →

pts

adjective thorny, dangerous DN.i.135; Thig.352; DN-a.i.296.

sa + kaṇṭaka

sakkā →

pts

…vindituṃ*, these eight advantages are able to be enjoyed Ja.i.8; sakkā etaṃ abhavissa kātuṃ, this would be possible to do, DN.i.168;…

salābha →

pts

one’s own advantage Dhp.365.

sa4 + lābha

samanantara →

pts

samanantarā immediately, after, just after DN.ii.156; Vin.i.56; rattibhāga-samanantare at midnight Ja.i.101.

*…

samanta →

pts

…Ja.ii.106; Vin.i.32) & samantato (MN.i.168 = Vin.i.5; Mhvs.1, Mhvs.29; Vism.185; and in definitions of prefix…

samappita →

pts

  1. made over, consigned Dhp.315; Snp.333; Thig.451.
  2. endowed with (-˚) affected with, possessed of Ja.v.102 (kaṇṭakena); Pv.iv.1#6 (= allīna Pv-a.265); Pv-a.162 (soka-salla˚-hadaya) Vism.303 (s …

samatikkamati →

pts

…DN.i.35; to elapse Mhvs.13, Mhvs.5; ger. samatikkamma DN.i.35; M 41; pp. samatikkanta crossed over, or escaped…

samaya →

pts

…(jānana˚) Dāvs vi.4 (˚antara var. views). bāhira˚; state of an outsider, doctrine of outsiders, i.e. brahmanic Dhp-a.iii.392, cp….

sambāhati →

pts

…Vin.iv.342;
ppr sambāhanta Ja.vi.77;
aor sambāhi Ja.i.293 Cp. pari˚.

saṃ + bāhati; Kern,

Toevoegselen

s….

sammati →

pts

…(= vasati); pp. santa

caus sāmeti to appease suppress, stop, AN.ii.24; Iti.82, Iti.83, Iti.117,…

sammā →

pts

…MN.i.42; AN.ii.89. -kammanta right conduct, right behaviour Vin.i.10; SN.v.421 etc.; definition DN.ii.312; Dhs.300; adj….

sampadā →

pts

Three sampadās: kammanta˚, ājīva˚, diṭṭhi,˚; i.e. the 7 sīlas, right living (sammā-ājīva), right views AN.i.271-Another…

samparikantati →

pts

to cut all round MN.iii.275. (Trenckner reads sampakantati.)

saṃ + parikantati

sampasādaniya →

pts

adjective leading to serenity, inspiring faith DN.iii.99 sq. (the S. Suttanta), DN.iii.116.

saṃ + pasādaniya

samādhi →

pts

…(see Sāmaññaphala-suttanta, and cp. Dial. i.57 sq.) stands between the sīla-sampadā and the paññā-sampadā. In the…

samūhanati →

pts

…Mhvs.32;
grd samūhantabba Vin.i.107
caus 2 samugghātāpeti to cause to be removed, i.e. to put to death Mil.193; samūhanāpeti

samūpasanta →

pts

is variant reading for su-vūpasanta (?) “calmed,” at Kp-a.21.

saṃ + upasanta

sanantana →

pts

adjective primeval, of old; for ever, eternal DN.ii.240, DN.ii.244; SN.i.189 (cp. K.S. i.321: porāṇaka santānaṃ vā paṇḍitānaṃ dhamma); Dhp-a.i.51.

for sanātana (cp. purātana); Idg. *seno = Gr. ε …

sandhamati →

pts

to blow, to fan Ja.i.122. - pp. sandhanta.

saṃ + dhamati

sandhanta →

pts

blown, smelted (of gold) AN.i.253.

pp. of sandhamati

sandhūpeti →

pts

to fumigate SN.iii.89; Pts.ii.167. As sandhūpāyati to cause thick smoke or steam thickly, at Vin.i.225; Snp.p.15 (= samantā dhūpāyati Snp-a.154).

saṃ + dhūpeti

sandiṭṭhika →

pts

visible; belonging to, of advantage to, this life, actual DN.i.51 DN.ii.93, DN.ii.217; DN.iii.5; MN.i.85, MN.i.474; AN.i.156 sq.; AN.ii.56,…

sant →

pts

…DN.ii.246; SN.i.17, SN.i.56; Mil.221 = Ja.v.49; Dhp.151;
■ loc santesu
■ Compar. santatara Iti.62;
■ superl….

santa →

pts

…Snp.746; Pv.iv.1#34 (= upasanta-kilesa Pv-a.230); Mil.232, Mil.409; Vism.155 (˚anga; opp. oḷārik’anga); Dhp-a.ii.13; Dhp-a.iii.83
■…

santacā →

pts

bark Ja.v.202 (sattacaṃ?).

?

santajjeti →

pts

to frighten, scold, menace Ja.i.479; Ja.v.94; Thag-a.65; Pv-a.123, Pv-a.195.

saṃ + tajjeti

santaka →

pts

…(gen.) Ja.iii.408; Ja.iv.37. 3. (being in the power of Ja.iv.260 (bhaya˚).

fr. sant; cp. BSk. santaka Divy.280…

santaneti →

pts

Santaneti & ˚tāneti

to continue AN.iii.96 sq.; SN.iv.104; Pp.66 sq.; Snp-a.5 (see santāyati).

Caus. of saṃ + tan

santappati →

pts

…MN.i.188; Ja.iii.153
pp santatta1 Caus. -tāpeti to burn, scorch, torment MN.i.128; SN.iv.56 sq
pp…

santappeti →

pts

to satisfy, please DN.i.109; Vin.i.18; Ja.i.50, Ja.i.272
pp santappita.

Caus. of saṃ + tappati2

santappita →

pts

satisfied, pleased Ja.ii.44; Pv.ii.8#11 (= pīṇita Pv-a.110).

pp. of santappeti

santara →

pts

…DN-a.i.218; Dhp-a.iii.488.

sa3 + antara, cp. E. with-in

santarati →

pts

to be in haste, to be agitated; ppr. -amāna (˚rūpa) Ja.iii.156, Ja.iii.172; Ja.vi.12, Ja.vi.451.

saṃ + tarati2

santasati →

pts

…ger. santasitvā Ja.ii.398
pp santasita santatta.

saṃ + tasati2

santasita →

pts

frightened Mil.92; Pv-a.260 (= suṭṭhu tasita).

pp. of santasati

santatara →

pts

see sant.

santataṃ →

pts

adverb continually, only in compounds: -kārin consistent AN.ii.187; -vutti of consistent behaviour AN.ii.187; MN.i.339; -sīla steady in character MN.i.339.

satataṃ, or fr. saṃ + tan

santati →

pts

  1. continuity, duration, subsistence Dhs.643; Ne.79; Mil.72, Mil.185 Vb-a.8, Vb-a.170, Vb-a.173; Vv-a.25; Vism.431, Vism.449. citta˚ continuity of consciousness Kv.458; cp. Cpd. 6, 1531</ …

santatta →

pts

…DN.ii.335; MN.i.453; SN.i.169 (divasa˚); Ja.iv.118; Mil.325; Pv-a.38 (soka˚).

pp. of santappati

Santatta2

frightened, disturbed…

santavant →

pts

adjective tranquil Dhp.378.

fr. santa1

santhata →

pts

… s. v. considers santata the right spelling. 2. (nt.) a rug or mat Vin.iii.224; Vv.63#5 (= tiṇa-santharaka Vv-a.262).

pp. of…

santāna →

pts

  1. spreading, ramification, tendril (valli˚) Kp-a.48.
  2. one of the 5 celestial trees Ja.vi.239 (˚maya made of its flowers).
  3. (also m.) continuity, succession; lineage SN.iii.143; DN-a.i.46; Dhs- …

santānaka →

pts

…(nt.) a cobweb Vin.i.48. 4. offspring SN.i.8.

santanā + ka

santāneti →

pts

Santaneti & ˚tāneti

to continue AN.iii.96 sq.; SN.iv.104; Pp.66 sq.; Snp-a.5 (see santāyati).

Caus. of saṃ + tan

santāpa →

pts

adjective noun burning; heat, fire; fig. torment, torture Snp.1123 (cp. Cnd.636); Ja.i.502; Mil.97, Mil.324; Vb-a.70 (various), Vb-a.245 (aggi˚, suriya˚); Sdhp.9, Sdhp.572.

fr. saṃ + tap

santāpeti →

pts

santāpita →

pts

heated, aglow Thig.504.

pp. of santāpeti

santāraṇa →

pts

(f.) conveying to the other shore SN.iv.174; MN.i.134
■ f. santāraṇī Tha-ap.234 (scil. nāvā).

fr. saṃ + tāreti1

santāsa →

pts

trembling, fear, shock AN.ii.33; SN.iii.85; Ja.i.274; Mil.146, Mil.207; Pv-a.22.

saṃ + tāsa

santāsaniya →

pts

adjective making frightened, inspiring terror Mil.387.

fr. saṃ + tāsana

santāsin →

pts

adjective trembling, frightened Dhp.351.

fr. santāsa

santāyati →

pts

to preserve (connect?) Vism.688 (better ˚dhāyati) = Snp-a.5 (reads ˚tāneti).

saṃ + tāyati

sara →

pts

…Kuṇāla, Chaddanta, Mandākini) AN.iv.101; DN.i.54; Ja.ii.92; DN-a.i.164, DN-a.i.283; aṇṇava˚; the ocean DN.ii.89 cp….

satata →

pts

…Mil.70; Pv.ii.8#11 (= nirantaraṃ Pv-a.110); Pv.iii.7#10 (= sabbakālaṃ Pv-a.207); Pv-a.177; and as ˚-in -vihāra a chronic state of…

satimant →

pts

adjective mindful, thoughtful, contemplative, pensive; nom. sg. satimā DN.i.37; SN.i.126; Snp.174; AN.ii.35; Dhs.163; Dhp-a.iv.117; Pv.iv.3#44; satīmā (in verse) Snp.45; nt. satīmaṃ Snp.211; ge …

sattali →

pts

the plantain, and its flower Ja.iv.440 (= kadali- puppha C.; so read for kandala˚); and perhaps at Thig.260 for pattali

satthi →

pts

…thigh Vin.ii.161; Thag.151; Vv.81#17; Ja.ii.408; Ja.iii.83; Ja.vi.528; antarā˚ between the thighs AN.ii.245.

cp. Sk. sakthi

sañjambhari →

pts

…as “sambharitaṃ nirantaraṃ phuṭaṃ akaṃsu upari vijjhiṃsū ti,” i.e. continually touching (or nudging) (phuṭa = phuṭṭha…

saṃ →

pts

…(see e.g. santasita, santusita) or samantā (= altogether; Snp-a.152, Snp-a.154), or (dogmatically)…

saṃhita →

pts

…with profit bringing advantage, profitable DN.i.189; SN.ii.223 SN.iv.330; SN.v.417; AN.iii.196 sq.; AN.v.81; Snp.722. Cp. upa˚.

pp. of…

saṃsāra →

pts

…SN.iii.149 sq.; Vb-a.134 (anta-virahita); anamatagga (to which add refs. Vb-a.45, Vb-a.182, Vb-a.259 Vb-a.260). 2….

saṃvuta →

pts

…in phrase asaṃvuṭā lokantarikā andhakārā (the world-spaces which are dark &) ungoverned, orderless, not supported, baseless DN.ii.12 -…

saṃyoga →

pts

…connection (within the sentence), construction Pv-a.73 (accanta˚), Pv-a.135 (id.).

fr. saṃ + yuj

saṅghaṭṭa →

pts

…saṃ + ghaṭṭ.

Saṅghaṭṭa2

(?) bangle Snp.48 (-yanta): thus Nd ii.reading for -māna (ppr. med. of…

saṅkamati →

pts

…one Vin.iv.282

pp saṅkanta
caus saṅkāmeti 1 to pass over, to cause to go, to move, to shift Vin.iii.49…

saṅkanta →

pts

gone together with (-˚), gone over to, joined Vin.i.60; Vin.iv.217.

pp. of sankamati

saṅkantati →

pts

to cut all round, MN.iii.275.

saṃ + kantati

saṅkantika →

pts

…Mhvs.5, Mhvs.6; Dpvs.5, 48; Mhbv.97.

fr. sankanta

saṅkhāra →

pts

…AN.ii.157, where s. is tantamount to sañcetanā; Mil.61, where s., as khandha, is replaced by cetanā (purposive conception). Thus, too, the…

senāsana →

pts

…senāsanaṃ). See also panta.

  • -gāha allotment of lodging-places Vin.ii.167. *…

sibbati →

pts

to sew Ja.iv.25; Vv-a.251.
pres also sibbeti Vin.ii.116 Vin.iv.61, Vin.iv.280;
ger sibbetvā Ja.i.316;
grd sibbitabba Ja.i.9
aor *[sibbi](/define/s …

siddhi →

pts

…success, prosperity Mhvs.29, Mhvs.70; Sdhp.14, Sdhp.17, Sdhp.325, Sdhp.469; Pv-a.63 (attha˚ advantage); padasiddhi substantiation of the…

sikkhā →

pts

…AN.ii.243; Iti.40

  • -ānusantatavutti whose behaviour is thoroughly in accordance with the discipline Ne.112
  • -kāma

soka →

pts

the flame of fire, later in sense of “burning grief” grief, sorrow, mourning; defined as “socanā socitattaṃ anto-soko… cetaso parijjhāyanā domanassaṃ” at Pts.i.38 = Mnd.128 = Cnd.694; shorter as “ñāt …

sosīta →

pts

at Ja.i.390 means either “thoroughly chilled” or “well wetted.” It is explained as “him’odakena su-sīto suṭṭhu tinto.” Perhaps we have to read so sīta, or sīna (cp. sīna2</su …

su →

pts

…Mhvs.26, Mhvs.17. -manta well-advised, careful Mil.318. -mānasa joyful Vin.i.25 Mhvs.1, Mhvs.76….

suddha →

pts

…just the stick).

  • -antaparivāsa a probation of complete purification Vin.ii.59 sq.
  • -ājīva clean livelihood…

sukkha →

pts

adjective dry, dried up DN.ii.347; Ja.i.228, Ja.i.326; Ja.iii.435; Ja.v.106; Mil.261, Mil.407. Cp pari˚, vi˚.

  • -kaddama dried mud Mhvs.17, Mhvs.35.
  • *-[kantāra](/define/kantā …

supina →

pts

…supita.

  • -anta [anta pleonastic, cp. Thag-a.258 “supinam eva supinantaṃ”] a dream; abl.
  • -ante in a dream Thig.394;…

suplavattha →

pts

at Ja.v.408 is doubtful in spelling & meaning. Perhaps to be read; “suplavantaṃ” gliding along beautifully; C. explained as “sukhena plavan’atthaṃ.”

suppanta →

pts

see under soppa.

suriya →

pts

…Mhvs.22; Ja.i.107.

  • -kanta the sun-gem, a kind of gem Mil.118.
  • -ggāha eclipse of the sun DN.i.10; Ja.i.374. *…

sutavant →

pts

…Snp.90, Snp.371; sutavanta-nimmita founded by learned, pious men Mil.1; assutavant, unlearned MN.i.1 (˚vā puthujjano laymen); Dhs.1003;…

sutta →

pts

…handbook).

  • -anta 1 a chapter of the Scriptures, a text, a discourse a sutta, dialogue Vin.i.140 sq., Vin.i.169;…

suttantika →

pts

…the Suttanta pairs, the pairs of terms occurring in the Suttantas Dhs.1296 sq.; -vatthūni the physical bases of spiritual…

suvāna →

pts

…vomit Vism.344 (= suvā-vanta Sdhp.379).

cp. Sk. śvan, also śvāna (f. śvānī): fr. Vedic acc. śuvānaṃ, of śvan. For etym. cp. Gr….

suvāṇa →

pts

…vomit Vism.344 (= suvā-vanta Sdhp.379).

cp. Sk. śvan, also śvāna (f. śvānī): fr. Vedic acc. śuvānaṃ, of śvan. For etym. cp. Gr….

suñña →

pts

…in simile with suñña dāruyanta) suññasuñña empty of permanent substance Pts.ii.178 asuñña not empty Mil.130
■ nt. suññaṃ

sāgara →

pts

…the ocean Ja.iv.165; sāgaranta or sāgarapariyanta bounded or surrounded by the ocean (said of the earth) Ja.vi.203 --kuṇḍala the same…

sālā →

pts

large (covered & enclosed) hall large room, house; shed, stable etc., as seen fr. foll examples: aggi˚; a hall with a fire Vin.i.25, Vin.i.49 = Vin.ii.210 āsana˚; hall with seats Dhp-a.ii.65; *ud …

sāmanta →

pts

…same Ja.iv.152 (Kapila-vatthu-˚).

fr. samanta

sāmañña →

pts

…advantage resulting from Samaṇaship, fruit of the life of the recluse DN.i.51 sq.; Vism.215, Vism.512; Vv-a.71;…

sāmaṃ →

pts

…MN.iii.253 (sāmaṃ kantaṃ sāmaṃ vāyitaṃ dussayugaṃ); SN.ii.40; SN.iv.230 sq. SN.v.390; Snp.270 (asāma-pāka not cooking for…

sāsana →

pts

-antaradhāna the disappearance or decline of the teaching of the Buddha. Said of the doctrine of Kassapa Bhagavā…

sāṭaka →

pts

…Dhp-a.i.393 (thūla˚). Cp. antara˚, alaṃ˚.

  • -lakkhaṇa prognostication drawn from pieces of cloth…

sīlavant →

pts

…Pp.53; Ja.i.187;
■ acc vantaṃ Vin.iii.133; Snp.624;
■ instr vatā SN.iii.167;
■ gen vato SN.iv.303;
■ nom. pl vanto Pp.13;…

sīmā →

pts

…sin Snp.484; Ja.iv.311

  • -antarikā the interval between the boundaries Ja.i.265 Vism.74.
  • -ātiga transgressing the…

sīsa →

pts

bhūmi˚; hill place of vantage Dpvs.15, 26; Ja.ii.406; caṅkamana˚ head of the cloister Vism.121; saṅgāma˚; front of the battle…

sūkara →

pts

…(read vañjha˚).

  • -antaka a kind of girdle Vin.ii.136.
  • -maṃsa pork AN.iii.49…

taca →

pts

(& taco nt.)

  1. bark. MN.i.198, MN.i.434, MN.i.488; AN.v.5
  2. skin, hide (similar to camma, denoting the thick outer skin, as contrasted with chavi, thin skin, see chavi & cp. Ja.i …

tajjanā →

pts

threat, menace Ja.ii.169; Vv.50#9; Vv-a.212 (bhayasantajjana).

from tajjeti

tanta →

pts

…Dhp-a.i.424. At Ja.iv.484 tanta is to be corrected to tata (stretched out).

  • -ākula tangled string, a tangled skein, in…

tantaka →

pts

“weaving,” a weaving-loom Vin.ii.135.

tanti →

pts

…music Vin.i.182; Ja.iii.178.

Vedic tantrī, see tanta

tantu →

pts

string, cord, wire (of a lute) Ja.v.196.

Vedic tantu, cp. tanta

tapati →

pts

…Snp.687 (suriyaṃ tapantaṃ)
ger tapanīya: see sep pp. tatta1.

Sk. tapati, *tep, cp. Lat. tepeo…

tasa →

pts

adjective

  1. trembling, frightened Ja.i.336 = Ja.i.344 (vakā, expl. at Ja.i.342 by tasita); perhaps the derived meaning of:
  2. moving, running (cp. to meaning 1 & 2 Gr.; τρέω to flee & to tremble), a …

tasara →

pts

shuttle Snp.215, Snp.464, Snp.497; Dhp-a.i.424; Dhp-a.iii.172. Cp. Morris, J.P.T.S. 1886, 160.

Vedic tasara, cp. tanta, etc.

tasati →

pts

Tasati1

to be thirsty fig. to crave for SN.ii.13; Mil.254
pp tasita1. Cp pari˚.

Sk. tṛṣyati = Gr. τέρσομοι to dry up, Lat. torreo (= E. torrid, toast), Goth. gapairsan & gapa …

tasita →

pts

…Pv-a.202); Mil.318 (kilanta +).

pp. of tasati1

Tasita2

frightened, full of fear Ja.i.26 (bhīta +), Ja.i.342,…

tata →

pts

stretched, extended, spread out SN.i.357 (jāla); Ja.iv.484 (tantāni jālāni Text, katāni variant reading for tatāni). Note: samo tata at Ja.i.183 is to be read as samotata (spread all over).

pp. of tanoti

tattha →

pts

…where corresp. phrases have antarā-parinibbāyin (AN.ii.238 e.g. ≈ AN.i.134; see under parinibbāyin) DN.i.156;…

taṇhā →

pts

(lit.) drought, thirst; (fig.) craving, hunger for, excitement the fever of unsatisfied longing (c. loc.: kabaḷinkāre āhāre “thirst” for solid food SN.ii.101 sq.; cīvare piṇḍapāte taṇhā = greed for Sn …

theyya →

pts

…(always foll by titthiyapakkantaka) Vin.i.86, Vin.i.135, Vin.i.168, Vin.i.320; Vin.v.222; Mil.310;

  • -saṅkhātaṃ (adv.) by means of theft,…

ti FIXME double →

pts

…uttarāsanga ekacciya antaravāsaka Vin.i.289, Vin.i.296; Vin.ii.302. ticīvarena avippavāsa Vin.i.109 sq
■ Vism.60, Vism.66;…

tippa →

pts

…AN.ii.143, AN.ii.153 ekantadukkhā t. kaṭukā ved. MN.i.74; bhayānaka ekantatippa Niraya Pv.iv.1#9 (= tikhiṇadukkha˚ Pv-a.221);…

tiṃsaṃ →

pts

(tiṃsa˚) the number 30; DN.i.81≈(tiṃsaṃ pi jātiyo); SN.ii.217 (t
■ mattā bhikkhū); dat. instr. tiṃsāya AN.v.305 (dhammehi samannāgato); Snp.p.87 (pi dadāmi) Pv-a.281 (vassasahassehi): t
■ yojana\ …

tiṭṭhati →

pts

…standing“ Ja.i.52; ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi Pv-a.68, etc.; cankamana-koṭiyaṃ ṭhatvā Pv-a.79. 2. to stop, stay, abide; to last,…

tuṅga →

pts

adjective nāsika* one with a prominent or long nose SN.ii.284 cp. saṇha-tunga-sadisī nāsikā Thig.258;

  • -vaṇṭaka having a long stalk; Name of a plant Ja.vi.537.

tāla →

pts

  1. the palmyra tree (fan palm), Borassus flabelliformis; freq. in comparisons similes MN.i.187; Ja.i.202 (˚vana), Ja.i.273 (˚matta as tall as a palm): Vv-a.162; Pv-a.100 (chinnamūlo viya tālo)
  2. a …

ubho →

pts

…(tā ubho)
ubhantaṃ both ends, both sides Snp.1042 (see Cnd.169; Snp-a.588 explains by ubho ante)
■ gen. ubhinnaṃ

ucchu →

pts

…Dhp-a.iv.199 (˚ūnaṃ yanta sugar-cane mill), Pv-a.257, Pv-a.260; Vv-a.124.

-agga (ucch˚) top of s. c. Vism.172….

uccināti →

pts

…gather, pick out or up Vin.i.73; Vin.ii.285 (aor. uccini); Ja.iv.9; Pv.iii.2#4 (nantake = gavesana-vasena gahetvāna Pv-a.185); Dpvs.iv.2.

ud +…

ud →

pts

…look out for, expect; ˚kantati tear out; ˚khitta thrown off; ˚khipati pick out; ˚gacchati come out; ˚gamaṇa rising (opp. o˚); ˚gajjati…

udaka →

pts

…water Vin.ii.107.

  • -dantapoṇa water for rinsing the mouth & tooth-cleaner Vin.iii.51; Vin.iv.90, Vin.iv.92,…

udara →

pts

…Vism.359 (= sarīr˚abbhantara Vism.261); Snp-a.248; Kp-a.55, Kp-a.61.

  • -pūra stomachfilling Vism.108. *…

uddaya →

pts

Uddaya1

gain, advantage, profit Vv.84#7 (see udaya); Ja.v.39 (satt˚-mahāpaduma of profit to beings?).

a (metric?)…

uddhagga →

pts

…Ja.v.156 (= heṭṭhima-danta C.). 4. lofty, beneficial (of gifts) AN.ii.68 (dakkhiṇā); AN.iii.46 (id.) see also…

uddhata →

pts

…Cnd.433 (+ avūpasanta-citto); Pp.35 (= uddhaccena samannāgata Pp-a.217). -an˚; well balanced, not shaken, calm, subdued MN.i.470;…

uggaṇhāti →

pts

…etc.] Snp.912 (uggahaṇanta = uggahaṇanti = uggaṇhanti Snp-a.561); imper. uggaṇha Ja.ii.30 (sippaṃ); uggaṇhāhi Mil.10…

ukkantati →

pts

…SS ni˚), Pv-a.211 (= chinditvā).

ud + kantati

ukkaṭṭhita →

pts

…(udapatto agginā santatto ukkaṭṭhito, variant reading ukkuṭṭhito); Ja.iv.118 (variant reading pakkudhita = pakkuṭhita, as…

ummatta →

pts

…mad, madly, insane Pv.i.8#1; Pv.ii.6#2 (where Ja.iii.156 has santaramāna).

ud + matta of mad

unnaka →

pts

species of perfume Ja.vi.537 (gloss kuṭantaja).

etym.?

upaccagā →

pts

…Snp.827 (= accagā atikkanta Mnd.167); Dhp.315, Dhp.412, Dhp.417 (= atikkanta Dhp-a.iv.225); Bv.ii.43
■ pl. upaccaguṃ SN.i.35;…

upacāra →

pts

…of spells etc.) Ja.iii.280 (mantassa); Ja.vi.180; Mil.153, Mil.154 (dur˚ an evil spell); Vv-a.127 (gram. t.t. kāraṇ˚). 4. entrance, access,…

upadhāvati →

pts

…to or after, fall upon, surround Vin.ii.207; Vin.iv.260 (pp. ˚dhāvita); SN.i.185; SN.ii.26 (aparantaṃ); Thag.1209; Mil.209; Vv-a.256;…

upakaccha →

pts

…in combn. with -antare lit. “in between the hips or loins or arm-pits” in 3 phrases (cp. Kern,

Toevoegselen

ii.140 s. v.),…

upakaroti →

pts

to do a service, serve, help, support Thig.89 (aor. upakāsiṃ = anugaṇhiṃ santappesiṃ Thag-a.88)
pp upakkhaṭa (q.v.).

upa + karoti

upakkanta →

pts

  1. attacked by (-˚) Mil.112.
  2. attacking, intriguing or plotting against (loc. DN-a.i.140.

pp. of upakkamati

upakūjati →

pts

to sing to (of birds) Ja.iv.296 (kūjantaṃ u. = replies w. song to the singing)
pp upakūjita (q.v.).

upa + kūjati

upanibaddha →

pts

…on to Mil.253, Mil.254. 2. closely connected with, close to Vin.iii.308 (Samanta Pāsādikā). 3. attached to DN-a.i.128.

pp. of ˚nibandhāti

upanidhāya →

pts

…MN.i.374; MN.iii.177 (Himavantaṃ pabbatarājānaṃ); SN.ii.133 (mahāpaṭhaviṃ), SN.ii.262; SN.v.457 (Sineru-pabbata-rājānaṃ)…

upanīta →

pts

…Dhp.237 (˚yaya = atikkantavayo Dhp-a.iii.337, advanced in age); Pv.iv.1#10 (dukkha˚ made to suffer). an˚; Snp.846. 2. offered, presented…

upasamati →

pts

…allay, assuage Snp.919; Thag.50 (pot. upasame = upasameyya nibbāpeyya Mnd.352)
pp upasanta q.v.).

upa + śam in trs….

upasanta →

pts

…Dhp.378; Mil.394; Dhp-a.iii.260; Dhp-a.iv.114; Pv-a.132 (= santa).

pp. of upa + śam, cp. upasammati

urūḷhava →

pts

…reading brahmanto) mahantaṃ yuddha-kiccaṃ vahituṃ samatthā ti attho“. The BSk. udviddha (Divy.7) may possibly be a corruption of…

uttanta →

pts

frightened, faint Vin.iii.84. See uttasta & utrasta.

= utrasta, is reading correct?

uttasati →

pts

…(q.v.).
pp uttasta & utrasta (q.v.).
■ Cp. also uttanta.

ut + tasati2

uttāna →

pts

…+ tan, see tanoti & tanta

utu →

pts

…season or gimha vassa & hemanta; AN.iv.138; Snp-a.317. Six seasons (in connection with nakkhatta) at Ja.v.330 & Ja.vi.524. Often utu is to be…

uḷāra →

pts

…seṭṭhaṃ (best), mahantaṃ (great) Vin.iii.41 (˚bhoga); DN.i.96; MN.iii.38 (˚bhogatā); SN.v.159; Snp.53, Snp.58, Snp.301; Cnd.170;…

uṇṇa →

pts

…of a Mahāpurisa, bhamuk;’antare jātā uṇṇā odātā etc. DN.ii.18 = DN.iii.144 = DN.iii.170 = Snp-a.285. Also at Vism.552 in…

vacana →

pts

…term expression, as: āmantana˚; term of address Kp-a.167; Snp-a.435; paccatta˚; expression of sep. relation, i.e. the accusative case…

vaccha →

pts

…a cow-herd Vism.28.

  • -danta “calf-tooth,” a kind of arrow or javelin MN.i.429; Ja.vi.448. *…

vacī →

pts

˚- speech, words; rare by itself (and in this case re-established from compounds and poetical, as at Snp.472 (yassa vacī kharā; explained at Snp-a.409 by “vācā”), Snp.973 (cudito vacīhi = vācāhi Sn …

vaddhi →

pts

in anta˚; at Ja.i.260 is to be read as vaṭṭi.

vaggati →

pts

to jump Vv.64#9 (explained at Vv-a.278 as “kadāci pade padaṃ” [better: padāpadaṃ?] nikkhipantā vagganena gamane [read: vagga-gamanena gacchanti); Ja.ii.335, Ja.ii.404; Ja.iv.81, Ja.iv.343; Ja.v.473. …

vahati →

pts

…Mhvs.34, Mhvs.4 guḷayantaṃ vahitvāna, old var. reading for P.T.S. ed T. reading guḷayantamhi katvāna. 3. to work, to be able, to have…

vakkala →

pts

…bark of a tree Ja.ii.13 (˚antara); Ja.iii.522. 2. a bark garment (worn by ascetics): see vakkali.

cp. BSk. valkala (e.g….

vakkalika →

pts

adjective (-˚) in danta˚; peeling bark with one’s teeth, designation of a cert. kind of ascetics DN-a.i.271.

fr. vakkala

valaya →

pts

…Vin.ii.106; Ja.ii.197 (dantakāre valay’-ādīni karonte disvā); Ja.iii.377; Ja.vi.64, Ja.vi.65; DN-a.i.50; Dhp-a.i.226 (danta˚ ivory…

valita →

pts

…AN.i.138 (acc. khaṇḍadantaṃ palita-kesaṃ vilūnaṃ khalitaṃ siro-valitaṃ tilak’āhata-gattaṃ: cp. valin

vallī →

pts

  1. a climbing plant, a creeper Vin.iii.144; Ja.v.37; Ja.vi.536; Vv-a.147 Vv-a.335 (here as a root?)
    santānaka˚; a long, spreading creeper Vv-a.94, Vv-a.162.
  2. a reed or rush used as a st …

vamati →

pts

vameti Mil.169
pp vanta.

vam, Idg. *ṷemo, cp. Lat. vomo, vomitus = vamathu; Gr. ἐμέω (E. emetic); Oicel….

vana →

pts

…Clitoria ternatea.

  • -anta the border of the forest, the forest itself Snp.708 Snp.709; Pv.ii.3#10 (= vana C.).
  • -dahaka

vanta →

pts

…read either as v’ antagamana or c’ anta˚.

  • -mala stainless Dhp.261
  • -lokāmisa renouncing worldly profit…

vara →

pts

Vara1

adjective excellent, splendid, best, noble. As attribute it either precedes or follows the noun which it characterizes, e.g. -pañña of supreme wisdom Snp.391, Snp.1128 (= agga …

vasala →

pts

…the suttanta on outcasts Snp.116 sq. (p, 21 sq.), commented on at Snp-a.174 sq., Snp-a.289.

Vedic vṛṣala, Dimin. of…

vasanta →

pts

spring Ja.i.86; Ja.v.206; Kp-a.192 (bāla˚ = Citra); DN-a.i.132 (˚vana); Pv-a.135.

Vedic vasanta; Idg. *ṷēr, cp. Av. varehar spring, Gr. εἄρ, Lat. vēr, Oicel. vār spring, Lith. vasarā summer.

vassa →

pts

…Lent Mhvs.18, Mhvs.2; antara-vassaṃ id SN.iv.63. 2. (nt.) a year AN.iv.252 (mānusakāni paññāsa vassāni); Snp.289, Snp.446,…

vatikā →

pts

fence Snp-a.148 (kaṇṭaka˚ & rukkha˚).

fr. vati1

vattha →

pts

…the Suttanta on clothes (i.e. with the parable of the clothes vatth’ upama-sutta) MN.i.36 sq., quoted at Vism.377 and…

vaḍḍhika →

pts

adjective leading to increase, augmenting, prosperous Mil.351 (ekanta˚, equal to aparihāniya).

fr. vaḍḍhi

vaṇṇa →

pts

…(nīl’abbha˚); Vv.45#10 (danta˚ = ivory white); Pv.iv.3#9; Dhp-a.ii.3 (aruṇa˚); Snp-a.319 (chavi˚) Vv-a.2 (vicitta˚); Pv-a.215. Six

vaṇṇavant →

pts

adjective beautiful AN.iv.240 (cātummahārājikā devā dīgh’āyukā vaṇṇavanto; variant reading ˚vantā) Pp.34; Pv.iii.2#12 (= rūpasampanna Pv-a.184); Dhp-a.i.383.

fr. vaṇṇa

vaṇṇu →

pts

is given at Abhp.663 in meaning of “sand.” Occurs only in cpd. vaṇṇupatha a sandy place, quicksand, swamp Ja.i.109; Vv.84#3 (= vālu-kantāra Vv-a.334); Pv.iv.3#2 (= petena nim …

vaṇṭa →

pts

stalk SN.iii.155 = DN.i.73 (˚chinna with its stalk cut); Ja.i.70; Tha-ap.62; Vism.356 (in comparison); Snp-a.296; Vb-a.60; Dhp-a.ii.42 Dhp-a.iv.112; Vv-a.44. avaṇṭa (of thana …

vaṇṭaka →

pts

(adj:) (-˚) having a stalk; ; not fastened on stalks Ja.v.203.

vaṇṭa + ka

vaṇṭati →

pts

to partition, share; is given as root vaṇṭ; at Dhtp.92, Dhtp.561 and Dhtm.787 in meaning “vibhājana.”-Another root vaṇṭ; is found at Dhtm.108 with unmeaning expln “vaṇṭ’ atthe.”

dial. Sk. vaṇṭ

vaṇṭika →

pts

adjective (-˚) having a stalk; only in phrase ekato˚ & ubhato˚; having a stalk on one or on both sides (of a wreath) Vin.ii.10; Vin.iii.180; Dhp-a.i.419.

vaṇṭa + ika

vaṭṭanā →

pts

in -valī is a line or chain of balls (“rounds,” i.e. rings or spindles). Reading somewhat doubtful. It occurs at MN.i.80, MN.i.81 (seyyathā v. evaṃ me piṭṭhi-kaṇṭako unnat’ âvanato hoti; Neumann t …

vaṭṭi →

pts

…lining, film, skin Vism.258 (anta˚ entrails), Vism.262 (udara˚); Ja.i.260 (anta˚, so read for ˚vaddhi). 3. edge, rim, brim, circumference…

veda →

pts

…either jointly with manta or promiscuously, e.g. Pv.ii.6#13 (the Vedas with the 6 aṅgas, i.e. vedāngas, called…

vekantaka →

pts

(Vb-a.63) is a kind of copper: see loha.

velāmika →

pts

…combd with Vessantara at Vb-a.414), and at DN.ii.333 classed with khujjā vāmanikā & komārikā (translation “maidens”; Bdhgh…

vibbhamati →

pts

…a bhikkhu enticed by his former wife), Ja.iii.496
pp vibbhanta.

vi + bhamati

vibbhanta →

pts

vibbhanti-bhāva [vibbhanta in compound with bhu! ] of citta, in meaning “wavering, roaming (of mind): so read for…

vibbhantaka →

pts

…forsaken the Order, apostate Vin.ii.60.

vibbhanta + ka

vibhatti →

pts

…at Dhs-a.260 is to be read as vibbhanti˚; (see under vibbhanta).

fr. vibhajati

vibhāvana →

pts

…non-existing (cp. vibhava 2) Dhs-a.163 (vibhāvanā nāma antara-dhāpanā ti attho).

fr. vibhāveti

vibhūta →

pts

…Snp.1113 (= vibhāvita atikkanta vītivatta Cnd.584). 2. [cp. bhūta 3] false Snp.664. 3. [cp. vibhāveti 2] clear, distinct AN.v.325; Mil.311; Ab…

vicchandanika →

pts

…1); & -sutta the Suttanta having disillusionment for its subject (another name given by Bdhgh to the Vijayasutta Snp.193–Snp.206)…

viccheda →

pts

cutting off, destruction Ja.iv.284 (santati˚). ; uninterruptedness Vv-a.16.

vi + cheda

vidaṃsaka →

pts

adjective showing; danta˚; showing one’s teeth (referring to laughter) AN.i.261; Ja.iii.222.

fr. vidaṃseti

viddha →

pts

Viddha1

pierced, perforated; hit, struck, hurt Snp.331; Mnd.414 (sallena); Mil.251 (eaten through by worms); Sdhp.201 (kaṇṭakena).

pp. of vijjhati

Viddha2

adjective clear; on …

vidhā →

pts

…the phrase vidhāsamatikkanta is to be explained in this way, viz “excelling in a variety of ways, higher than a variety (of things)” or…

vijitāvin →

pts

…victorious DN.i.88 (caturanta +); DN.ii.146; SN.iii.83; Snp.552, Snp.646; DN-a.i.249; Dhp-a.iv.232; Snp-a.162.

vijita + āvin; see…

vijjantarikā →

pts

…(i.e. gutter). Under antarikā we have given the translation “interval of lightning, thus taking it as *vijju +…

vijjā →

pts

…repeated in nearly every Suttanta of D i. It is composed of the 3 sampadās, viz. sīla˚, citta˚ paññā˚. Under the first group belong…

vikanta →

pts

Err:509

vikantana →

pts

knife MN.i.244. Cp. vikattana.

fr. vikantati

vikantati →

pts

to cut Ja.v.368 (= chindati C.). - pp. vikatta & vikanta.

vi + kantati2

vikati →

pts

…product make; vessel: danta˚; “ivory make,” i.e. vessels of ivory MN.ii.18; DN.i.78; Ja.i.320. 3. arrangement get up, assortment; form,…

vikatta →

pts

adjective cut open Ja.vi.111 (variant reading ˚kanta).

pp. of vi + kantati2

vikattana →

pts

cutter, knife Vin.iii.89 (tiṇha go˚) MN.i.449; Ja.vi.441.

fr. vi + kantati2

vikkamati →

pts

to have or show strength, to exert oneself Ja.iii.184 (= parakkamati); Mil.400
pp vikkanta.

vi + kamati

vikkanta →

pts

heroic Ja.i.119; Ja.ii.211; Ja.iv.271; Mil.400 (˚cārin, of a lion).

pp. of vi + kram

vimocana →

pts

  1. letting loose, discharging Dhtm.216 (assu˚).
  2. release from, doing away with Mhvs.35, Mhvs.73 (antarāya˚).

vi + mocana

vimāna →

pts

…pamāṇato mahantaṃ Vv-a.160
■ applied meaning: heavenly (magic) palace, a kind of paradise elysium.

  1. General remarks: …

viniveṭheti →

pts

…unwrap Vin.i.3, Vin.i.276 (anta-gaṇṭhiṃ, the intestines); Ja.ii.283 (sarīraṃ); Ja.v.47. 2. to disentangle oneself, to free oneself…

vināti →

pts

…Ja.ii.302; Dhp-a.i.428 (tantaṃ);
inf vetuṃ Vin.ii.150.
pass viyyati. Cp. upavīyati

vippaṭikkula →

pts

adjective contrary, antagonistic Dhs.1325 = Pp.20.

vi + paṭikkūla

vipula →

pts

…(= adhimatta); Vv.67#6 (= mahanta Vv-a.290) Tha-ap.40; Pv.ii.1#18; Pv.ii.4#9; Pv.ii.9#69 (= ulāra Pv-a.139); Mil.164, Mil.311, Mil.404; Pv-a.7,…

viravati →

pts

  1. to shout (out), to cry aloud; to utter a cry or sound (of animals) Ja.ii.350 (kikī sakuṇo viravi); Ja.v.206; Mhvs.12, Mhvs.49 (mahārāvaṃ viraviṃsu mahājanā); Pv-a.154, Pv-a.217, Pv-a.245 (vissar …

virāga →

pts

…Ne.29 Vism.290 (khaya˚ & accanta˚), Vism.293
■ Often nearly synonymous with; nibbāna, in the description of which it…

visa →

pts

poison, virus venom MN.i.316 = SN.ii.110; Thag.418; Thag.768; Snp.1 (sappa snake venom); AN.ii.110; Ja.i.271 (halāhala˚ deadly p.), Ja.iii.201; Ja.iv.222; Pp.48; Mil.302; Pv-a.62, Pv-a.256; Thag-a. …

viseni →

pts

…˚katvā; SN.i.141 (+ upasanta-citta; translation “by all the hosts of evil *unassailed” K.S.* i.178). Kern

Toevoegselen

s. v….

visesa →

pts

…peculiar merit or advantage, eminence, excellence extraordinary state DN.i.233 (so for vivesa all through?); AN.iii.349…

vissa →

pts

…and at Iti.32 (vissantaraṃ “among all beings”? variant reading vessantaraṃ).

Vedic viśva, to vi˚

Vissa2

neuter a…

vitata →

pts

…vitthata); Ja.i.356 (tanta where the strings were stretched); Mil.102, Mil.307; Mhvs.17, Mhvs.31 (vallīhi v.)-nt….

viya →

pts

…v.); or ṃ: Snp.381 (vajantaṃ v.), Snp.689 (nekkhaṃ v.). 2. dubitative particle: na viya maññe I suppose not MN.ii.121. Cp….

vokkamati →

pts

…MN.iii.117; SN.iv.117; Snp.946; Ja.i.23; Vism.18
pp vokkanta.

vi + ukkamati

vokkanta →

pts

deviated from (abl.) Iti.36.

pp. of vokkamati

vokāra →

pts

…e.g. pañca v., catu v. etc. 3. worthless thing, trifle SN.ii.29. 4. inconvenience disadvantage (cp. vikāra 3) Pv-a.12 (li ne.1 read: anek…

vosāna →

pts

…Ja.iii.5; Pv-a.29; antarā ˚ṃ āpajjati to produce half-way achievement, to stop half-way AN.v.157, AN.v.164; Iti.85. Kern,

vyanta →

pts

vyantibhuta come to an end Ja.v.4.

vi + anta

vā →

pts

indeclinable part. of disjunction: “or”; always enclitic Kp viii. (itthiyā purisassa vā; mātari pitari vā pi). Usually repeated vā-vā (is it so-) or, either-or, e.g. Snp.1024 (Brahmā vā Indo vā p …

vālukantāra →

pts

at Vv-a.332 probably for vāluka-kantāra, i.e. sandy desert. See vaṇṇu.

vāra →

pts

…Ja.vi.294; Vism.431 (santati˚ interval); DN-a.i.36; Dhp-a.i.47 (dve vāre twice); Dhs-a.215; Vv-a.47 (tatiyavāraṃ for the…

vāsa →

pts

…of concord); Snp-a.59 (lokantarika˚). Cp. pari˚, saṃ˚. 2. home, house, habitation Snp.40. vāsaṃ kappeti to live (at a place), to make…

vāsin →

pts

…(sāhunda˚); Ja.iii.22 (nantaka˚); Ja.iv.380 (rumma˚); f. vāsinī Vin.iii.139 (chanda˚, paṭa˚ etc.) =…

vāta →

pts

…supaṇṇa˚, tālavanta˚, vidhūpana ˚ These are characterized according to direction dust, temperature, force, height & other causes…

vāya →

pts

weaving Pv-a.112 (tunna˚). See tanta˚.

fr. , vāyati1

vīci →

pts

…time interval) Ja.v.271 (˚antara, in Avīci definition as “uninterrupted state of suffering”). In contrast pair avīci

vīthi →

pts

…Vv-a.31; Pv-a.54. -antaravīthiyaṃ (loc.) in the middle of the road Ja.i.373; Pv-a.96. -sabhāga share of road Ja.i.422;…

vūpasammati →

pts

…Tha-ap.35

pp vūpasanta
caus vūpasāmeti to appease, allay, quiet, suppress, relieve SN.v.50; Snp-a.132…

vūpasanta →

pts

appeased, allayed, calmed SN.iv.217, SN.iv.294; AN.i.4 (˚citta); AN.iii.205; Snp.82 Pp.61 (˚citta); Pv-a.113.

pp. of vūpasammati

yamaka →

pts

…teachers (cp. Vin.iii.332 Samanta-pāsādika; and in detail DN-a.i.57). It consisted in the appearance of phenomena of opposite character in…

yamati →

pts

…Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. redimio and emo: cp. yanta.

yanta →

pts

…cp. ucchūnaṃ yanta Dhp-a.iv.199
tela-yanta (-cakka) (the wheel of) an oil mill Ja.i.25
dāru-yanta a wooden…

yantaka →

pts

…ti), cp. Vin Texts iii.162; DN-a.i.200 (kuñcikā +); Dhp-a.i.220 (yantakaṃ deti to put the bolt to, to lock up).

fr. yanta

yanteti →

pts

…(sakkharaṃ anguliyā yantetvā); pp. yantita.

denom. fr. yanta. Dhtm.809 gives a root yant in meaning of…

yantita →

pts

…to his translation of yanta id. loc. with “fetter.” He may have been misled by Dhtm defn of yant as…

yathā →

pts

…Dhp-a.i.158.

  • -ābhirantaṃ (adv nt. of ppr.) to (their) heart’s content, as much (or as long) as one likes Vin.iii.145; Snp.53;…

yathāva →

pts

…real, true, just Iti.44 (santaṃ paṇītaṃ yathāvaṃ, nt.); Thag.188, Thag.422 (˚āloka-dassana seeing the real light); Mil.171…

yaṭṭhi →

pts

…Pv-a.241; Vb-a.241 (yantacakka˚); Mhvs.11, Mhvs.10 (veḷu˚ a bamboo pole). 2. a stem, stalk (of a plant), cane in ucchu˚; sugarstick…

yebhuyya →

pts

…Snp-a.451); Mil.6 (y. Himavantam eva gacchanti: usually); DN-a.i.280 (ordinarily) Vv-a.234 (occasionally), Vv-a.246 (pihita-dvāram eva hoti…

yoga →

pts

…an Arahant SN.iii.13 (accanta˚); SN.iv.85; AN.ii.12; AN.iv.310 (patta˚); AN.v.326 (accanta˚); Dhp-a.iii.233 Dhp-a.iii.234 (=…

yuga →

pts

…sīla, suta dāna.

-anta (-vāta) (storm at) the end of an age (of men or the world), whirlwind Ja.i.26….

yāti →

pts

…y. walking behind gen. yantassa Mhvs.22, Mhvs.57 (assavegena y.)
inf yātave Snp.834
■ Another formation fr. is…

yāva →

pts

…(mahantaṃ), e.g. yāva mahantaṃ how big Pv-a.77 (= yādisaṃ of Pv.ii.1#19) Vv-a.325 = Dhp-a.i.29 (yāva mahantaṃ). Also in other…

yāvant →

pts

…c
■ The form yāva mahantaṃ may originally have been a yāvaṃ m.) as yāvañ ca “and that,” “i.e.,” how much, however much, so…

ādhāna →

pts

  1. putting up, putting down, placing, laying AN.iv.41 (aggissa ādhānaṃ, variant reading of 6 MSS ādānaṃ).
  2. receptacle MN.i.414 (udak˚), cp. ādheyya.
  3. enclosure, hedge Mil.220 (kaṇṭak˚ thorny brake …

ādīnava →

pts

disadvantage, danger (in or through = loc.) DN.i.38 (vedanānaṃ assādañ ca ādīnavañ ca etc.), DN.i.213 (iddhi-pāṭihāriye MN.i.318; SN.i.9…

āgama →

pts

…A def. at Vism.442 runs “antamaso opamma-vagga-mattassa pi buddhavacanassa pariyāpuṇaṇaṃ”. See also āgata 2, for phrase…

āgantar →

pts

one who is coming or going to come AN.i.63; AN.ii.159; Iti.4, Iti.95 (nom. āgantā only one MS, all others āgantvā). an˚; AN.i.64; AN.ii.160.

N. ag. fr. āgacchati

ākantana →

pts

? a possible reading, for the dürakantana of the text at Thag.1123, for which we might read durākantana

ākiṇṇa →

pts

…dense hair); SN.i.204 (˚kammanta “in motley tasks engaged”), SN.iv.37 (gāmanto ā. bhikkhūhi etc.); AN.iii.104 (˚vihāro), AN.iv.4; AN.v.15…

ākula →

pts

adjective entangled, confused, upset, twisted, bewildered Ja.i.123 (salākaggaṃ ˚ṃ karoti to upset or disturb); Vv.84#9 (andha˚); Pv-a.287 (an˚ clear). Often reduplicated as ākulākula thoroughly con …

ākulaka →

pts

adjective entangled DN.ii.55 (tant˚ for the usual tantākula, as given under guḷā).

fr. ākula

ākāsa →

pts

…the sky, the air (on ˚anta see anta1 4) Ja.vi.89. -ānañca (or ānañca) the infinity ef space, in cpd….

ālaka-manda →

pts

…āḷaka?) vv.ll. āḷakamanta & ālakamandāra; Bdhgh on p. 321 explains āḷakamandā ti ekangaṇā manussâbhikiṇṇā i.e. full of a…

ālapati →

pts

…address SN.i.177, SN.i.212; Ja.v.201; Snp-a.42, Snp-a.347, Snp-a.383, Snp-a.394 (= āmantayi of Snp.997), Snp.487 (avhayati); Pv-a.11,…

āmanta →

pts

…(q.v.) or root der. fr. ā + mant, cp. āmantaṇā

āmantana →

pts

-nā (f., also -ṇā) addressing, calling; invitation, greeting Snp.40 (ep. Cnd.128) -vacana the address-form of speech i.e. the vocative case (cp. Sk. āmantritaṃ id.) Snp-a.435; Kp-a.167.

f …

āmantanaka →

pts

…Sakkena) āmantetabbā Vv-a.96).

fr. āmantana

āmantaṇīya →

pts

adjective to be addressed Ja.iv.371.

grd. of āmanteti

āmanteti →

pts

…with variant reading SS samantayi)
ger āmanta (= Sk. *āmantrya) Ja.iii.209 Ja.iii.315 (= āmantayitvā’ C.), Ja.iii.329; Ja.iv.111;…

āmisa →

pts

…desire, lust Vin.i.303 (˚antara out of greed, selfish, opp. mettacitto); AN.iii.144 (id.), AN.iii.184 (id.); AN.i.73 (˚garū parisā); Ja.v.91…

ānantarika →

pts

Ānantarika & ˚ya

without an interval, immediately following, successive Vin.i.321; Vin.ii.212; Pp.13; Dhs.1291.

ānantariya →

pts

Ānantarika & ˚ya

without an interval, immediately following, successive Vin.i.321; Vin.ii.212; Pp.13; Dhs.1291.

ānisaṃsa →

pts

…profit, merit, advantage good result, blessing in or from (c. loc.). There are five ānisaṃsā sīlavato sīla-sampadāya or…

āpatti →

pts

…Vin.ii.59, Vin.ii.60 (˚pariyanta), Vin.ii.88 (˚adhikaraṇa), Vin.ii.259 (˚ṃ paṭikaroti); Vin.iv.344; DN.iii.212 (˚kusalatā); AN.i.84…

āthabbaṇa →

pts

…see interpreted at Mnd.381; expld. as āthabbaṇika-manta-ppayoga at Snp-a.564).

= athabbaṇa, q.v.

āvuta →

pts

  1. strung upon, tied on, fixed on to DN.i.76 (suttaṃ); DN.ii.13 (id.) AN.i.286 (tantāvutaṃ web); Ja.iii.52 (valliyā); Ja.vi.346 (suttakena); DN-a.i.94 (˚sutta).
  2. impaled, stuck on (sūle on the pale …

āvāra →

pts

…guard Ja.vi.432 (yanta-yutta˚, does it mean “cover, shield”?). For cpd. khandh’āvāra see khandha.

Sk….

āyoga →

pts

…for variant reading ˚vanta?). 4. occupation, devotion to, pursuit, exertion DN.i.187; Dhp.185 (= payoga-karaṇa Dhp-a.iii.238). 5. (t. t.)…

āyu →

pts

…sq.; Snp-a.476

īriṇa →

pts

barren soil, desert DN.i.248; AN.v.156 sq.; Ja.v.70 (= sukkha-kantāra C.); Ja.vi.560; Vv-a.334.

= iriṇa, q.v. & cp. Sk. īriṇa

īsā →

pts

…= rathassa uro).

  • -danta having teeth (tusks) as long as a plough-pole (of an elephant) Vin.i.352; MN.i.414; Vv.20#9 =…

īti →

pts

Īti & Ītī

feminine ill, calamity, plague, distress, often combb. with & substituted for upaddava cp. BSk. ītay’ opadrava (attack of plague) Divy.119.; Snp.51; Ja.i.27 (verse 189); Ja.v.401 …

ītī →

pts

Īti & Ītī

feminine ill, calamity, plague, distress, often combb. with & substituted for upaddava cp. BSk. ītay’ opadrava (attack of plague) Divy.119.; Snp.51; Ja.i.27 (verse 189); Ja.v.401 …

ṭhiti →

pts

…(always with asammosa & anantaradhāna), cp. MN.ii.26 sq.
■ dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇa (state or condition of) SN.ii.124; Pts.i.50 sq
■ n…

ṭhāna →

pts

…arising instantaneously (see ṭhānaso, above III.) Vv-a.37; Ja.vi.308 (˚kāraṇavindana finding a means right on the spot);…